Welcome to PhiloLogic  
   home |  the ARTFL project |  download |  documentation |  sample databases |   
Thompson, Daniel P. (Daniel Pierce), 1795-1868 [1857], Gaut Gurley, or, The trappers of Umbagog: a tale of border life (John P. Jewett and Company, Boston) [word count] [eaf720T].
To look up a word in a dictionary, select the word with your mouse and press 'd' on your keyboard.

Previous section

Front matter Covers, Edges and Spine

-- --

[figure description] Top Edge.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Front Cover.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Spine.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Front Edge.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Back Cover.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Bottom Edge.[end figure description]

Preliminaries

-- --

Hic Fructus Virtutis; Clifton Waller Barrett [figure description] Paste-Down Endpaper with Bookplate: heraldry figure with a green tree on top and shield below. There is a small gray shield hanging from the branches of the tree, with three blue figures on that small shield. The tree stands on a base of gray and black intertwined bars, referred to as a wreath in heraldic terms. Below the tree is a larger shield, with a black background, and with three gray, diagonal stripes across it; these diagonal stripes are referred to as bends in heraldic terms. There are three gold leaves in line, end-to-end, down the middle of the center stripe (or bend), with green veins in the leaves. Note that the colors to which this description refers appear in some renderings of this bookplate; however, some renderings may appear instead in black, white and gray tones.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

Loomis P. Fuller
Apr. 27 / 37

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Title page.[end figure description]

Title Page GAUT GURLEY;
OR,
THE TRAPPERS OF UMBAGOG.
A TALE OF BORDER LIFE.
BOSTON:
PUBLISHED BY JOHN P. JEWETT AND COMPANY.
CLEVELAND, OHIO: HENRY P. B. JEWETT.

1857.

-- --

[figure description] Copyright Page.[end figure description]

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1857,
BY JOHN P. JEWETT & CO.,
In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts.
AMERICAN STEREOTYPE COMPANY,
28 Phœnix Building, Boston.

-- iii --

CONTENTS.

[figure description] Page iii.[end figure description]

Page


CHAPTER I.
Town and Country contrasted, in relation to Vice and Crime. — A
Display Party to avoid Bankruptcy. — Gaut Gurley, and other
leading Characters, introduced as Actors in this scene of City
Life 1

CHAPTER II.
Retrospect of the life of the Country Merchant, in making Money,
to become a “Solid Man of Boston.” — Humble Beginnings. —
Tempted into Smuggling from Canada in Embargo times, and
makes a Fortune, by the aid of the desperate and daring Services
of Gaut Gurley. — A Sketch of the Wild Scenes of Smuggling
over the British line into Vermont and New Hampshire. — Removal
to the City 15

CHAPTER III.
Gambling (an allegory) invented by the Fiends, and is proclaimed
the Premium Vice by Lucifer. — A Gambling Scene between Gaut
Gurley and the merchant, Mark Elwood. — The Failure of the
latter. — The Refusal of his brother, Arthur Elwood, to help him.—
The Surprise and Distress of his Family 27

CHAPTER IV.
The Downward Path of the Habitual Gambler. — His Family sharing
in the Degradation, and becoming the suffering Victims of his
Vices. — The Sudden Resolve to be a Man again, and remove to an
unsettled Country, to begin Life anew in the Woods 38

-- iv --

[figure description] Page iv.[end figure description]

CHAPTER V.
The moral and intellectual Influences of Forest Life. — Scenery of
Umbagog. — Description of Elwood's new Home in the Woods. —
The Burning of his first Slash. — His House catches Fire, and he
and his Wife engage in extinguishing it, praying for the return of
their Son, Claud Elwood, to help them in their terrible strait 51

CHAPTER VI.
Claud Elwood and his Forest Musings. — Dangerous Assault, and
slaying of a Moose. — Rescue of Gaut's Daughter from the enraged
animal. — Strange Developments. — Incipient Love Scene. —
Trout-catching. — Return of Claud and Phillips (the Old Hunter
here first introduced), to aid in saving the Elwood Cottage from
the fire. — The Thunder-shower comes to complete the conquest of
the fire. — The destruction of the King Pine by a Thunderbolt 60

CHAPTER VII.
Journey up the Magalloway, to bring home the slaughtered Moose.—
Love and its entanglements; its Sunshine now, its Storms in the
distance 76

CHAPTER VIII.
Jaunt of Claud and Phillips over the Rapids to the next Great Lake,
for Deer-hunting and Trout-catching. — Rescue of Fluella, the Indian
Chief's Daughter, from Drowning in the Rapids. — Her
remarkable Character for Intellect and Beauty 87

CHAPTER IX.
The Logging Bee. — The introduction of a New Character in Comical
Codman, the Trapper. — The Woodmen's Banquet. — The
forming of the Trapping and Hunting Company, to start on an
Expedition to the Upper Lakes 108

CHAPTER X.
Developments of the dark and designing character of Gaut Gurley.—
Tomah, the college-learned Indian 124

-- v --

[figure description] Page v.[end figure description]

CHAPTER XI.
Mrs. Elwood's Bodings, on account of the connection of her Husband
and Son with Gaut and his Daughter. — Her Interview with
Fluella. — Claud's Interview with Fluella and her Father, the
Chief. — The Chief's History of his Tribe 137

CHAPTER XII.
Adventures of the Trappers the first day of their Expedition up the
Lakes. — Bear-hunt, Trout-catching, etc. — Introduction of Carvil,
an amateur Hunter from the Green Mountains 154

CHAPTER XIII.
The Trappers' Central Camp on the Maguntic Lake. — Three
Stories of most remarkable Adventures in the Woods, told at the
Camp-fire by three Hunters and Trappers 175

CHAPTER XIV.
The Voyage to Oquossah, the farthest large Lake. — The stationing
of the Trappers at different points on the Lake. — The appointment
of Gaut as Keeper of the Central Camp, on the Lake below. — The
Results of their Fall's Operations, and Preparations to return
Home 200

CHAPTER XV.
The Trappers overtaken by a terrible Snow-storm. — Their Suffering
before reaching Central Camp.—The discovery that this Camp
had been Burnt, and Robbed of their whole Stock of Furs. — Their
Providential Escape from Death 211

CHAPTER XVI.
The Legal Prosecution to Recover their Furs, or punish Gaut, the
supposed Criminal. — The unsatisfactory Result, and Gaut's dark
menaces of Revenge 235

CHAPTER XVII.
Gaut's Efforts to get the old Company off into the Forest, on a
Spring Expedition. — All refuse but Elwood and Son, who conclude
to go. — Love Entanglements, and the boding Fears of
Mrs. Elwood 246

-- vi --

[figure description] Page vi.[end figure description]

CHAPTER XVIII.
Opening of Spring in the Settlement. — The Trappers fail to Return. —
Gaut comes without them. — The Alarm and Suspicions
of the Settlers that he has Murdered the Elwoods. — The Circumstantial
Evidence 260

CHAPTER XIX.
The attempt to Arrest Gaut. — His retreat to a Cave in the Mountain. —
His final Dislodgement and Capture, for Trial and Examination
275

CHAPTER XX.
Retrospect of the Adventures of Gaut and the Elwoods. — The
Murder of Mark Elwood, and the Wounding of Claud, by Gaut. —
Claud's life saved by Fluella 299

CHAPTER XXI.
Gaut's Trial, Sentence, and Imprisonment. — General Denouement
of the Story. — Gaut breaks Jail, escapes, and becomes a desperate
Pirate-leader 324

SEQUEL.
Awful Fate of a Pirate Ship. — Gaut's Death 350

Main text

-- 001 --

p720-014 CHAPTER I.

“God made the country and man made the town.”

[figure description] Page 001.[end figure description]

So wrote the charming Cowper, giving us to understand, by
the drift of the context, that he intended the remark as having
a moral as well as a physical application; since, as he there
intimates, in “gain-devoted cities,” whither naturally flow “the
dregs and feculence of every land,” and where “foul example
in most minds begets its likeness,” the vices will ever find their
favorite haunts; while the virtues, on the contrary, will always
most abound in the country. So far as regards the virtues, if
we are to take them untested, this is doubtless true. And so
far, also, as regards the mere vices, or actual transgressions of
morality, we need, perhaps, to have no hesitation in yielding
our assent to the position of the poet. But, if he intends to
include in the category those flagrant crimes which stand first
in the gradation of human offences, we must be permitted to
dissent from that part of the view; and not only dissent, but
claim that truth will generally require the very reversal of the
picture, for of such crimes we believe it will be found, on
examination, that the country ever furnishes the greatest proportion.
In cities, the frequent intercourse of men with their

-- 002 --

[figure description] Page 002.[end figure description]

fellow-men, the constant interchange of the ordinary civilities
of life, and the thousand amusements and calls on their attention
that are daily occurring, have almost necessarily a tendency
to soften or turn away the edge of malice and hatred, to divert
the mind from the dark workings of revenge, and prevent it
from settling into any of those fatal purposes which result in
the wilful destruction of life, or some other gross outrage on
humanity. But in the country, where, it will be remembered,
the first blood ever spilled by the hand of a murderer cried up
to Heaven from the ground, and where the meliorating circumstances
we have named as incident to congregated life are almost
wholly wanting, man is left to brood in solitude over his
real or fancied wrongs, till all the fierce and stormy passions
of his nature become aroused, and hurry him unchecked along
to the fatal outbreak. In the city, the strong and bad passions
of hate, envy, jealousy, and revenge, softened in action, as we
have said, on finding a readier vent in some of the conditions
of urban society, generally prove comparatively harmless. In
the country, finding no such softening influences, and no such
vent, and left to their own workings, they often become dangerously
concentrated, and, growing more and more intensified as
their self-fed fires are permitted to burn on, at length burst
through every barrier of restraint, and set all law and reason
alike at defiance.

And if this view, as we believe, is correct in regard to the
operation of this class of passions, why not in regard to the
operation of those of an opposite character? Why should not
the same principle apply to the operation of love as well as
hate? It should, and does, though not in an equal degree, perhaps,
apply to them both. It has been shown to be so in the
experience of the past. It is illustrated in many a sad drama
of real life, but never more strikingly than in the true and
darkly romantic incidents which form the groundwork of the
tale upon which we are about to enter.

It was on a raw and gusty evening in the month of

-- 003 --

[figure description] Page 003.[end figure description]

November, a few years subsequent to our last war with Great Britain,
and the cold and vapor-laden winds, which form such a drawback
to the coast-clime of New England, were fitfully wailing
over the drear and frost-blackened landscape, and the wayfarers,
as if keenly alive to the discomforts of all without, were
seen everywhere hurrying forward to reach those comforts
within which were heralded in the cheerful gleams that shot
from many a window, when a showy and conspicuous mansion,
in the environs of Boston, was observed to be lighted up to an
extent, and with a brilliancy, that betokened the advent of some
ambitious display on the part of the bustling inmates. Carriages
from different parts of the city were successively arriving,
discharging their loads of gaily-dressed ladies and gentlemen
at the door, and rattling off again at the crack of the whips
of the pert and jauntily equipped drivers. Others on foot,
and from the more immediate neighborhood, were, in couples and
singly, for some time constantly dropping in to swell the crowd,
witness, and perhaps add to, the attractions of the occasion, which
was obviously one of those social gatherings that have been
sometimes, in conventional phrase, not inaptly denominated a
jam; where people go to be in the fashion, to see, be seen,
and try as hard as they can to be happy; but where the aggregate
of happiness enjoyed is probably far less, as a general
rule, than would be enjoyed by the same company at home in
the pursuit of their ordinary avocations.

Meanwhile, as the guests were assembling and being conducted
to the withdrawing rooms, through the cash-bought and
obsequious politeness of some of the troop of waiters hired for
the occasion, the master of the mansion had taken his station
in the nook of a window commanding the common entrance,
and was there stealthily noting, as the company, severally or
one group after another, mounted the doorsteps, who had honored
his cards of invitation whom he wished to see there, and
who had come whom he wished to have stayed away. He was
a well-favored man, somewhat past the middle age of life, with

-- 004 --

[figure description] Page 004.[end figure description]

regular features, and a good general appearance, but with one
of those unsettled, fluctuating countenances which are usually
found in men who, while affecting, perhaps, a show of independence,
lack self-reliance, fixed principles, or some other of the
essential elements of character. And such indeed was Mark
Elwood, the reputedly wealthy merchant whom we have thus
introduced as one of the leading personages of our story.
Though often moved with kind and generous impulses, he yet
was governed by no settled principles of benevolence; though
often shrewd and sagacious, he yet possessed no true wisdom;
and, though often bold and resolute in action, he yet lacked the
faith and firmness of true courage. In short, he might be regarded
as a fair representative of the numerous class we are
daily meeting with in life, — men who do many good things,
but more questionable ones; who undertake much, accomplish
little; bustle, agitate, and thus contrive to occupy the largest
space in public attention; but who, when sifted, are found, as
Pope maliciously says of women, to

“have no character at all.”

After pursuing his observations a while, with an air of disappointment
or indifference, Elwood was about to turn away,
when his eye caught a glimpse of an approaching group of
guests, whose appearance at once lighted up his countenance
with a smile of satisfaction, and he half-ejaculated: “There
they come! — the solid men of Boston. The presence of these,
with the others who will all serve as trumpeters of the affair,
will quell every suspicion of my credit till some new strike
shall place me beyond danger. Yes, just as I calculated, the
money spent will be the cunningest investment I have made
these six months. But who is that tagging along alone after
the rest?” he added, his countenance suddenly changing to a
troubled look, and slowly, and with a strange emphasis, pronouncing
the name, “Gaut Gurley!” he hurried away from
his post of observation.

-- 005 --

[figure description] Page 005.[end figure description]

The person whose obviously unexpected appearance among
the arriving guests had so much disturbed our host, having
leisurely brought up the rear, now paused a few paces from
the door, and took a deliberate survey of all that was visible
through the windows of the scene passing within. He was a
man of a personal appearance not likely to be forgotten. His
strong, upright, well-proportioned frame, full, rounded head,
and unexceptionable features, were unusually well calculated to
arrest the attention, and, at a little distance especially, to secure
the favorable impressions of others; but those impressions
faded away, or gave place to opposite emotions, on a nearer
approach, for then the beholder read something in the countenance
that met his, which made him pause, — something which
he could not fathom, but which at once disinclined him to any
acquaintance with the man to whom that countenance belonged.

Perhaps it should be viewed as one of the kindest provisions
of Providence, made in aid of our rights and instincts of
self-preservation, that man should not be able wholly to hide
the secrets of his heart from his fellow-men, — that the human
countenance should be so formed that no schooling, however severe,
can prevent it from betraying the evil thoughts and purposes
which may be lurking within. It is said that God alone can read
the secrets of the heart; but we have often thought that He has
imparted to us more of this attribute of His omniscience than
that which is vouchsafed us in any one of our other faculties;
or, in other words, that, to the skill we may acquire by practice
in reading the countenance, He has added something of the light
of intuition, to enable us to pierce into the otherwise impenetrable
recesses of the bosom, and thus guard ourselves against
the designs which may there be disclosed, and which, but for
that, the deceptions of the tongue might forever conceal. All
this, we are aware, may pass as a mere supposition; yet we
think its correctness will be very generally attested by officers

-- 006 --

[figure description] Page 006.[end figure description]

of justice, policemen, jailers, and all those who have had much
experience in the detection of crime.

But, whether the doctrine is applicable or not in the generality
of cases, it was certainly so in that of the unbidden guest
whose appearance we have attempted to describe. Unlike
Elwood, he had character, but all those who closely noted him
were made to feel that his character was a dark and dangerous
one.

After Gaut, for such he was called among his acquaintance,
had leisurely run his eye from window to window of the many
lighted apartments of the house, and scanned, as he did, with
many a sneering smile, the appearances within, as long as
suited his pleasure, he boldly walked in, and, with all the assurance
of the most favored, proceeded to mingle with the
company.

On quitting his lookout, Elwood repaired to the receptionroom,
where Mrs. Elwood, the mistress of the mansion, was
already in waiting, nerving herself to perform, as acceptably
as she could, her part of the stereotyped ceremony of receiving
the guests, and exchanging with them the salutations and commonplaces
of the evening. Mrs. Elwood, though not beautiful,
nor even handsome, was yet every way a comely woman; and
the quiet dignity and the unpretending simplicity of her manner,
together with a certain intelligent and appreciating cast
of countenance, which always rested on her placid features,
seldom failed to impress those who approached her with feelings
of kindness and respect. She looked pale and fatigued,
from the labors and anxieties she had gone through in the
preparations for the present occasion; and, in addition to this,
which is ever the penalty to the mistress of the house in getting
up a large party, there was an air of sadness in her looks that
told of secret sorrows which were not much mitigated by all
the show of wealth that surrounded her.

By this time the company, having mostly arrived and divested
themselves of hats, gloves, bonnets, shawls, together

-- 007 --

[figure description] Page 007.[end figure description]

with all other of the loose etceteras of dress then in vogue, and
carefully consulted the confidential mirrors to secure that adjustment
of collars, curls, smirks, and smiles which are deemed
most favorable for effect in public, were now shown into the
suit of apartments where the host and hostess were waiting to
receive them.

But it is far from our purpose to attempt a detailed description
of the thousand little nothings which go to make up the
character of one of these great fashionable parties. Who ever
came from one the wiser? Not one guest in ten, probably, is
found engaged in a conversation in which the ordinary powers
of the speaker are exercised. A forced glee and smartness
seem everywhere to prevail among the company, who are
continually sacrificing their common sense in their eager attempts
to appear gay and witty. Who was ever made really
happier by being in such an assemblage? Although the participants
may exhibit to casual observation the semblance of
enjoyment, yet a close inspection will show that they are only
acting, and that, as we have already intimated, their apparent
enjoyment is no more deserving the name of social happiness
than that which is often represented as enjoyed by a company
of stage actors, in the harassing performance of the fictitious
scenes of some genteel comedy. Who was ever made any
better? Any rational discussion tending to exalt or purify the
mind would be deemed out of place; and any moral teachings
would be ridiculed or find no listeners. And, finally, who was
ever made healthier? In the bad air generated among so
many breaths in confined apartments, the high nervous excitement
that usually prevails among the company, and the exposure
to cold or dampness to which their unprepared systems
are often subjected in returning home, Death has marked many
a victim for his own; while, at the best, lassitude and depression
are sure to follow, from which it will require days to recover.

In these strictures on overgrown parties, we would not, of

-- 008 --

[figure description] Page 008.[end figure description]

course, be understood as intending to include the smaller social
gatherings, where men and women do not, as they are prone to
do in crowds, lose their sense of personal responsibility, in deporting
themselves like rational beings; for such doubtless
often lead to pleasing and instructive interchange of thought,
and the cultivation of those little amenities of life which are
scarcely less essential than the virtues themselves in the structure
of good society.

But it is time we had returned from this digression to the
characters and incidents immediately connected with the action
of our tale.

A short time after the frosts of formality, which usually
attend the introductory scenes of such assemblages, had melted
away and given place to the noisy frivolities of the evening,
and while the bustling host, and pale, anxious-looking hostess,
were together taking their rounds among their three hundred
guests, bestowing their attentions on the more neglected, calling
out the more modest, and exchanging civilities with all,—
while this was passing, suddenly there arose from without a
confused noise, as of quick movements and mingling voices,
which, from its character and the direction whence it came,
obviously indicated some altercation, or other disturbance, at the
outer door. This attracting the quickened attention of Mr. and
Mrs. Elwood, the former left his companion, and was threading
his way through the throng, when he was met by a servant,
who in a flurried under-tone said:

“There is out here at the door, Mr. Elwood, a sort of a
countryfied, odd-looking old fellow, in rusty brown clothes, that
has been insisting on coming in, without being invited here to-night,
and without telling his business or even giving his name.
And he pressed so hard that we had to drive him back off the
steps; but he refused to go away, even then, and kept asking
where Mark was.”

“Mark! why, that is my given name: didn't you know it?”
said Elwood, rebukingly.

-- 009 --

[figure description] Page 009.[end figure description]

“No, sir, I didn't,” replied the fashionable pro tempore
lackey. “And if I had, my orders has always been on sech
occasions not to admit any but the invited, who won't send in
their names, or tell their business. And I generally calculate
to go by Gunter, and do the thing up genteel.”

“Well, well,” said Elwood, impatiently cutting short the other
in the defence of his professional character, and leading the way
to the door, “well, well, we had better see who he is, perhaps.”

When they reached the front entrance, they caught, by means
of the reflected light of the entry and chambers, an imperfect
view of the object of their proposed scrutiny, walking up and
down the bricked pathway leading to the house. But, not being
able to identify the new-comer with any one of his acquaintances,
at that distance, Elwood walked down and confronted
him; when, after a momentary pause, he siezed the supposed
intruder by the hand, and, in a surprised and agitated tone,
exclaimed:

“My brother Arthur! How came you here?”

“By steam and stage.”

“Not what I meant: but no matter. We were not expecting
you; and I fear the waiters have made a sad mistake.”

“As bad an one as I did, perhaps, in declining to be catechized
at my brother's door.”

“No, you were right enough; but the waiters, being only
here for the extra occasion, — the bit of flare-up you see we
have here to-night, — and not knowing you, thought they must
do as others do at such times. So overlook the blunder, if you
will, and walk in.”

Mark Elwood, much chagrined and discomposed at the discovery
of such an untoward first reception of his brother, now
ushered him into the brilliantly-lighted hall, where the two
stood in such singular contrast that no stranger would have
ever taken them for brothers, — Mark being, as we have before
described him, a good-sized, and, in the main, a good-looking
man; while the other, whom we have introduced as Arthur

-- 010 --

[figure description] Page 010.[end figure description]

Elwood, was of a diminutive size, with commonplace features,
and a severe, forbidding countenance, made so, perhaps, by
intense application to business, together with the unfavorable
effect caused by a blemished and sightless eye.

“Well, brother,” said Mark, after a hesitating and awkward
pause, “shall I look you up a private room, or will you go in
among the company, — that is, if you consider yourself in trim
to join them?”

“Your rooms must all be in use, and I should make less
trouble to go in and be lost in the crowd. My trim will not
kill anybody, probably,” was the dry reply to the indirect hint
of the other.

In all this Mark's better judgment coincided; but he had
no moral courage, and, fearing the cut and color of his somewhat
outre-looking brother's garments might excite the remarks
of his fashionable guests, he would have gladly disposed of
him in some private manner till the company had departed.
Finding him, however, totally insensible to all such considerations,
he concluded to make the best of it, and accordingly at
once led the way into the guest-crowded apartments.

Here, contrary to his doubting brother's expectation, Arthur
Elwood, whose character appeared to be known to several of
the wealthier guests, was soon treated with much respect, for,
in addition to what a previous knowledge of him secured, Mrs.
Elwood had promptly come forward to greet him, and be cordially
greeted in return, and, unlike her husband, had not hesitated
to bestow on him publicly the most marked attentions.
As soon, however, as she had thus testified her sense of the
superiority of worth over outward appearance, and thus, by
her delicate tact, given him the consideration with the company
which she thought belonged to the brother of her husband, she
gracefully relinquished him to the latter; when the two, by
tacit mutual consent, sought a secluded corner, and seated themselves
for a private conversation.

“As I said, I did not expect you, Arthur,” commenced Mark

-- 011 --

[figure description] Page 011.[end figure description]

Elwood, in the unsteady and hesitating tone of one about to
broach a matter in which he felt a deep interest. “I was not
looking for you here at all, these days; but presumed, when I
wrote you, that, if you concluded to grant the favor I asked,
you would transact the business through the mail.”

“Loans of money are not always favors, Mark,” responded
the other, thoughtfully; “and when I make them, I like to
know whether they promise any real benefit. I could, as you
say, have transacted the business through the mail, but I confess,
Mark, I have lately had some misgivings and doubts
whether your commercial fabric here in Boston was not too
big and broad for the foundation; and I thought I would come,
see, and judge for myself.”

“But I only asked for the loan of a few thousands,” said
Mark, meekly. “The fact is, Arthur, that, owing to some bad
luck and disappointments in money matters, I am, just now, a
little embarrassed about meeting some of my engagements; and
I trust you will not refuse to give me a lift. What say you,
Arthur?”

“I don't say, but will see and decide,” replied the other.
“But, Mark,” he added, after a pause, “Mark, what will this
useless parade here to-night cost you?”

“O, a mere trifle, — a few hundreds, perhaps.”

“And you think hundreds well spent, when you are wanting
thousands to pay your debts, do you?”

“O, you know, Arthur, a man, to keep up his credit, must
display a little once in a while.”

“No, I did not know that, Mark. I did not know that the
throwing away of hundreds would help a man's credit in thousands,
especially with those whose opinion would be of any use
to him. But go,” added the speaker, rising, “go and see to
your company: I can take care of myself.”

The brothers, rising from an interview in which they had
felt, perhaps, nearly an equal degree of secret embarrassment, —
the one believing that his last hope hung on the

-- 012 --

[figure description] Page 012.[end figure description]

result, and the other feeling conscious of entering on a most
ungracious duty, — now separated, and mingled with the gay
throng, who, swaying hither and thither, and, seemingly without
end or aim, moving round and round their limited range of
apartments, like the froth in the circling eddies of a whirlpool,
continued to laugh, flirt, and chatter on, till the advent of the
last act of the social farce, — the throwing open of a suit of
hitherto sealed apartments, and the welcome disclosure of the
varied and costly delicacies of the loaded refreshment tables,
which the company, by their strong and simultaneous rush
thitherward, the rattling of knives and forks, spoons and
glasses, the rapid popping of champagne corks, and the low,
eager hum of gratified voices that followed, evidently deemed
the best, as well as the closing, act of the evening's entertainment.

While this scene was in progress, Gaut Gurley, who had
been for some time in vain watching the opportunity, caught
Mark Elwood unoccupied in one of the vacated apartments,
and abruptly approached and confronted him.

“Well, what now, Gaut?” exclaimed Elwood, with an assumed
air of pettishness, after finding there was no further
chance of escaping an interview which he had evidently been
trying to avoid; “what would you have now?”

“I would just know whether you intend to keep your engagement,”
replied Gurley, fixing his black, quivering eyes
keenly on the other.

“What engagement?”

“To give me a chance to win back that money.”

“Which you demand when you have taken from me an hundred
to one!”

“And who had a better right? Through whose means did
you make your fortune? Besides this, haven't I always given
you a fair chance to win back all you could?”

“I want no more of such chances.”

-- 013 --

[figure description] Page 013.[end figure description]

“But you promised; and I want to know whether you mean
to keep that promise or not.”

“Supposing I do, you would not have me leave home to-night,
would you?”

“Yes, to-night.”

“But my brother, as you have already discovered, I presume,
has just arrived on a visit; and you know I can't decently
leave him.”

“And what do I care for that? Say whether you will meet
me at the old room, or not, as soon as your company have
cleared out?”

“You are unreasonable, cruel, Gaut.”

“Then say you will not go, and see what will come of it,
Mark Elwood!”

“I must go — I will go, Gaut,” replied Elwood, turning pale
at the last intimation. “As soon as I get rid of the company,
I will start directly for the place.”

“Well, just as you can afford,” said Gaut, doggedly, as he
turned on his heel, and made his way out of the house.

Mark Elwood drew a long breath as he was thus relieved
of the other's presence, and was leaving the room, when Mrs.
Elwood, who had felt much disturbed at discovering among her
guests one of whose questionable character and connection with
her husband she was already apprised, and who, from an adjoining
apartment, had caught a slight glimpse of the meeting
just described, and enough of the conversation to enable her to
guess at its import, hurriedly came forward, and, in a voice
tremulous from suppressed emotion, said:

“You surely are not going out to-night, Mr. Elwood?”

“No — that is — only for a short time,” he said, hesitating,
and a little confused at the discovery of his design, which a
second thought told him she had made; “only for a short time.
But don't stop me to talk now; you see the company are retiring.
I must see the gentlemen off.”

“Mr. Elwood, I must be heard,” persisted the troubled and

-- 014 --

[figure description] Page 014.[end figure description]

anxious wife. “I cannot bear to have you go off, and leave
your only brother, whom you have not seen for years, and for
such company! O Mr. Elwood, how can you let that bad
man —”

“Hush! don't get into such a stew. I shall soon be back,”
interrupted the other. “You can excuse my absence. There,
I hear them inquiring for me. I must go,” he added, abruptly
breaking away, and leaving his grieved companion to hide her
emotions as she best could from the guests who were now seen
approaching for their parting salutations.

In a few minutes the company had dispersed for their respective
homes, and with them, also, had unnoticed slipped away
their infatuated host.

-- 015 --

p720-028 CHAPTER II.

“At first, he, busy, plodding, poor,
Earned, saved, and daily swelled his store;
But soon Ambition's summits rose,
And Avarice dug his mine of woes.”

[figure description] Page 015.[end figure description]

For the better understanding of some of the allusions of
the preceding chapter, and of others that may yet appear in
different parts of our tale, as well, indeed, as for a better appreciation
of the whole, we will here turn aside from the thread
of the narrative just commenced, to take a brief retrospect of
the leading events and circumstances with which the previous
lives of the several personages we have introduced had been
connected, and among which their characters had been shaped
and their destinies determined.

Some twenty two or three years previous to the juncture we
have been describing, Arthur and Mark Elwood, by the fruits
of their unremitting industry as laborers on a farm in summers,
and as pedlars of what they could best buy and sell in winters,
added to the few hundred dollars patrimony they each inherited,
were enabled, in a few years, to realize the object of their early
ambition, in the opening of a small retail store, in one of the
little outskirt villages of northern New-Hampshire.

Such, like that of hundreds of others among us who now
count their wealth by half millions, was the slender beginning
of these two brothers. And, although they were from the first,
as we have seen them at the last, as different in their general
characters as they were in their persons, they yet got on very
well together; for, however they might disagree respecting the
modes and means of acquisition, they were always as one in

-- 016 --

[figure description] Page 016.[end figure description]

regard to the great result each alike had in view, and that was
to make money and be rich. And, by a sort of tacit understanding,
falling into the departments of business best suited to
their different tastes and capacities, the quiet, cautious, calculating,
and systematic Arthur confined himself to the store, kept
the books, contrived the ways and means, and, in short, did the
principal head-work of the establishment; while Mark, being
of a more stirring turn, and, from his brisk bon homme manner
and less scrupulous disposition, better calculated for drumming
up customers and securing bargains for the store, did most of
the outdoor business, riding about the country, contracting for
produce, securing barter deal, and making himself, in all things,
the runner and trumpeter of the company. At night they
usually met together to compare notes and report progress;
and they were never happier than when they sat down in their
small store-room, hemmed in and surrounded by casks of nails,
quintals of codfish, farming tools, etc., on one side, and narrow
shelves of cheap calicos, India cottons, and flaunting ribbons, on
the other, and recounted to each other the business and bargains
of the day. Thus the two, working on, like the spring and
balance-wheel of some piece of mechanism, in harmony together,
soon placed themselves beyond all fears of failure, and seemed
happy and contented with their situation and prospects.

This situation of affairs, however, was not destined to be of
very long continuance. Not long after finding themselves safely
on the highway to independence, they very naturally began to
think of selecting, from among the fair young customers of their
store, the ones who might make them eligible companions for
life. And, as the wayward love-fates would have it, they both
secretly fixed their affections on one and the same girl, — the
pretty and sensible Alice Gregg, who, though a plain farmer's
daughter, was, to the vexation and envy of her numerous rustic
suitors, to be won by nothing short of one of the village merchants.
Alice was not long in discovering her advantage, nor
in deciding to avail herself of it, so far as to confine her election

-- 017 --

[figure description] Page 017.[end figure description]

to one of these, her two undeclared lovers. And, after balancing
a while in her mind the account between her judgment,
which would have declared for the reserved but sterling Arthur,
and her fancy, which clamored hard for the manly-looking and
more social Mark, she finally yielded the reins to the latter,
and took measures accordingly. After this, Arthur's taste in
selecting a piece of goods did not, as before, seem to be appreciated.
Her handkerchief was never dropped where he had
any chance to pick it up; and she was never quite ready to go
till Mark was nearest at hand to help her into her wagon or
side-saddle. By this delicate system of female tactics, common
with girls of more pretensions than Alice, she effectually repressed
the advances of the one, and as effectually encouraged
those of the other; and the result, as she had anticipated, was
a declaration from Mark, an acceptance on her part, and a
speedy marriage between them. Arthur's heart bled at the
event; but it bled inwardly; and he had at least the consolation
of believing that no one suspected the state of his feelings,
except, perhaps, Alice, and he was not unwilling that she should
know them. He therefore put the best face on the matter he
could, — appeared wholly unconcerned, — attended the wedding,
and with forced gayety openly wished the new married couple
the happiness which he secretly wished was his own. The
tender passion had been a new thing to the money-loving
Arthur. By its elevating influences, he, who had looked for
enjoyment only in wealth, had been enabled to raise his vision
to a higher sphere of happiness. And thus to lose the bright
glimpses, and be thrown back to earth again, was, in reality,
however he might disguise the fact from others, a serious blow
to his feelings, and one, indeed, which soon mainly led to a
movement on his part that gave a new turn to his apparent
destinies, and a no less one, probably, to those of his then
almost envied brother Mark. For, finding it impossible to feel
his former interest in business, in a place whose associations
had become painful to him, he secretly resolved to leave it as

-- 018 --

[figure description] Page 018.[end figure description]

soon as he believed he could do so without leading to any surmises
respecting the true cause of the change he contemplated.
Accordingly, in a few months, he began to suggest his own unfitness
for making a profitable partner in country trade, and
finally came out with a direct proposition to his brother to buy
him out at a sum which he knew would be a temptingly low
one. And the result was, that the proposition was accepted,
“the partnership dissolved by mutual consent,” and the released
Arthur, with his portion, soon on his way to one of the eastern
seaports, to set up business, as he soon did, for himself alone.

The withdrawal of Arthur Elwood deprived this little establishment
of its only really valuable guidance, and left it to the
chance fortunes of greater gains or greater losses than would
have been likely to occur under the cautious and hazard-excluding
system of business which he had adopted for its control.
But, nothing for a year or two occurring to induce Mark
Elwood to depart from the system under which the business
had been conducted, and Arthur's prudent maxims of trade, to
which he had been accustomed to defer, remaining fresh in his
mind, he naturally kept on in the old routine, which he was the
more willing to follow, as by it he found himself clearly on the
advance. He was blessed in his family; for his wife, who had
no undue aspirations for wealth or show, had not only proved
an efficient helper by her economy and good counsels, but added
still more to his gratification by bringing him a promising boy.
Being the only trader of the village, or hamlet it might more
properly be called, he was conscious of being the object of that
peculiar kind of favor and respect which was then — more
freely than at the present day, perhaps — accorded to the country
merchant by the masses among whom he resided. And,
finding his still comparatively moderate expectations thus every
day fully realized, he was satisfied with his condition in the
present, and hopeful and happy in the prospects it presented in
the future; for the demon of unlawful gain had not then
tempted him into forbidden paths by the lure of sudden riches.

-- 019 --

[figure description] Page 019.[end figure description]

But that demon at length came in the shape of Gaut Gurley.
From what part of the country this singular and questionable
personage originally came, was unknown, even in the neighboring
village (which was within the borders of Maine) where he
had recently located himself with a young wife and child. And,
as he very rarely made any allusions to his own personal affairs,
every thing relating to his origin, life, and employments, previous
to his appearance in this region, was a matter of mere conjecture,
and many a dark surmise, also, we should add, respecting
his true character. For the last few years, however, he was
known to have followed, at the appropriate seasons of the year,
the business of trapping, or trading for furs with the Indians,
around the northern lakes. He had several times passed
through the village on his returns from his northern tours, and
called on the Elwoods, whose contrasted characters he seemed
soon to understand. But he pressed no bargains upon them
for his peltries; for, disliking the close questionings and scrutinizing
glances of Arthur, and finding he could make no final
trade with Mark without the assent of the former, he gave up
all attempts of the kind, and did not call again during the continuance
of the partnership, nor till this time; when, finding
that Mark was in trade alone, he announced his intention of
spending some time in the village, to see what arrangements
could be made, as he at first held out to Elwood, for establishing
this as his place for the regular sales or deposit of his furs.

But the fur traffic, whatever it might have been formerly,
was now not the main, if any part of the object he had in view.
The times had changed, closing many of the old avenues of
trade, but opening new ones to tempt the ever restless spirit of
gain. And, although the fur trade was still profitable, there was
yet another springing up, which, for those who, like him, had
no scruples about engaging in it, promised to become far more
so. The restrictions which it had been the policy of our government
to throw around commerce, in the incipient stages of
our last national quarrel with Great Britain, had caused an

-- 020 --

[figure description] Page 020.[end figure description]

unprecedented rise in the prices of silks and other fine fabrics of
foreign import. This had put whatever there was of the two
alleged leading traits of Yankee character, acquisitiveness and
ingenuity, on the qui vive to obtain those goods at the former
prices, for the purpose of home speculation. And Canada,
being separated by a land boundary only from the States, presented
to the greedy eyes of hundreds of village mammonists,
who, like Elwood, were plodding along at the slow jog of twenty
per cent profits, opportunities of so purchasing as to quadruple
their gains; which were quite too severe a test for their slender
stock of patriotism to withstand. It was but a natural consequence,
therefore, that all of them whose love of gain was
not overcome by their fear of loss by detection and the forfeiture
of their goods, should soon be found, in spite of all the vigilance
and activity of the host of custom-house officers by whom the
government had manned the Canadian lines, secretly engaged
in that contraband traffic.

The history of smuggling as carried on between the Northern
States and Canada, from the enactment of the embargo at the
close of 1807, and especially from the enactment of the more
stringent non-intercourse law of 1810, to the declaration of
war in 1812, and even, to a greater or less extent, to the proclamation
of peace in 1815, is a portion of our annals that yet
remains almost wholly unwritten. Although the contraband
trade in question was doubtless more or less followed along the
entire extent of our northern boundaries, from east to west,
yet along no portions of them half so extensively, probably, as
those of Vermont and New Hampshire, which, from their close
contiguity to Montreal and Quebec, the only importing cities
of the Canadas, afforded the most tempting facilities and the
best chances for success. Along these borders, indeed, it was
for years one almost continuous scene of wild warfare between
the custom-house officers and their assistants, and the smugglers
and their abettors, both parties carrying arms, and the
smugglers, especially, going armed to the teeth. In these

-- 021 --

[figure description] Page 021.[end figure description]

skirmishes many were, at different times, killed outright; many
more were missing, even on the side of the officials, for whom
dark fates were naturally conjectured; while hundreds, on
both sides, were crippled or otherwise seriously wounded.
Sometimes, when a double sleigh, or wagon, deeply laden with
smuggled goods, in charge of three or four stout and resolute
fellows aboard, who, with as many more, perhaps, of their confederates
on horseback or in light teams, before and behind,
were making their way, at full speed, with their prize, from
the line to some secret and safe depository in the interior, was
suddenly beset and brought to a stand by an equal or greater
number of government officials, deeply intent on a seizure, a
most furious conflict would ensue, in which the combatants,
growing desperate for the seizure or defence of the prize, would
ply their hard yeoman fists, clubs, loaded whipstocks, or whatever
was at hand, with terrible effect, and often prolong the
melée till the snow or ground was encrimsoned with blood, and
scarcely an uninjured man remained on the ground. Sometimes
the besetting officials were made prisoners, and marched off at
the cocked pistol's mouth into the deep woods, and, after being
led forward and backward through the labyrinths of the forest
till bewildered and lost, were suddenly left to find their way
out as they best could, — a feat which there was no danger of
their accomplishing till long after both the smugglers and their
goods were beyond the reach of pursuers. And sometimes the
smugglers, when closely pressed and seeing no hope of rescue
if taken, as their last resort, drew their dirks and pistols; and
wo to the official who then persisted in attempting a seizure.

But the system of tactics more generally practiced by the
smugglers was that of craft and concealment, carried out by
some ingenious measure to prevent all suspicion of the times
and places of their movements, by travelling in the night or in
stormy weather, or in the most unfrequented routes, and, when
pursued, by putting the pursuers on false scents, or by feints
of running away with loads of empty boxes to mislead pursuit,

-- 022 --

[figure description] Page 022.[end figure description]

till the goods, which had been previously taken to some place
of temporary concealment, could be removed from the vicinity
of the search and sent on their destination.

Such were the general features of the illicit traffic which
characterized the period of which we are treating, — a traffic
which laid the foundations of many a village fortune, whose
dashing heirs would not probably be very willing to acknowledge
the true source from which the wealth and position they
may now be enjoying was derived, — and finally a traffic which,
in its attending homicides and desperate affrays, its hot pursuits
and marvellous escapes, its curious concealments and artful subterfuges,
and, lastly, in the family and neighborhood feuds which
it left behind, would furnish materials for a series of tales as
wild and romantic, if not always as creditable to the actors, as
any thing ever yet spread before the public.

It was this questionable business which was then occupying
the thoughts of Gaut Gurley, and in which it was his aim to
involve Mark Elwood, whom he had pitched on for the purpose,
as not only a man of sufficient means, with no scruples which
could not be overcome, but a man whom he believed he could
make dependent on him, when once enlisted, and to whom he
could dictate terms for his own services. And it is no wonder
that a man of his dark cunning, working on one of the obtuse
moral sense, the love of money, and the thoughtlessness of consequences,
of Elwood, should, as he did, soon completely succeed
in his objects. For, after having kindled Elwood's political
prejudices against the embargo law, which was held up to be
such an outrage on the commercial rights of the North that it
were almost a merit to violate it, Gaut proceeded to show how
enormous were the profits to be made in this trade, and how
safely the goods might be smuggled in, through the back roads
and forest routes with which he was familiar, by employing
Frenchmen, as he could, at a cheap rate, to bring them in large
panniers on the backs of their Canadian ponies, or by engaging
Indians, who could be enlisted for even less wages, to bring

-- 023 --

[figure description] Page 023.[end figure description]

them in knapsacks through the woods. And so clearly did he
demonstrate all this to the mind of Elwood, that the latter,
being unable any longer to resist the temptation of thus securing
the gains of a traffic, by the side of which the small profits
of his store at home dwindled into contempt, soon resolved to
engage in it.

From this time Gaut was in high favor with Elwood. The
two, indeed, seemed to have suddenly become inseparable.
They were always found together, and always engaged in some
closely private conversation, the purport of which no others
were permitted to know, or were enabled to conjecture, except
from the new business movement which was observed soon to
follow the forming of their mysterious connection. And that
movement was that Elwood put his store in charge of a clerk,
and, giving out that he was about to engage more extensively
in the fur trade, which would require him to be often absent,
went off with a strong and fleet double team, in a northerly
direction, with Gaut for his only companion.

With the advent of this new era in the life of Elwood, every
thing became changed about his establishment. His bustling
presence, with his bantering, off-hand, and communicative talk,
no longer enlivened the store and neighborhood; and people,
who before seemed to know every thing about his business and
plans, now knew nothing. For he was now most of the time
absent in conducting his operations at the north, or in his
stealthy journeyings thence to the cities, to receive and dispose
of the valuable packages which he had put on their passage.
He generally came and departed in the night, and, even during
his brief stays at home, he kept himself secluded, seeming to
wish to be seen as little as possible. All this, of course, led to
considerable talk and various speculations; but he so well
shrouded his movements from the public, and kept afloat so
many plausible stories to account for his change of business,
that he prevented suspicions from taking any definite shape

-- 024 --

[figure description] Page 024.[end figure description]

about home, or spreading abroad to any extent that endangered
his operations, although those operations were constantly continued
for years, and, from cautious and small beginnings, at
length became more bold, extensive, and successful, perhaps,
than any thing of the kind ever carried on in the interior of
New England. But there was one whose suspicions of the true
character of the business in which he was engaged, notwithstanding
his denials and evasions, even to her, and whose fears
and anxieties on account of the dangers she believed he was
constantly incurring, not only from seizure of his property and
the personal violence to which he was exposed in trying to
defend it, but from his association of reckless confederates,
especially Gaut Gurley, of whose dark character, as little as
she had seen of him, she was already filled with an instinctive
dread, — there was one whose suspicions, and consequent
anxieties, he could never succeed in quieting; and that was his
discreet and faithful wife. She had, during the first year or
two of his new career, often expostulated with him on the
doubtful character of his business; but he, by always making
light of her fears, by telling her some truth and withholding
more, and disclosing as great a part of his astonishing gains as
he supposed would pass with her for honest acquisitions, generally
silenced, if he did not convince, her; and she, finding him
always light-hearted and satisfied with himself, when he came
home, finally ceased her remonstrances, having concluded she
would try to conquer her doubts and fears, or at least say no
more on the subject.

At length, however, after a prolonged absence on a tour, in
which he had a large venture at stake, he came home in a
greatly altered mood. His usual buoyancy of spirits was gone;
he appeared gloomy and abstracted; and, although, in reply to
the anxious inquiries of his wife, he represented himself to have
been entire successful, — even to a greater extent than ever
before, — yet it was quite obvious that something very untoward,

-- 025 --

[figure description] Page 025.[end figure description]

to say the least, must have happened to him. He would not
leave his house after dark, he placed loaded pistols within the
reach of his hand when he went to bed, and he would often
start up wildly from his sleep. His whole conduct, indeed, was
such as to excite the deeper concern of his perplexed wife, for
she feared it betokened his connection with something very
wrong, — something that had brought him into deadly peril, —
something, perhaps, done to others, which made her tremble to
think of, but something, at all events, which made her more
than ever dread to have him go back again to the scene of his
operations. But of the last-named of her fears she was shortly
relieved; for, to her agreeable surprise, he soon assured her of
his determination to break off entirely from the business he had
been pursuing, and, as much to her gratification as to the
evident vexation of Gaut Gurley, who had come on to look his
employer up, he firmly persisted in carrying out his resolution.
Nor was this all. He rapidly drew his business to a close,
broke off his old associations, privately left the place, and, in a
few weeks, sent for his family to join him in Boston, where it
appeared he had been for some time secretly transferring his
capital, and where he had now established himself in business,
with all the means required, even there, of doing it to the best
advantage. And for some years he did engage in business to
advantage, the same strangely good luck attending him, and
prospering wonderfully in all he undertook, till he gained the
reputation of being among the wealthiest of the city. But the
spoiler came in a second appearance of Gaut Gurley, who,
having squandered in the country the bounteous sums of money
which Elwood had paid him for his services, now followed the
latter to the city. And, with the coming of that personage,
together with the foolish ambition that had, about that time,
seized Elwood, to outshine some of his city competitors in display
and expensive living, commenced the wane of a fortune
which, as large as it was, it had required but two short years

-- 026 --

[figure description] Page 026.[end figure description]

to bring to the verge on which we represented its unhappy
master as standing in the opening scene of our story.

Having now related all we designed in this retrospect of
events, we will return from the somewhat long but necessary
digression, and take up the thread of the narrative where we
left it.

-- 027 --

p720-040 CHAPTER III.

“I strive in vain to set the evil forth.
The words that should sufficiently accurse
And execrate the thing, hath need
Come glowing from the lips of eldest hell.
Among the saddest in the den of woe,
Most sad; among the damn'd, most deeply damn'd.”

[figure description] Page 027.[end figure description]

Once on a time, before the dark catalogue of vices was made
complete by the wicked inventions of men, or the evil made to
counterbalance the good in the world, the Arch Enemy of mankind,
deeply sensible of the vantage-ground occupied by the
antagonistic Being, and anxiously casting about him for the
means of securing an equilibrium of power, called around him
a small company, consisting of those of his Infernal subjects
whom he had previously noted for their excellence in subtility
and devilish invention, and, after fully explaining his wants
and wishes to his keenly appreciating auditory, made proclamation
among them, that the Demon who should invent a new
vice, which, under the name and guise of Pastime, should be
best calculated to seduce men from the paths of virtue, pervert
their hearts, ruin them for earth and educate them for hell,
should be awarded a crown of honor, with rank and prerogative
second only to his own. He then, with many a gracious and
encouraging word to incite in them a spirit of emulation, and
nerve them for exertion in the important enterprise thus set before
them, dismissed them, to go forth among men, observe,
study, and come again before him on a designated time, to report
the results of their respective doings, and submit them to his
decision. Eager to do the will of their lord and Lucifer, as
well as to gain the tempting distinctions involved in his award,

-- 028 --

[figure description] Page 028.[end figure description]

the commissioned fiend-group dispersed, and scattered themselves
over the earth, which was understood to be their field of
operations. And, after noting, as long as they chose, all the
different phases of human society, the secret inclinations of
those composing it, their follies, weaknesses, and points most
vulnerable to temptation, they each returned to the dark dominions
whence they came, to cogitate in retirement, concoct and
reduce to form those schemes for securing the great object in
view, which their observations and discoveries on earth had
suggested.

At the time appointed for the hearing and decision, the
demoniac competitors again assembled before their imperial arbiter;
not this time in secret conclave, but in the presence of
thousands of congregated fiends, who, having been apprised of
the new plan about to be presented for peopling the Commonwealth
of Hell with recruits from earth, had come up in all
directions from their dismal abodes, to hear those plans reported,
and witness the awarding of the prize for the one judged most
worthy of adoption. Lucifer then mounted his throne, commanded
silence, and ordered the competitors to advance and
present, in succession, such plans as they would lay before him
for his consideration and decision. They did so; and one of
them, a young and genteel-looking devil, to whom, from a suppose
congeniality of tastes and feelings with the objects of his
care, had been especially assigned the duty of supervising the
fashionable walks of society, now stepped confidently forward
and said:

“I present for your consideration, most honored Lucifer, I
present Fashion as one of those social institutions of men which
might the most easily become, with a little fostering at our
hands, to us the most productive of vices, under a name least
calculated to alarm. It already holds an almost omnipotent
sway over the wealthier, or what they call the higher, classes
of society, who hesitate at no sins that can be committed with
its sanction; and the disposition is every day growing stronger

-- 029 --

[figure description] Page 029.[end figure description]

and stronger, among all classes, to fall in with its behests. Encourage
its progress, make its rule absolute with all, and the
world's boasted morality would trouble us, devils, no more.
This would be the direct and natural result among the most
wealthy, who would leave no vice unpracticed, no sin uncommitted,
provided they could excuse themselves under plea that
it was fashionable. With those of more limited means the
effect would be still better; for devotion to Fashion would
beget extravagance — extravagance, poverty — poverty, desperation—
desperation, crime; so with all classes, the result,
for our purpose, would be equally favorable and much the same.
The new vice I therefore propose is the one to be made out of,
and go under the name of, Fashion.

“There may be something in this conception,” said Lucifer,
thoughtfully, after the speaker had closed; “but is it safe
against all contingencies? What if the world should take it
into their heads to make it fashionable to be good?”

“Not the least danger of that,” rejoined the other, promptly.
“That is a contingency about as likely to happen as that
your highness should turn Christian,” he added, with a sardonic
grin.

“You are right,” responded Lucifer; “and, as your scheme
comes within the rule, on the score of originality, we will reserve
it for consideration.”

“My plan,” said the next demon who spoke, “consists in inciting
man to the general use of intoxicating drinks, under the
plea of taking a social glass; for, let the use of these become
general, and all men were devils ready made, and —”

“True, most true!” interrupted Lucifer; “but that is not
new. That is a vice I invented myself, as long ago as the time
Noah was floating about in the ark, and the first man I caught
with it was the old patriarch himself. Since then it has been
my most profitable agent in the earth, bringing more recruits
to my kingdom than all the other vices put together. But our

-- 030 --

[figure description] Page 030.[end figure description]

present movement was to insure something new. The plan,
therefore, does not come within the rule, and must be set aside.”

“The new vice which I propose,” said the third demon who
came forward, “is involved in the general cultivation of music,
which I contend would render men effeminate, indolent, voluptuous,
and finally vicious and corrupt, so that whole nations
might eventually be kept out of heaven and secured for hell
through its deteriorating influences.”

“I am not a little dubious about trying to make a vice out of
music, which would be all reliable for our purposes,” remarked
Lucifer, with a negative shake of the head. “I fear it might
prove a sword which would cut both ways. It may, it is true,
be doing a pretty fair business just now in some localities; but
methinks I already see, in the dim vista of the earth's future, a
cunning Wesley springing up, and exhorting his brethren `Not
to let the Devil have all the good tunes, but appropriate them
to the service of the Lord.' Now if the religious world should
have wit enough, as I greatly fear me they would, to follow the
sagacious hint of such a leader, they might make music an
agency which would enlist two followers for the white banner
of Heaven where it would one for the red banner of Hell. The
experiment would be one of too doubtful expediency to warrant
the trial. The proposition, therefore, cannot be entertained.”

Many other methods of creating an efficient new vice were
then successively proposed by the different competitors; but
they were all, for some deficiency, or want of originality,
in turn, rejected, till one more only remained to be announced;
when its author, an old, dark-eyed demon, who was much
noted for his infernal cunning, and who, conscious perhaps of
the superiority of his device, had contrived to defer its announcement
till the last, now came forward, and said:

“The scheme I have devised for the accomplishment of the
common object of the patriotic enterprise which your Highness
has put afoot, proposes a new vice, which, passing under the
guise of innocent pastime, will not only, by itself, be fully equal

-- 031 --

[figure description] Page 031.[end figure description]

to any other of the many vices now known among men, for its
certainty to lure them to its embrace, fascinate, infatuate, deprave,
and destroy them, but will insure the exercise and combine
the powers of them all. It addresses itself to the intellectual
by the implied challenge it holds out to them to make a
trial of their skill; it appears to the unfortunate in business
as a welcome friend, which is rarely turned away; it presents
to pride and vanity the means of gratification that are not to be
rejected; it holds out to avarice an irresistible temptation; it
begets habits of drunkenness; and thus insures all the fruits of
that desolating vice; it engenders envy, hatred, and the spirit
of revenge; in short, it brings into play every evil thought and
passion that ever entered the head and heart of man, while it
the most securely holds its victims, and most speedily hunts
them down to ruin and death.”

“The name? the name?” eagerly shouted an hundred
voices from the excited fiend-throng around.

“The name,” resumed the speaker, in reply, “the name by
which I propose to christen this new and terrible device of mine,
to counteract the power of virtue, and curtail the dominions of
Heaven, is Gambling!”

“Gambling! Gambling!” responded all hell, in thunders of
applause; “and Gambling let it be,” shouted Lucifer, as the
prize was thus awarded by acclamation to the distinguished inventor
of Gambling.

From this supposable scene among the demons, we pass, by
no unnatural transition, to a kindred one among men.

In a back, secluded room, in the third story of a public house
in Boston, of questionable respectability, there might have been
found, a few hours after the dispersion of the party before described,
a small band of men sitting around a table, intently
engaged in games of chance, in which money was at stake;
while on a sideboard stood several bottles of different kinds
of liquors, with a liberal supply of crackers and cigars. Of this
company, two, who have been already introduced to the reader,

-- 032 --

[figure description] Page 032.[end figure description]

— Mark Elwood and Gaut Gurley, — seemed to be especially
pitted against each other in the game. It was now deep into
the night, and Elwood said something about going home. But
his remark being received only with jeers by the company, he
sank into an abashed silence and played on. Another hour
elapsed, and he spoke of it again, but less decidedly. Another
passed, and he seemed wholly to have forgotten his purpose;
for he, as well as all the rest of the company, had, by this time,
become intensely absorbed in the play, allowing themselves
no respite or intermission, except to snatch occasionally a glass
of liquor from the sideboard, in the entrancing business before
them. And, as the sport proceeded, deeper and deeper grew
the excitement among the infatuated participants, till every
sense and feeling seemed lost to every thing save the result of
each rapidly succeeding game; and the heat of concentrated
thought and passion gleamed fiercely from every eye, and found
vent, in repeated exclamations of triumph or despair, from every
tongue, according to the varying fortunes of the parties engaged.
On one side was heard the loud and exultant shout of the
winner at his success, and on the other, the low bitter curse of
the loser at his disappointment; the countenance of the one,
in his joy and exultation, assuming the self-satisfied and domineering
air of the victor and master, and the countenance of the
other, in his grief and envy, darkening into the mingled look
of the demon and the slave.

And thus played on this desperate band of gamesters till
morning light, which, now stealing through the shutters of their
darkened room, came and joined its voiceless monitions with
those which their consciences had long since given them, in
warning them to break up and return to their families, made
wretched by their absence. So completely, however, had they
abandoned themselves to the fatal witcheries of the play, that
they heeded not even this significant admonition; but, with uneasy
glances towards the windows, to note the progress of the
unwelcome intrusions of day, turned with the redoubled

-- 033 --

[figure description] Page 033.[end figure description]

eagerness often shown by those who know their time is limited to
their hellish engagement.

Through the whole night, Fortune seemed to have held
nearly an even scale between Elwood and his special adversary,
Gaut Gurley, contrary to the evident anticipations of the latter,
and despite all his attempts to secure an advantage. Thus far,
however, he had signally failed in his purpose; and, at the last
game, Elwood had even won of him the largest sum that had as
yet been put at stake between them. This seemed to drive him
almost to madness; and in his desperation he loudly demanded
that the stakes should be doubled for the next trial. It was
done. The game was played, and Gurley was again the loser.

“I will now stay no longer,” said Elwood, rising. “I was
forced here to-night, as you well know, Gurley, against my will,
and against all reason, to stop your clamor for a chance to win
back what you absurdly called your money lost at our last sitting;
though Heaven knows that what I then won was but a pitiful
fraction of the amount you have taken from me, within the
last two years, in the same or in a worse way. I have now
given you your chance, — yes, chance upon chance, all night, —
till your claim has been a dozen times cancelled; and, I repeat,
I will stay no longer.”

“You shall!” fiercely cried Gurley, with an oath. “You
shall stay to give me another chance, or I will brand you as a
trickster and a sneak!”

“Gentlemen,” said Elwood, turning to the company, in an
expostulating tone, “gentlemen, I appeal to you all if I have
not—”

“I will have no appeal,” interrupted Gurley, in a voice
trembling with rage. “I say I will have another chance,
or—”

“Take it, then,” hastily interposed Elwood, as if unwilling
to let the other finish the sentence; “take it: what will you
have the stakes?”

“Double the last.”

-- 034 --

[figure description] Page 034.[end figure description]

“Double?”

“Yes, double!”

“Have your own way, then,” said Elwood, with forced composure,
taking up and shuffling the cards for the important
game.

The stake was for a thousand; and the trembling antagonists
played as if life and death hung on the event. And the whole
company, indeed, forgetful of their own comparatively slight
interest, in the momentous one thus put at stake, at once turned
their eyes on the two players, and watched the result with
breathless interest. That result was soon disclosed; when, to
the surprise of all, and the dismay of Gaut Gurley, the victory
once more strangely fell to the lot of Mark Elwood, who, gathering
up the stakes with trembling eagerness, hastily rose from
the table, as if to depart.

“What in the name of Tophet does all this mean?” fiercely
exclaimed Gurley, throwing an angry and suspicious look
round the table upon those who had doubtless been, at other
sittings, his confederates in fleecing Elwood. “Yes, what is
the meaning of this? I ask you, and you, sir?”

“Better ask your own partner,” said one of the men addressed,
with a defiant look.

“Elwood? Pooh!” exclaimed Gaut, with a bitter sneer.

“And why not?” responded the former. “He may have as
good luck as the best of us, as it appears he has had. And
hark ye, Gaut, you look things at us that it might not be safe
for you to say in this room.”

“Gentlemen, you will all bear me out in leaving, now,” here
interposed Elwood, beginning to make towards the door.

“Stop, sir!” thundered Gaut. “You are not a-going to
sneak off with all that money in your pocket, by a d—d sight!”

“Why not, sir?” replied Elwood; “why not, for all you can
say?”

“Because I have lost, sir!” shouted Gurley, hoarse with rage.
“I have lost three games running, — lost all I have. I demand

-- 035 --

[figure description] Page 035.[end figure description]

a fair chance to win it back; and that chance I will have, or
I'll make you, Mark Elwood, curse the hour your refused it.”

“Gaut Gurley, you insatiate fiend!” exclaimed Elwood, in
a tone of mingled anger and distress; “you it was who first led
me into this accursed habit of play, by which you have robbed
me of untold thousands yourself, and been the means of my
being robbed of thousands more by others. You have brought
me to the door of ruin before, and would now take all I have
to save me from absolute bankruptcy.”

“Whining hypocrite!” cried Gurley, starting up in rage.
“Do you tell that story when you have my last dollar in your
pocket? But your pitiful whining shall not avail you. If you
leave this room alive, you leave that money behind you.”

“Stop, stop!” here interposed one of the company, who had
noted what had inadvertently fallen from Elwood, in his warmth,
respecting his apprehended bankruptcy; “stop, no such recriminations
and threatenings here! I can show Elwood a way to
dispose of a part of his money, at least, without bringing on
any one the charge of robbing or being robbed. Here is a
note of your signing, Mr. Elwood, — a debt of honor, — for a
couple of hundreds, contracted in this very room, you will remember.
You may as well pay it.”

“I have a similar bit of paper,” said another, coming forward
and presenting a note for a still larger sum.

“And I, likewise,” said a third, joining the group, with an
additional piece of evidence of Elwood's folly, in the shape of a
gambling note; “and I shall insist on payment with the rest,
seeing the money cannot be disposed of between you and Gaut
without a quarrel and danger of bloodshed.”

With a perplexed and troubled air, Elwood paced the room
a moment, without uttering a word in reply to the different demands
that had so unexpectedly been made upon him. He
glanced furtively towards the door, as if calculating the chances
of escaping through it before any one could interpose to prevent
him. He then glanced inquiringly at the company for

-- 036 --

[figure description] Page 036.[end figure description]

such indications of sympathy or forbearance as might warrant
the attempt; but in their countenances he read only that which
should deter him from resorting to any such means of escaping
the dilemma in which he now found himself. And, suddenly
stopping short and turning to the new claimants for his money,
he said:

“Well, gentlemen, have your way, then. I had hoped to be
permitted to carry away money enough to meet my bills and
engagements of to-day, — at least, as much as I brought here.
But, as I am not to be allowed that privilege, hand on your
paper, every scrap of my signing, and you shall have your
pay.”

A half-dozen notes of hand were instantly produced and
thrown upon the table, and the holder of each was paid off in
turn; the last of whom drew from Elwood nearly every dollar
he had in his possession.

“There, gentlemen,” he exclaimed, with a sort of desperate
calmness, “in this line of deal, at least, my accounts are all
squared. I am quits with you all.”

“Not with me, by a d—d sight!” exclaimed Gurley, no
longer able to restrain his rage at being thus baulked in his
desperate purpose of getting hold of Elwood's money, by fair
means or foul, before permitting him to leave the room. “Not
with me, sir, till the amount of that last stake, which was just
enough to make me whole, is again in my pocket; and I'll follow
you to the gates of hell, but I'll have it!”

Cowering and trembling beneath the threats and fiendish
glances of the other, Elwood siezed his hat, and rushed from
the room.

On escaping from this “den of thieves,” and gaining the
street below, Elwood's first thought was of home and his shamefully
neglected family, and he turned his steps in that direction.
But, before proceeding far, he began to hesitate and falter in his
course. He became oppressed with the feelings of a criminal.
He was ashamed to meet his family; for, fully conscious that

-- 037 --

[figure description] Page 037.[end figure description]

his looks must be haggard, his eyes red and bloodshot, and
his whole appearance disordered, he knew his return in such a
plight, at that hour in the morning, would betray the wretched
employments of the night, especially to his keen-sighted brother,
on whose assistance he now doubly depended to save him from
ruin. He therefore changed his course, and was proceeding
towards his store, when he met his confidential clerk, who was
out in search of him, and who, in great agitation, informed him
that his drafts of yesterday had all been returned dishonored;
that bills were pouring in, and the holders clamorous for their
pay. Struck dumb by the startling announcement, it was some
moments before Elwood could collect his thoughts sufficiently
to bid his clerk return, and put off his creditors till the next
day, when he would try to satisfy them all. And, having done
this, he turned suddenly into another street, wound his way
back to the inn he had just left, took a private room, locked
himself in, and for a while gave way to alternate paroxysms
of grief, remorse, and self-reproaches. After exhausting himself
by the violence of his emotions, he threw himself upon a
bed, and, thinking an hour's repose might mend his appearance,
so as to enable him the better to disguise the cause of his absence,
on his return to his family, which he now concluded to
defer till towards dinner-time, he fell into a slumber so profound
and absorbing, that he did not awake till the shadows of
approaching night had begun to darken his room.

Leaping from his couch, in his surprise and vexation at having
so overslept himself, he hastily made his toilet, and immeately
set out for home, — a home which, for the first time in his
life, he now dreaded to enter. To that wretched home we will
now repair, preceding his arrival, to relate what had there occurred
in his absence.

-- 038 --

p720-051 CHAPTER IV.

“Better is a poor and wise child than an old and foolish father, who
will no more be admonished.”

Eccl.

[figure description] Page 038.[end figure description]

After the breaking up of the party, as described in the
former chapter, Arthur Elwood, on joining the family circle,
and not meeting his host and brother there, as he naturally
expected, expressed his surprise at the circumstance, and inquired
the cause of his absence. But, perceiving that the subject
gave pain to Mrs. Elwood, who deemed it prudent but to
repeat, as she hesitatingly did, what her husband had told her,
that he had gone out, soon to be back, the former forbore any
further inquiries or comments, and soon retired to rest, wishing
her a good-night and pleasant slumbers.

“Good-night and pleasant slumbers!” slowly and murmuringly
repeated the anxious and troubled wife, on whose ear the
words, kindly meant as she knew them to be, fell as if in
mockery to her feelings. “Pleasant slumbers for me! Heaven
grant they may be made so by his speedy coming; but—”
and, being now alone, and thus relieved of the restraining presence
of others, she burst into tears, and wept long and bitterly.

Woman was not created to act independently. The sphere
in which she is formed to move, though different, is yet so immediately
connected with that of man, that her destiny is
inseparable from his. Her happiness and prosperity are not
in her own keeping. The welfare of the husband is the welfare
of the wife; and, if poverty and disgrace, the concomitants of
vice, fall on him, she must participate equally in the physical
evil, and drink as much deeper of the cup of moral misery as
her unblunted sensibilities are more lively, and her sense of

-- 039 --

[figure description] Page 039.[end figure description]

right and wrong are more acute, than those of him who has
become dead to the one and lost to the other. What wonder,
then, that she should so agonize and weep in secret over his
moral deviations, and all the more bitterly, because, with the
most intense desire to do so, she has no power to remedy the
evil? But, for that sorrow and suffering, who before high
Heaven will be held responsible? Who, but the doubly-guilty
husband whose conduct has caused them?

Through the whole of that, to her, long and dreary night,
Mrs. Elwood never once thought of retiring to rest, but kept up
her vigils in waiting and watching for her husband: now listening
pensively to the wind that seemed to moan round her solitary
apartment in unison with her own feelings; now straining
her senses to catch some sound of his approach; and now, perhaps,
throwing herself upon a sofa, and falling, for a moment,
into a troubled slumber, but only to start up at the first sound
of the rattling windows, to listen again, and again to be disappointed.
In this manner she wore away the lingering hours
of the night, till the long prayed-for daylight, which she supposed,
at the farthest, would bring back her truant husband,
made its welcome appearance. But daylight came not this time
to remove the cause of her anxieties. Elwood had several
times before staid out nearly through the night, but the approach
of daylight had always, till now, brought him home;
and, not making his appearance, as she confidently expected,
she became, as the morning advanced, really alarmed for his
personal safety, and would have immediately sent out for him,
but she knew not whom to send. She therefore concluded to
put off the already long-delayed breakfast no longer; and, summoning
her brother-in-law, who, with herself (her son, whom
we have yet more particularly to introduce to the reader, being
temporarily absent from town), now constituted all the family
remaining to join in the repast. The two then sat down to the
table, and partook the meal mostly in gloomy silence, one still
hoping all might yet turn out well, and therefore repressing her

-- 040 --

[figure description] Page 040.[end figure description]

twofold apprehensions; and the other, out of regard to her feelings,
kindly forbearing to pain her with remarks and inquiries
on a subject which they mutually felt conscious was oppressing
the hearts of both.

After the meal was over, Arthur Elwood arose, and, briefly
announcing his intention of going out to look up his brother,
who, he said, would be likely soon to be found at his store, left
the house. At the usual dinner hour, Arthur Elwood returned
to the house, and was met at the door by his anxious hostess,
whose countenance quickly fell as she perceived him to be
alone.

“Have you not yet seen my husband?” she eagerly demanded.

“No, but have heard of him. He is somewhere in the city,
I believe,” replied the other.

“In the city and not return?” persisted the surprised and
distressed wife. “How can this be? — what does it mean?”

“I do not know,” replied Arthur, with a thoughtful and perplexed
air.

Mrs. Elwood for a moment stood mute as a statue; for, but
too well conjecturing what was passing in the mind of the other,
she durst not ask his opinion. But, soon regaining her usual
composure, she led the way to the dinner-table, where the meal
that followed was partaken much as the one that preceded it,—
in silence and mutual constraint, which was only relieved by
an occasional forced, commonplace remark.

“I shall again go to Mark's store,” said Arthur, with stern
gravity, as he rose from the table, after he had finished his
repast, “and I shall also take the liberty of looking into the
condition of his affairs. After that, I may return here again,
though to remain only for a short time, as I leave for home in
the evening.”

Towards night Arthur Elwood returned, and in his usual
quiet way entered the room where Mrs. Elwood was sitting;
when, shaking his head as if in reply to the question respecting

-- 041 --

[figure description] Page 041.[end figure description]

her still absent husband, which he saw, by the painfully inquiring
expression of her countenance, was rising to her lips, he
took a seat by her side, and, with an air of concern and a slight
tremor of voice, commenced:

“I have been debating with myself, sister Alice, whether it
were a greater kindness to go away without seeing you, and of
course without apprising you of what I may have discovered
respecting your husband and his affairs, or come here and tell
you truths which would be painful, — too painful, perhaps, for
you to bear.”

“'Tis better I should know all,” rather gasped than uttered
Mrs. Elwood. “You will tell me the truth, — others may not.
Go on.”

“Your husband,” resumed the other, “wrote me for the help
of a few thousands, which I would have freely loaned, but for
my suspicions that all was not right with him; and, as I plainly
told him, I came on to ascertain for myself whether such help
would be thrown away, or really relieve him, as he represented,
from a mere temporary embarrassment. I have now been into
the painful investigation, and find matters, I grieve to say, tenfold
worse than I suspected. He is, and must have been for a
long time, the companion and the victim of blacklegs and cutthroats,
and —”

“I suspected, — I knew it,” interrupted the eager and trembling
listener; “and O Arthur, how I have tried and wept and
prayed to induce him to break off from them; for I felt they
would eventually ruin him.”

Eventually ruin him! Why, Alice, with his own miscalculations
in business, folly and extravagance in every thing, they
have done so already.”

“But the main part of his property,” demanded the other,
with a startled look, “you don't mean but what the main part
of his property is still left?”

“Yes, I do, Alice, — but I see you are not prepared for this.

-- 042 --

[figure description] Page 042.[end figure description]

Still, you may as well know it now as ever. Yes, Alice,
your husband is irretrievably bankrupt!”

Mrs. Elwood was not indeed prepared for this development.
She had foreseen, it was true, the coming evil; but she supposed
it was yet in the distance. She knew her husband's
property had been a large one; and the announcement, from
one she could not disbelieve, that it was all gone, struck her
dumb with surprise and consternation. She uttered not a word.
She could not speak, but sat pale and trembling, the very picture
of distress.

After pacing the room a few moments, with frequent commiserating
glances at the face of the other, whose distress
evidently deeply moved him, Arthur Elwood stopped short
before her and said:

“Sister Alice, my time is about up, — I must go.”

“Have you no word to leave for my husband when he
comes?” asked Mrs. Elwood, with an effort to appear composed.

“No, — none whatever to him; but with you, Alice,” he
added, drawing out a small package of bank notes and dropping
them into her lap, “with you, and for you alone, against a day
of necessity, I leave that trifle — no hesitation — keep it — put
it out of sight — there, that is right. Now only one thing more,—
what of your son?”

“Claud?”

“Yes. You know it has happened that I have never seen
him.”

“I do know it, and have much regretted his absence; for I
wished you to see him. But I am now looking for him every
hour, and if you could delay —”

“No, no, I must go. Tell him to forget, at once, that he was
ever a rich man's only son and heir, and learn to profit by a
rich man's errors; for, till he does this, which, if he is like
others, will require some time, he will make no real advance in
life.”

-- 043 --

[figure description] Page 043.[end figure description]

“Your impression may be natural, but it hardly does him
justice. He is not like most others. Claud is a man now.”

“So much the better, then, for you and himself. But you see
with a mother's eyes, probably, and speak with a mother's heart.
I will inquire about him, however, as indeed I will about you
all. Good-by.”

Thus did the unimpassioned Arthur Elwood, with a seeming
business-like roughness and want of feeling, assume to hide
the emotions which he really felt in the discovery of his
brother's ruin, and in witnessing the distress he had just caused
in communicating it, hurry through the painful interview, and
abruptly depart, leaving Mrs. Elwood to struggle in secret with
the chaos of thoughts and emotions which Arthur's unexpected
revelation had brought over her. She was not left long, however,
to struggle with her feelings alone. In a short time the
sound of a familiar footstep hastily entering the front hall of
the magnificent mansion, — alas! now no longer her own, — suddenly
caught her ear; when, with the exclamation, “Claud, O
Claud!” she rushed forward to her advancing son, and, to use
the expressive language of Scripture, “fell on his neck and
wept.”

“I heard of father's failure,” said the son, a fine looking
youth of about twenty, with his mother's cleanly cut features
and firm, thoughtful countenance, joined to his father's manly
proportions. “I learned, as I came into the city, an hour ago,
that father had just failed, his store been shut up, and all his
property put into the hands of his creditors; and I hurried
home to break the news to you. But I see you know it all.”

“Yes, that the blow was impending, but not that it had already
fallen, as you now report; but it may as well come to-day as
to-morrow or next week. Half my nights, for months, Claud,
have been made sleepless by the bodings and fears of the evil
day, which, as things were going, I felt must eventually come;
but never, till within this very hour, did I dream that our misfortunes
were so near. But, though the storm has burst so

-- 044 --

[figure description] Page 044.[end figure description]

much sooner than I expected, I could bravely face it, could we
say that it was caused by no fault of our own; but to be brought
upon us in this manner, my son, it is hard, hard to bear.”

“But you have not been to blame, mother; and I did not
suppose you thought enough of wealth to grieve so at its loss.”

“I do not, Claud. It is not that; still, I could not help
thinking of your disappointment, even in that view of the misfortune.”

“Mine, mother? Why, I am no worse off than father was
when he started in life; no worse off than thousands who
begin with no other resources than what lie in clear heads and
strong hearts. I can take care of myself; and, what is more, I
can take care of you, dear mother. Surely, you won't doubt
me?”

“No, Claud, no. You have always been my pride, latterly
almost my only hope; and I know not now but that you must
be my only staff, on which to lean as I pass down the decline
of life.”

“And I will be one to you, mother; but come, cheer up, and
let us go in and talk over these matters more calmly.”

The mother and son accordingly retired to her usual sittingroom;
where, since her overcharged bosom had found relief in
tears, and her sinking spirits had been raised by the kind and
comforting words of her dutiful son, she told him all that had
occurred during the two preceding days, which constituted the
brief but eventful period of his absence. They then were beginning
to counsel together on the prospects and probabilities
of their gloomy future; but their conversation was suddenly
cut short by the abrupt entrance of the wretched husband and
father, who, on his way from the hotel where he had spent the
day in sleeping off his debauch in concealment, having received
an intimation of what was going on among his creditors, had
hurried home, with a confidence and self-possession which he
could not summon when he started; for, out of this movement
among his creditors, which he still would not believe was any

-- 045 --

[figure description] Page 045.[end figure description]

thing more than a sort of practical menace to enforce payment,
he saw not only how he could frame a plausible excuse for his
guilty absence, but make the circumstance an irresistible plea for
forcing from his brother a loan sufficient to enable him to arrest
his failure and continue business. On entering the room, therefore,
after saluting his wife and son in a sort of brisk, unconcerned
manner, and muttering that he “thought they would never let
him get home again,” he eagerly inquired for Arthur; and, on
being informed that his brother had started for his home, without
leaving any note or word for him, and especially on being
told by his son — as he at length calmly and persistingly was,
in despite of his multiplied prevarications and denials, what
they all knew, and what he himself should have been the last
to be ignorant of — that the question of his failure, for more
than he could ever pay, had already been settled against him,
he became frantic in the outpourings of his rage, disappointment,
and chagrin; sometimes declaring that the world, grown
envious of his prosperity, had all suddenly become his enemies,
and grossly belied him; sometimes savagely charging his
brother, wife, and son with conspiring together against him;
and sometimes cursing his own blindness and folly. And thus
he continued to rave, and walk the room for hours, till his wife
and son, having partaken their evening meal before his unheeding
eyes, and become sick and wearied in listening to his insane
ravings, — to which they had wholly ceased making any reply,—
retired to rest, leaving him to partake such food as was left
on the table, to occupy, as he chose to do, the same sofa which
his hapless wife had done the night before, to sleep down the
wild commotion of his feelings, and awake a calmer and more
humbled, but not yet a better or much wiser man.

But we do not propose to describe in detail the rapid descent
from opulence and station to poverty and insignificance, which
now transpired to mark this era in the singular fortunes of
Elwood and his family. Their history, for the next three
months, was but the usual painful one which awaits the failed

-- 046 --

[figure description] Page 046.[end figure description]

merchant everywhere in the cities. The crushing sense of
misfortune which, for the first few days after the unexpected
blow has fallen, weighs down the self-deceived or otherwise
unprepared victims; the succeeding weeks of dejection and
mortified pride; then the painful trial of parting with the
showy equipage, the costly furniture, and the cherished mementoes,
which had required, perhaps, the care of half a life in
gathering; then the compulsory abdication of the great and
conspicuous mansion for the small, obscure, hired cottage; then
the saddening bodings and deep concern felt in seeing the
means of living daily diminishing, with no prospect of ever
being replenished; and, finally, the humiliating resort of the
wife and children to the needle or menial employments, for
the actual necessaries of life, — these, all these, are but the
usual graduated vicissitudes of sorrow and trial which are
allotted to those whose folly and extravagance have suddenly
thrown them on the downward track of fortune, and which the
Elwoods, in common with others, were now doomed to experience,
and, on the part of Mrs. Elwood, especially, with aggravations
not necessarily incident to such reverses. She would
have borne all the deprivations and evils incident to her husband's
failure without a murmur, could she have seen in him
any amendment in those habits and vicious inclinations which
had led to his downfall. But she could not. The hopes she
had confidently entertained, that his misfortunes would humble
and reform him, were doomed to disappointment. He still
madly clung to his old associates of the gambling-table; and
all the money he could get was lost or squandered among them,
till he became too poor and desperate even for them, and they
drove him from their society to join another and a lower
set, who in turn compelled him to seek other still lower and
more degraded associations. And so descended, step by step,
along the path of degradation, the once princely merchant, till,
despised and shunned by all respectable men, he became the

-- 047 --

[figure description] Page 047.[end figure description]

fit companion of the meanest thimble-riggers of the cellars,
and the lounging tipplers of the streets.

His case, however, as hopeless as it might appear, was not
permitted to become an irretrievable one. Through a seemingly
accidental circumstance, a light one day broke on his beclouded
and half-maddened brain, that led to a self-redemption
as happy for himself and family as it was unexpected by all.
A former friend, one morning, moved perhaps by his forlorn
appearance, in passing him with a light carriage, invited him
to ride a few miles into the country; where, being unexpectedly
called off in another direction, he left Elwood to return on foot
by a nearer route across the fields to his home. After travelling
some distance, he reached an elevation which overlooked
the city, and, feeling a little fatigued, he sat down on a mossy
hillock to rest and enjoy the prospect. As he cast his eye over
that busy haunt of men, with its numerous spires shooting upward,
its long lines of princely dwellings, its encircling forest
of masts, its lofty warehouses, and other evidences of wealth
and business, his own former important participation in its
busy scenes, and his present worse than insignificant position
there, rose in vivid contrast in his awakening mind; and the
thought of his past but squandered wealth came up only to add
poignancy to the sense of his present poverty and humiliation,
which thus, and for the first time, was brought home to his
agitated bosom. Suddenly leaping from his seat, from the
torturing force of the reflection, he exclaimed: “Must I bear
this? Cannot I still be a man? I will! yes, before Heaven,
I will!” And, resuming his seat, his mind became intently
engaged in studying out ways and means for carrying the sudden
but stern resolution into effect; when, after another hour
thus employed, he again jumped up, and, with the air of one
who has reached some unalterable conclusion, he rapidly made
his way homeward.

While the besotted Elwood was undergoing, so unexpectedly,
even to himself, such a moral transformation in the solitude of

-- 048 --

[figure description] Page 048.[end figure description]

the fields, an event occurred to his sorrowful wife at home,
which was equally unexpected to her; which, though of a
wholly different character, produced an equally great revulsion
in her feelings as the one happening to her husband, about
the same hour, was to him, or was producing in his feelings,
and which, by the singular coincidence, seemed to indicate that
the angel of mercy was at length spreading his wings at the
same time over both heads of this unfortunate family. She
had been having one of her most disconsolate days, and was
sitting alone in her little room, gloomily pondering over her
disheartening trials, without being able to see one ray of light
in the dark future, when she received a call from one of her
husband's chief creditors; who announced that those creditors,
at a recent meeting, having ascertained her meritorious conduct
and needy situation, had voted her the sum of five hundred
dollars, which, confiding in her discretion for a judicious outlay
of the money, he now, he said, had the pleasure of presenting
her. And, having placed the money in her hands, and taken
the tear of gratitude — which, preventing the utterance of the
word-thanks she attempted, had started to her cheek at the unexpected
boon — as a sufficient acknowledgment, he kindly bade
her adieu, and departed.

That evening the husband and wife met as they had not for
months before: each at first surprised at seeing the unclouded
brow and hopeful countenance of the other, but each soon instinctively
feeling that something had occurred to both, which
was not only of present moment, but the harbinger of happier
days to come. When confidence and hope are springing up in
doubtful or despairing bosoms, the tongue is soon loosened
from the frosts of reserve, however closely they may have before
imprisoned it. Elwood, with many expressions of regret
at his past conduct, and of wonder at the blindness and folly
which had permitted him so long to persevere in it, told his
gratified companion all that had that day passed through his
mind, — his sudden sense of shame and degradation; his bitter

-- 049 --

[figure description] Page 049.[end figure description]

self-reproaches, and succeeding determination to reform; to
atone for the past, as far as he could, by future good conduct;
to begin, in fine, the world anew, and, after placing himself
beyond the reach of those temptations to which he had so fatally
yielded, devote the remainder of his days to honest industry.
And she, anxious to encourage and strengthen him, and fearing
his total want of means might defeat his good resolutions, — she,
also, as she believed it would be true wisdom to do, informed
him of her good fortune, and offered him a portion of her unexpected
acquisition, to enable him to engage in such business as
he should decide to follow. They then discussed, and soon
mutually agreed on, the expediency of leaving the city, where,
as they had once there enjoyed wealth and station, they must
both ever be subjected to mortifying contrasts, — both constantly
doomed

“To see profusion which they must not share,”—

and he be exposed to temptations which he might not always
have the firmness to withstand.

“But I resolved,” said Elwood, after a pause, “not only on
going to the country, but on to a new lot of land in the very
outskirts of civilization. You, however, should I succeed in
getting up comfortable quarters, would not be content to make
such a place your home?”

“Anywhere, Mark; and the farther from the dangerous
influences of this wicked city, the better. Yes, to the very
depths of the wilderness, and I will not complain.”

“It is settled, then. I was once, in one of my early excursions,
along the borders of the wild lakes lying on the northeastern
line of New Hampshire, where a living may be obtained
from the cultivation of the soil alone; but where more may be
made, at particular seasons, in taking the valuable furs that
there abound. There I will go, contract for a lot of land, and
prepare a home, leaving you, and Claud, if he shall decide for
a woodman's life, to come on and join me next summer.”

-- 050 --

[figure description] Page 050.[end figure description]

“That Claud will do; for he often declares himself disgusted
with the trickery of trade, and to be longing for the country
life of his boyhood. But here he comes, and can speak for
himself.”

The son now joined in the family deliberations, and learning,
with surprise and gratification, what had occurred during the
eventful day, joyfully fell in with his father's proposition; when
it was soon decided that the latter should take half the money
that day given to Mrs. Elwood, to lay out in a lot of land and
house, and immediately proceed on his journey.

Whatever Mark Elwood had once firmly decided on, he was
always prompt and energetic in executing. Before nine o'clock
that evening, his knapsack of clothing was made up for a journey
on foot, which, contrary to the wishes of his wife and son,
he decided should be his mode of travelling. He then went
to bed, slept six hours, rose, dressed, bade his family good-by,
turned his back on the now loathed city, and, by sunrise next
morning, was far on his way towards his designated home
among the distant wilds of the North.

-- 051 --

p720-064 CHAPTER V.

“There is a pleasure in the pathless woods,
There is a rapture in the lonely shore,
There is society where none intrudes,—
I love not man the less, but nature more.”

[figure description] Page 051.[end figure description]

Once more in the green wilderness! Welcome the wild
scenes of our boyhood, which, as the checkered panorama of
the past is unrolled at our bidding, rise on the mental vision
in all their original freshness and beauty! It was here we
first essayed to study the works of nature, and in them trace
the Master-hand that moulded and perfected them. It was
here we learned to recognize the voice of God in the rolling
thunder, and his messengers in the swift-winged lightnings; to
mark the forms of beauty and grandeur in every thing, from
the humble lichen of the logs and rocks, to the high and towering
pine of the plain and the mountain, — from the low murmurings
of the quiet rivulet, to the loud thunderings of the
headlong cataract, — and from the soft whisperings of the gentle
breeze, to the angry roar of the desolating tornado; and,
finally, it was here that our first and most enduring lessons of
devotion were learned, here that our first and truest conceptions
of the grand and beautiful were acquired, and here that
the leading tone of our intellectual character, such as it may
be, was generated and stamped on us for life.

The second part of our story, to which the preceding chapters
should be taken, perhaps, as merely introductory, opens about
midsummer, and among that remarkable group of sylvan lakes—
nearly a dozen in number — which, commencing on the
wild borders of northerly New Hampshire, and shooting off
in an irregular line some fifty miles northeasterly into the

-- 052 --

[figure description] Page 052.[end figure description]

dark and unbroken forests of Maine, appear on the map, in
their strangely shapeless forms and scattered locations, as if
they must have been hurled, by the hand of some Borean
giant, down from the North Pole in a volley of huge ice-blocks,
which fell and melted where they now lie, sparkling, like rough
gems, on the shaggy bosom of the wilderness.

Near the centre of an opening of perhaps a dozen acres,
about a mile from where the sinuous Androscoggin debouches
full grown, like Minerva from the head of Jupiter, from its
parent reservoir, the picturesque Umbagog, stood a newly
rigged log house, of dimensions and finish which indicated more
taste and enterprise than is usually exhibited in the rude habitations
of the first settlers. It was a story and a half high,
and the walls were built of solid pine timber, originally roughly
hewed, but recently dressed down with broad axe over the
whole outward and inner surfaces so smoothly that, at a little
distance, they presented, with their still visible seams, more the
appearance of the wainscoting of some costly cottage than
the humble log cabin. The building had also been newly
shingled, new doors supplied, the windows enlarged, the yard
around leveled off, with other improvements, of a late date,
betokening considerable ambition for appearance, and considerable
outlay of means, for so new a place, to fit up a tidy
and comfortable abode for the occupants. In the surrounding
field were patches of growing maize, wheat, potatoes, and some
of the common table vegetables; the hay crop for the winter
sustenance of the only cow and yoke of oxen, the best friends
of the new settler, having been just cut and stored in an adjoining
log-building, as was evident from the fresh look of the
stubble, and the stray straws hanging to the slivered stumps or
bushes in the field, and from the fragrant and far-scenting locks
protruding from the upper and lower windows of the well-crammed
receptacle passing under the name of barn. Beyond
this little opening, and bounding it on every side, stood the encircling
wall of woods, through and over which gleamed the

-- 053 --

[figure description] Page 053.[end figure description]

bright waters of the far-spreading Umbagog on the north;
while all around, towering up in their green glories, rose, one
above another, the amphitheatric hills, till their lessening individual
forms were lost, or mingled in the vision with the
lofty summits of the distant White Mountains in the south and
west, and of the bold detached eminences which shot up from
the dark wilderness and studded the horizon in all other directions.

Such, and in such a locality, was, as the reader probably has
already inferred, the residence which Mark Elwood had pitched
upon for beginning life anew. On leaving the city, as represented
in the last chapter, he had, under the goading remembrance
of follies left behind, and the incitements of hope-constructed
prospects before, perseveringly pushed on, till he
reached this lone and wild terminus of civilized life; when,
finding, a mile beyond the last of the scattered settlements of
the vicinity, a place on which an opening had been made and
the walls and roof of a spacious log house erected, the year
before, he had succeeded in purchasing it, for ready money, at
a price which was much below its value, and which left him
nearly half his little fund to be expended in more thoroughly
clearing the land, getting in crops, making the house habitable,
and felling an additional tract of forest. And with so much
energy and resolution had he pursued his object of seeing himself
and family once more united at a comfortable home, that,
within three months from the time he commenced operations,
which was in the first of the spring months, he had accomplished
it all; for his wife and son, rejoicing in the knowledge
of his success which he had communicated to them, and
promptly responding to his invitation to join him, had come on,
with their little all of goods and money, in teams hired for the
purpose; and they were now all together fully installed in their
new home, pleased with the novelty and freshness of every
thing around them, proud and secure in their conscious independence
and exemption from the dangers and trials they had

-- 054 --

[figure description] Page 054.[end figure description]

recently passed through, and contented and happy in their
situation.

The particular time we have taken for the reäppearance of
the family on this, their new stage of action, was a warm but
breezy afternoon on one of the last days of July. Elwood
was engaged in his new-mown field, in cutting and grubbing up
the bushes and sprouts which had sprung up during the season
around the log-heaps and stumps, and could not easily or conveniently
be cut by the common scythe while mowing the
grass. He was no longer robed in the broadcloth and fine
linen, in which, as the rich merchant, he might have been
seen, perhaps, one year ago that day, sauntering about “on
'change” among the solid men of Boston. These had been
mostly worn out or sold during the changing fortunes of the
year, and their place was now wisely supplied by the long towfrock
and the other coarse garments in common use among the
settlers. Nor had his physical appearance undergone a much
less change. Instead of the pallid brow, leaden eye, fleshly
look, and the red cheek of the wine-bibber and luxurist of the
cities, he exhibited the embrowned, thin, but firm and healthy
face, and the clear and cheerful complexion of the contented
laborer of the country, — tell-tale looks both, which we always
encounter with as much secret disgust in the former as we do
with involuntary respect in the latter. He now paused in his
labors, and stood for some time looking about the horizon, as if
watching the signs of the weather; now noting the progress of
the haze gathering in the south, and now turning his cheek
first one way and then another, apparently to ascertain the
doubtful direction of the wind, which, from a lively western
breeze, had within the last hour lulled down into those small,
fluctuating puffs usually observable when counter-currents are
springing up, balancing, and beginning to strive for the mastery.
After a while he moved slowly towards the house, continuing
his observations as he went, till he came near the open window
at which Mrs. Elwood was sitting at her needle-work, from

-- 055 --

[figure description] Page 055.[end figure description]

which she occasionally lifted her eyes, and glanced somewhat
anxiously along the path leading down through the woods to a
landing-place on the lake; when, looking round and observing
her husband standing near, giving token of being about to speak,
she interposed and said:

“You have seen nothing of Claud, I suppose? What can
be the reason why he does not return? He was to have been
at home long before this, was he not?”

“Yes,” carelessly replied Elwood, “unless he concluded to
take a bout in the woods. He took his fowling-piece with him,
to use in case the trout wouldn't bite, you know. Phillips, the
old hunter, came into the field where we were last night, and
said he was out of meat, and must skirt the lake to-day for a
buck. I presume Claud may have joined him. There! hark!
that sounded like Claud's piece,” he added, as the distant report
of a gun rose from the woods westward of the lake and died
away in swelling echoes on the opposite shore. “And there,
again!” he continued, as another and sharper report burst, the
next moment, from the same locality, — “there goes another,
but not his, as he could not have loaded so quick. That must
have been Phillips' long rifle. They are doubtless together
somewhere near the Magalloway, — some three miles distant, I
should judge, — and are probably having fine sport with something.”

“That may be the case, perhaps,” responded Mrs. Elwood.
“I wish, however, he would come; for I cannot yet quite divest
myself of the idea that there may be danger in these wild scenes
of the lakes and the woods. But what was you about to say
when I first spoke? You were going to say something, I
thought.”

“O — yes — why, I was about to say that I had made up
my mind to set fire to the slash. It is dry enough now to get a
good burn; and it looks to me a good deal like rain. I wish
to get the land cleared and ready to sow with winter wheat by

-- 056 --

[figure description] Page 056.[end figure description]

the first of September; and I don't like to risk the chance of
finding every thing in so good order again.”

“There is no danger that the fire will spread, or be blown
to the buildings, is there?”

“No, the wind is springing up in the south now, and will
drive the fire only towards the lake in the direction of the
landing.”

“But Claud may be there.”

“Well, if he should be, the fire won't burn up the lake, I
think; and, if it besets the path in the woods, he can come round
some other way,” jocosely said Elwood, moving away to carry
his purpose into execution.

Having procured a parcel of splinters split from the dry and
resinous roots of some old pine stub, — that never-failing and
by no means contemptible substitute for lamp or candle among
the pioneers of a pine-growing country, — he proceeded rapidly
to the edge of the slash, as a tract of felled forest is generally
denominated by the first settlers, especially of the northern
States. Here, pausing a moment to mark with his eye the
most favorable places to communicate the fire, he picked his
way along the southern end to the farthest side of the tangled
mass of trees of every description composing the slash, which
was a piece of some four or five acres, lying on the western
border and extending north and south the whole length of the
opening. And, having reached his destination, and kindled all
his splinters into a blaze, he threw one of them into the thickest
nest of pine or other evergreen boughs at hand, and darted back
to his next marked station, where he threw in another of his
blazing torches, and so on till he reached the cleared ground,
which was not one moment too soon for his safety. For so
dry and inflammable had every thing there become, under the
scorching sun of the preceding fortnight, which had been relieved
by neither rain nor cloud, that, the instant the fire touched
the tinder-like leaves, it flashed up as from a parcel of scattered
gunpowder; and, bursting with almost explosive quickness all

-- 057 --

[figure description] Page 057.[end figure description]

around, and swiftly leaping from bough to bough and treetop
to treetop, it spread with such astonishing celerity that he
found it hard on his heels, or whirling in a hot cloud over his
head, at every pause he made to throw in a new but now unnecessary
torch, in his rapid and constantly quickened run
through the slash. And when, after running some distance
into the open field, to escape the stifling smoke and heat by
which he was even there assailed, he turned round to note
more fully the surprising progress that the terrible element he
had thus let loose was making, he beheld all that part of the
slash which he had a moment before passed through already
enveloped, from side to side, in a continuous blaze, whose red,
curling crest, mounting every instant higher and higher, was
advancing with the seeming speed of a race-horse on its fiery
destination. Half-appalled by the sight of such a sudden and
unexpected outburst of the fire he had kindled, Elwood hurried
on to his house, and joined his startled wife in the yard; when
the two took station on an adjoining knoll, and looked down
upon the conflagration in progress with increasing wonder and
uneasiness, — so comparatively new was the scene to them
both, and so far did it promise to exceed all their previous conceptions,
in magnitude and grandeur, of any thing of the kind
to be met with in the new settlements. And it was, indeed, a
grand and fearful spectacle: For, with constantly increasing
fury, and with the rapidity of the wind before which it was
driving, still raged and rolled on the red tempest of fire. Now
surging aloft, and streaking with its winding jets of flame the
fiercely whirling clouds of smoke that marked its advance, and
now dying away in hoarse murmurs, as if to gather strength
for the new and more furious outburst that the next moment
followed, it kept on its terrific march till it reached the central
elevation, which embraced the most tangled, densely covered,
and combustible part of the slash, and on which had been left
standing an enormous dry pine, that towered so up high above

-- 058 --

[figure description] Page 058.[end figure description]

the surrounding forest as to have long served as a landmark for
the hunters and fishermen, in setting their courses through the
woods or over the lake. Here the fiery billow, as if governed
by the human tactics of a military assault, paused, parted, and
swept by on either side, till it had inclosed the elevation;
when suddenly it shot up from every side in an hundred converging
tongues of flame, which, soon meeting and expanding
into one, quickly enveloped the whole hill in one broad, unbroken
robe of sheeted fire, encompassed and mounted the
veteran pine, and around its colossal trunk formed a huge,
whirling pyramid of mingling smoke and flame that rose to the
mid-heavens, shedding, in place of the darkened sun, a lurid
glare over the forest, and sending forth the stormy roar of a
belching volcano. The next moment a shower of cinders and
the burning fragments of twigs, bark, and boughs which had
been carried high up by the force of the ascending currents,
fell hot and hissing to the earth over every part of the adjoining
fields, to and even far beyond the spot where Elwood and his
wife were standing.

“Good Heavens!” exclaimed Elwood, aroused from the
mute amazement with which he and his more terrified companion
had been beholding the scene, as soon as these indications
of danger were thus brought to his very feet. “Good Heavens!
this is more than I bargained for. See, — the fire is catching
on the stumps all over the field!”

“The house!” half-screamed Mrs. Elwood. “What is that
rising from the shingles up there near the top of the roof?”

“Smoke, as I am alive!” cried the other, in serious alarm, as
he glanced up to the roof, where several slender threads of
smoke were beginning to steal along the shingles. “Run,
Alice, run with the pails for the brook, while I throw up the
ladder against the gable. We must be lively, or within one
hour we shall be as houseless as beggars.”

“O, where is Claud? where is Claud?” exclaimed the

-- 059 --

[figure description] Page 059.[end figure description]

distressed wife and mother, as she flew to the house to do her
husband's bidding.

Yes, where was Claud? At the risk of the charge of purposely
tantalizing the reader, we must break off here, to follow
the young man just named, in the unexpected adventures which
he also had experienced during that eventful day. But for
this we will take a new chapter.

-- 060 --

p720-073 CHAPTER VI.

“To sit on rocks, to muse o'er flood and fell,
To slowly trace the forest's shady scene,
Where things that own not man's dominion dwell,
And mortal foot hath ne'er, or rarely, been;
To climb the trackless mountain all unseen,
With the wild flock that never needs a fold;
Alone o'er steeps and foaming falls to lean, —
This is not Solitude: 't is but to hold
Converse with nature's charms, and view her stores unroll'd.”

[figure description] Page 060.[end figure description]

It was about the middle of the forenoon, on the day marked
by the incidents narrated in the preceding chapter, when Claud
Elwood, who had become pretty well initiated into the sports
of the locality, entered his light canoe, with his fishing-tackle and
fowling-piece, and pushed out upon the broad bosom of the
forest-girt Umbagog. Having had the best success, when up
on the lake the last time, on the western margin, he pulled away
in that direction, and, after rowing a couple of miles up the
lake, he laid down his oar, unrolled his elm-bark cable, and let
down his stone anchor, at a station a furlong or so from the
shore.

It was a beautiful spot, and a beautiful day to enjoy it in.
From the water's edge rose, deeply enshrouded in their bright
green, flowing, and furbelowed robes of thickly interwoven
pines, the undulating hills, back to the summit level of that long,
narrow tongue of forest land, which, for many miles, only separates
the Umbagog from the parallel Magalloway, the noble
stream that here comes rushing down from the British highlands,
to join the scarcely larger Androscoggin, almost at the
very outset of its “varied journey to the deep.” Turning from

-- 061 --

[figure description] Page 061.[end figure description]

this magnificent swell on the west, the eye, as it wandered to
the right over the bright expanse of intervening waters, next
rested on the long, crescent-shaped mountain ridge, behind which
slept, in their still deeper and wilder seclusion, the broad Mooseeluk-maguntic
and the Molechunk-a-munk, which, with the Umbagog,
make up the three principal links in this remarkable chain
of lakes. Still farther to the right lay the seemingly boundless,
rolling forests, forming the eastern and southern rim of this
basin of the lakes; whose gradually sloping sides, like some old
pinnacled city, were everywhere bristling with the giant forms
of the heaven-aspiring pine, and whose nearer recesses were
pierced, in the midst, by the long, lessening line of the gleaming
Umbagog; while around the whole circle of the horizon,
scattered here and there far back into the blue distance, rose
mountain after mountain in misty grandeur to the heavens.

After thus slowly sweeping the horizon, to note, for the
tenth time, perhaps, the impressive character of the scenery,
whose everywhere intermingling beauty and grandeur he was
never tired of contemplating, Claud withdrew his gaze, and
turned his attention to the more immediate object of his excursion.
After a few moments spent in regulating his hook and
line, he strung his angle-rod, and threw out to see whether he
could succeed in tempting, at that unfavorable hour, the fickle
trout from their watery recesses. But all in vain the attempt.
Not a trout was seen stirring the water at the surface, or manifesting
his presence around the hook beneath; and all the endeavors
which the tantalized angler made, by changing the bait,
and throwing the line in different directions around him, proved,
for the next hour, equally fruitless. While he was thus engaged,
intently watching his line, each moment expecting that
the next must bring him a bite, one of those peculiar, subdued,
but far-reaching sounds, which are made by the grazing of the oar
against the side of the boat in rowing, occasionally greeted his
ear from some point to the south of him; though, for a while,
nothing was to be seen to indicate by whom the sounds were

-- 062 --

[figure description] Page 062.[end figure description]

produced. Soon, however, a man in a canoe, who had been
coasting, unseen, along the indentures of the shore, and whom
Claud instantly recognized as Phillips, the hunter already
named, shot round a neighboring point, and, in a few minutes
more, was at his side.

“Well, what luck?” cheerily exclaimed Phillips, a keen,
hawk-eyed, self-possessed looking man, with a round, compact,
and sinewy frame. “What luck to-day, young man?”

“None whatever,” replied Claud, with an air of disappointment.

“I suppose so, unless you began before ten o'clock.”

“But why did you suppose so?”

“O, I knew it from my knowledge of human nature,” said
the hunter, humorously. “Trout are very much like other
folks, only a great deal more sensitive to heat. Now, you
don't see men, who are well fixed under a cool shade in a sweltering
hot day, very anxious to run out bare-headed in the sun,
when there is no call for it; much less, then, the trout, that
can't bear the sun and heat at all. Though there are, probably,
a ton of them within a stone's throw of us, not one will come
out with this bright sun; they are lying behind the rocks and
old logs at the bottom, and won't begin to circulate these three
hours.”

“And are you not a-going to try them?”

“I? No; I would as soon think of fishing now on the top
of these hills. Besides this, I have a different object. I am
bound to carry home something that will pass for fresh meat,
if it is nothing but a coon. I shall haul up my canoe somewhere
about here; follow up the lake-shore a mile or so, with
the idea of catching a deer in the edge of the water, come there
to keep off the flies; then, perhaps, cross over to the Magalloway,
down that, and over to this place; when, by way of topping
off, I will show you, by that time, if you are about here so
long, how trout are taken.”

So saying, the hunter dipped his springy oar into the water,

-- 063 --

[figure description] Page 063.[end figure description]

and, with a few vigorous strokes, sent his canoe to the shore,
and, having moored it to a root, he glided into the thickets, and
disappeared with a tread so noiseless as to leave Claud, for
many minutes, wholly in doubt whether the man was standing
still in the bushes or proceeding on his excursion.

It was now noon, and Claud, seeing no prospect of any immediate
success in his piscatory employment, which had been
made to appear to him, by the remarks of the hunter, more discouraging
than ever, drew up his anchor, and rowed to a point
of the shore which was embowered by a group of magnificent
pines. Here, finding a cool spring, as well as a refreshing
shade, he drew out his lunch, and very leisurely proceeded to
discuss it, with the ice-cold water of the spring by which he
had seated himself for the purpose. His fare was coarse; but it
was partaken with a relish of which those who have never experienced
the effects of the air and exercise, incident to a life
in the woods, can have no just conception; and to which the
palled appetite of the


“vain lords of luxury and ease,
Whom slumber soothes not, pleasure cannot please,”
is poor in comparison, though all the king's banquets and metropolitan
feasts in the world should vie together to make good
the substitute. Claud's life had thus far been, in the main, a
quiet and commonplace one; nothing having occurred to him
to arouse those strong and over-mastering passions to which it
is the lot of most of us, at some period of our lives, to become
subjected. It had been checkered, however, by one bit of romance,
which, to say the least, had greatly excited his imagination.
About a year previous to the time of which we are now
writing, and one day while he was walking the streets of Boston,
a small, closely-enwrapped package was put in his hand
by an unknown boy, who, with the simple announcement, “For
you, Sir,
” turned quickly away, and made off with the air of
one who has completed his mission, and would avoid being

-- 064 --

[figure description] Page 064.[end figure description]

questioned. Glancing within the wrapper, and perceiving it
inclosed a small encased picture, or likeness, of some female,
which he thought must have been delivered to him through mistake,
Claud looked hastily round for the messenger, and, not seeing
him, he walked backward and forward along the street, and
lingered some time in the vicinity, still expecting the boy would
soon return to claim the package. But, being disappointed in
this, he went home, and, retiring to his room, undid the wrapper,
which he carefully but vainly examined for some name,
mark, or other clue to the mystery; and then, with much interest,
fell to inspecting the picture. It was, obviously, a well-painted
miniature likeness of a fair, dark-eyed girl, but representing
no remembered face, except in the peculiar expression
of the strong and commanding countenance; which, he thought,
either in man or woman, he must have somewhere before encountered.
The whole likeness, indeed, together with the circumstances
under which it came into his hands, made, at the
time, a lively impression on his mind; and, keeping the affair
wholly to himself, he often contemplated that fair face in private;
and, for months afterwards, he never was in a public assembly,
where the sex were present, without running his eye
over it in search of the original. But, as he never found it, the
impression gradually wore away, and, in the exciting changes
that had occurred in the fortunes of his family, it had been
nearly obliterated from his mind; when, that morning, while
searching his trunk for some implement belonging to his gun,
he came across the minature, and put it in his pocket. And
now, in the leisure that followed his repast, he bethought him of
it; and, laying it before him on the bed of moss on which he was
reclining, he contemplated it with renewed interest, and that sort
of dreamy enthusiasm which the sudden revival of old associations
in such solitudes is apt to awaken in the mind, especially
when those associations are connected, as now, with a matter of
mystery and romance.

After indulging in his reveries a while, he put up his

-- 065 --

[figure description] Page 065.[end figure description]

miniature, aroused himself from his day-dream, and rose to his feet
when, feeling inclined for some kind of action, he decided on a
short excursion in the woods, in the direction of the Magalloway,
where probably he would fall in with Phillips, and return with
him to the lake. Accordingly, after loading his gun with ball
and buckshot, so as to be prepared for any large wild animals
he might chance to encounter, he leisurely took his way through
the heavy, ascending forest that lay in his course; here pausing
to note the last night's bed of some solitary bear, and there to
trace the marks of the death-struggle of a victim deer, that, with
all its vigilance and wondrous agility, had been surprised and
brought down by the stealthy and far-leaping catamount. The
ever-varying tenants of the forest, also, were constantly presenting,
as he passed on, some novelty to attract his unaccustomed
eye; now in the smooth, tall shaft of the fusiform fir — the
dandy of the forest — standing up with its beautiful cone-shaped
top among its rougher neighbors, trim and straight as the bonnetted
cavalier of the old pictures, among the slouchy forms of
his homelier but worthier opponents; now in the low and stocky
birch standing on its broad, staunch pedestal of strongly-braced
roots below, and throwing out widely above its giant arms, as if
striving to shoulder and stay up the weight of the superincumbent
forest; and now in the imperial pine, proudly lifting its
tall form an hundred feet over the tops of the plebeian trees
around, to revel in the upper currents of the air, or bathe its
crowning plumes of living green in the clouds of heaven.

Proceeding in this manner, he at length found himself gradually
descending the western slope of the hill; when he soon
arrived in the vicinity of the river, a glimpse of which, together
with a small clearing and a tidy-looking cottage on its banks,
he now caught through the tops of the intervening trees. While
still walking on, his attention was attracted to a comparatively
open place in the woods, where, at some previous period, a
severe fire had killed all the smaller trees, and consumed the
underbrush, which had been replaced by scattering shrubs of the

-- 066 --

[figure description] Page 066.[end figure description]

white poplar intermingled with a plentiful growth of the blackraspberry,
whose luscious fruit — the first to reward the
pioneer, and for which he has to contend sharply with the birds
and bears to obtain his share — was now beginning to ripen.
As he was entering this open space, which appeared to extend
some distance round the point of a screening knoll, he was suddenly
brought to a stand by a noise somewhere in the bushes
or woods ahead, such as had never before saluted his ears. It
was like nothing else, or if any thing else, like the wild snorting
of a frightened horse prolonged into the dying note of the
steam whistle. Claud recoiled a step before the unaccustomed
sound, and involuntarily cocked and raised his gun to his
shoulder. But he was allowed no time to speculate. The
next instant, the loud and piercing shriek of a female, nearer
but in the same direction, rose and rang through the forest.
With a speed quickened at every step by the rapidly repeated
cry of distress, he bounded towards the spot, when, turning the
point of the knoll, he suddenly found himself in full view of
the object of his solicitude, — a girl, in the full bloom of youthful
beauty, who, with bonnet thrown back and her loosened
hair streaming in wild disorder over her shoulders, instantly
rushed forward for his protection. claud stopped short, in
mute surprise at the unexpected apparition; for the first glance
at her face told him that the original of his mysterious miniature
was before him, — before him, here in the woods! Breathless
and speechless in her wild affright, she pointed, with a
glance over her shoulder, to a thick, high tangle of large,
strongly limbed, knotty, windfallen trees, a short distance
behind her, and fled past him to the rear. Looking in the
indicated direction, the startled and perplexed young man distinguished
the outlines of a monstrous moose madly plunging
at the woody barrier, and trying to force his enormous antlers
through the unyielding limbs preparatory to leaping it in pursuit
of his victim, who had eluded the infuriated animal, and
barely escaped the fatal blows of his uplifted hoofs, by creeping

-- 067 --

[figure description] Page 067.[end figure description]

under the providentially placed obstruction. Claud instantly
raised his piece, when, feeling uncertain of his aim, he withheld
his fire, and stood waiting for a fairer view. But, before he
could obtain it, the moose, tired of vain attempts to force
his passage through the bristling barricade of logs and limbs
before him, disappeared for one moment, but the next came
crashing round the nearest end of it, and, with renewed demonstrations
of rage and hostility, made directly for the new opponent
he beheld in his way. Still unalarmed for his own safety,
Claud waited with levelled gun till his formidable assailant
was within forty yards of him, when he took a quick aim and
fired. Reeling under the discharge of his heavily loaded
piece, and blinded by the smoke, he could not, at first, see the
effect of his fire; but when he did so, the next instant, it was
only to behold the monster brute, maddened, not stopped, by
the flesh wounds inflicted, rushing on him with a force and fury
which compelled him to leap suddenly aside, to avoid being
beat into the earth by those terrible hoofs, which he saw lifted
higher and higher, at each approaching step, for his destruction.
Mindful, in his peril, of the precautions already learned from
the hunters, Claude, while the moose, whose tremendous impetus
was driving him straight ahead, could break up, so as to turn
in the pursuit, — Claud made, with all the speed of which he
was master, for a huge hemlock, luckily standing at no great
distance on his right; a course which he thought would divert
the monster from pursuit of the maiden, and, at the same time,
best insure his own safety. But, so prodigious was the rushing
speed of the foiled and now doubly exasperated moose, that
the imperilled huntsman had barely time to reach the sheltering
tree and dodge behind it, before the hotly pursuing foe was at
his heels, rasping and tearing with his spiked antlers the rough
bark of the tree, in his attempts to follow round it near and
fast enough to overtake and strike down his intended victim.
Round and round then sped both pursuer and pursued, as fast
as the frantic rage of the one, and the keen instinct of

-- 068 --

[figure description] Page 068.[end figure description]

self-preservation in the other, could impel them. Although the
moose, from the great width of his interfering horns, was compelled
to sweep round the tree in a circle requiring him to go
over double the distance travelled by Claude, yet so much
greater was his speed, that it called for the utmost exertions
of the latter to keep clear of the battle-axe blows which he
heard falling every instant with fatal force behind him. His
gun had already been struck, shivered, and beat from his hand;
and, as he glanced over his shoulder and saw the fierce and
glaring eyes of his ruthless pursuer, and his uplifted and forward-thrown
hoofs striking closer and closer to his heels at
every bound, a sense of his deadly peril flashed over his mind
with that strange and paralyzing effect which the first full conviction
of impending death often produces on the stoutest
hearts. He felt his strength giving way, his brain beginning
to whirl, and he was on the point of yielding himself to his
fate; when a stream of smoke and flame accompanied the
startling report of a rifle, shot out from the edge of a neighboring
thicket. The moose gave a convulsive start, floundered
forward on his knees, swayed backward and forward an instant,
then fell over broad-side into the bushes with a heavy crash,
straightened out, gasped, and died.

“Dunno but you'll think I waited too long, young man,”
cried Phillips, now advancing with a quick, leaping step from
his covert. “The fact was, I felt, on seeing you getting into
such close quarters, that I had better be rather particular
about my aim, so as to stop him at once; besides that, I was at
first a little out of breath. I had heard the fellow blow when
an hundred rods off, — then the woman scream, — then your
gun; and, thinking like enough there would be trouble, I legged
it for the spot, and got to my stand just as he treed you.”

“I feel very grateful to you, Mr. Phillips, for this timely
rescue,” responded Claud, recovering his composure. “This, I
suppose, is the far-famed moose?”

“Yes, and a bouncer at that,” replied the hunter, going up

-- 069 --

[figure description] Page 069.[end figure description]

and, placing his foot on the broad and still quivering flank of
the huge animal. “Good twenty hands high, and weighs,
well, not much short of fifteen hundred, I should say.”

“But are they often thus dangerous?” asked Claud.

“Not very often, perhaps,” rejoined the hunter. “But still
the bull moose, at this season of the year, is sometimes, when
wounded, about as ugly a customer as you meet with in the
woods. This fellow I judge to have been oncommon vicious, as
he begun his tantrums before he was touched at all, it seems.
I dunno but 'twas the woman put the devil into him, as women
do into two-legged animals sometimes, — don't they, young
man?”

“The woman? O yes, the young lady,” said Claud, reminded
of his duty as a gallant by the remark, though unwilling
to appropriate to himself the prophetic joke with which it
was coupled. “Where is she? I must go and see to her.”

“She has already seen to herself, I guess,” said the hunter.
“As I was coming up, I glimpsed her cutting round and running,
like a wild turkey, for the clearing, to which the moose
had cut off her retreat. She has reached the house by this
time, doubtless; for it is hard by, down on the river here, a
hundred rods or such a matter.”

“Who is she? Do you know the family?” eagerly inquired
the young man.

“No,” answered the hunter. “They are new-comers in
these parts.”

“What could have brought her here so far into the woods?”
persisted Claud.

“The raspberries, very likely,” said the other, indifferently,
while taking out and examining the edge of his knife. “But
come, we must get this moose into some condition, so that he will
keep; then be off to let the settlers know of our luck. And
early to-morrow morning, we will, all hands, come up the
river in boats, and distribute him. He will make fresh meat
enough to supply the whole settlement.”

-- 070 --

[figure description] Page 070.[end figure description]

The hunter now, with the assistance of his new pupil in the
craft, proceeded to dressing the moose, the process of which,
bleeding, disemboweling, and partially skinning, was soon completed;
when, cutting some stout green skids with the hatchet
he ever carried in his belt, and inserting the ends under the
bulky carcass, the two contrived to raise it, by means of old
logs rolled up for the purpose, several feet from the ground, so
as to insure a free circulation of air beneath it. This being
done, the hunter kindled two log fires, one on each side, to
keep off, he said, the wolves and other carnivorous animals.
They then, after cutting out the tongue and lip, which are
esteemed the tidbits of this animal, took up their line of march
for the lake, which, with the long, rapid lope of the woodsman,
measured off, as usual, in Indian file, and with little or no
interrupting conversation, they reached in a short time, and
without further adventure.

“Now,” said the hunter, as he reached the spot where his
canoe was tied, and turned round towards his lagging companion, —
“now, sir, what say you to taking a five-pound
trout?”

“Perfectly willing,” replied Claud, smiling; “and I would
even take up with a smaller one.”

“Well, I won't, — that is, not much smaller; and I think I'll
have one of at least the size I named.”

“What makes you so confident?”

“Because, it being a hot, shiny morning, they took to their
coverts early, and must be sharp-set, by this time. Besides
that, it is just about the best time for them that could be got
up: a deep cloud, as you see, is coming over the sun, and this
wind is moving the water to the bottom. All sizes will now
be coming out, and the big ones, like big folks, will make all
the little ones stand back till their betters are served.”

Each now taking to his canoe, they pushed out some twenty
or thirty rods into the lake, cast anchor, and threw out their
lines. Claud, who baited with grubs, soon had drawn in two,

-- 071 --

[figure description] Page 071.[end figure description]

weighing as many pounds a piece, and began to feel disposed
to banter the hunter, who had baited with a flap of moose-skin,
which he had brought along with him, and which, to Claud,
seemed little likely to attract the fishes to his hook. But he
soon found himself mistaken; for, turning to give utterance to
what was passing in his mind, he beheld the other dallying
with a trout, which he had hooked, and now held flapping on
the surface of the water, evidently much larger than either of
his own.

“That is a fine one!” cried Claud. “Why don't you pull
him in?”

“Not big enough,” said the hunter, in reply to the question;
while he turned to the fish with an impatient “Pshaw! what
work the cretur makes of it! Hop off, hop off, you fool!
There,” he added, as the trout at length broke away and disappeared,
“there, that is right. Now be off with yourself
till you grow bigger, and give me a chance at the fine fellow
whose tail I saw swashing up round here just now.”

The hunter then carefully adjusted his bait, and threw out
the whole lingth of his line. After alternately sinking his hook,
and then drawing it to the surface, for two or three throws, the
line suddenly straightened, moved slowly backward at first,
then swept rapidly round and round, or darted off in sharp
short angles, with downward and forward plunges so quick and
powerful as to make the stout sapling pole sway and bend, like
a whipstock, in the steadying hands of the hunter. For four
or five minutes he made no attempt to draw in his prize, but
let the fish have full play to the length of its tether, till its
efforts had become comparatively feeble; when, slowly bringing
it alongside, he took the line in his hand, and, with a quick
jerk, landed the noble fellow safely on the bottom of the
canoe.

“There, sir!” exclaimed the hunter, seizing the trout by the
gills, and triumphantly holding it up to view, “there is about
what I bargained for: two feet long, not an inch shorter, —

-- 072 --

[figure description] Page 072.[end figure description]

seven pounds weight, and not an ounce lighter! Now, being
satisfied, I am done.”

“What, leave off with such luck?” asked Claud in surprise.

“Yes, young man,” said the other, “I hold it all but a downright
sin to draw from God's storehouse a single pound more
than is really needed. This will last my family as long as it
will keep, this warm weather, with the plenty of moose-meat
we shall have. Any thing more is a waste, which I will not
commit. And you, sir, who have just hauled in your third and
largest one, I perceive, and have now nearly as many pounds
as I have, — what can you want of more? Come, let us pull
up and off for our homes. It is nearly time, any way.”

Although loth to break off his sport, yet inwardly acknowledging
the justness of the hunter's philosophy, Claud reluctantly
drew in and wound up his line, hauled in his anchor, and,
handling his oar, shot out abreast of the other, who had already
got under way, into the heaving waters of the now
agitated lake. Side by side, with the quick and easy dip of
their elastic single oars, the rowers now sent their light, sharp
canoes, dug out to the thinness of a board from the straightgrained
dry pine, rapidly ahead over the broken and subdued
waves of the cove, in which they had been stationed, till they
rounded the intervening woody point which had cut off the
view of the lower end of the lake.

“Good Heavens!” exclaimed Claud, starting back, with suspended
oar, as now, coming out in view of the lake, his eye fell
on the huge pillar of smoke, which, deeply enshrouding that part
of the distant forest lying east of the outlet of the lake with its
expanded base, was rolling upward its thousand dark, doubling
folds; “good Heavens, Phillips, look yonder! Where and what
is it? It looks like a burning city.”

“It is a fire, of course, and no small one, either; but where,
I can't exactly make out,” slowly responded the hunter, intently
fixing his keen eyes on the magnificent spectacle which had
thus unexpectedly burst on their view in the distance. “Let

-- 073 --

[figure description] Page 073.[end figure description]

me see,” he continued, running his eye along the border of the
lake in search of his old landmarks: “there is the tall stub
that stands half a mile down on the west bank of the river, and
is now just visible in the edge of the smoke; but where is the
king pine, that stands nearly against it, over in your slash?
Young man,” he added, with a startled air, “was your father
calculating to burn that slash to-day?”

“No, unless it looked likely to rain.”

“Well it does look likely to rain, in the shape of a shower
gathering yonder, which has already given out one or two
grumbles of distant thunder, if my ears served me as well as
usual.”

“Yes; but such a smoke and fire can't come from our slash.
It must be a larger and more distant one.”

“So I thought at first; but I begin to think different. Do
you see that perpendicular, broken line of light, occasionally
flashing out from the smoke, and extending upward to a height
that no ground fire ever reached? That is your king pine in
a blaze from bottom to top. Hark! why, I can hear it roaring
clear here, like a distant hurricane. It must be a prodigious
hot fire to make all that show and noise.”

“Can it endanger our buildings?” asked Claud, in alarm.

“I am afraid so,” replied the other, with a dubious shake of
the head. “But hark again! 'tis your father's horn blowing
for help.”

“Let us row, then, as for our lives!” cried the now thoroughly
aroused and agitated young man. “If any thing happens
before I get there, I shall never forgive myself for my
prolonged absence, to the last day of my life. You will join
me in going there, will you not?”

“Yes, and outstrip you by half a mile. But that won't be
the best way. Throw your anchor into the stern of my canoe,
and fall in behind. There; now keep the anchor-line slack
between us, if you can,” rapidly said the hunter, bending his

-- 074 --

[figure description] Page 074.[end figure description]

sinewy form to the work, with a power that sent his canoe half
out of the water at every stroke of his swiftly-falling oar.

Leaving them to bound over the billowy waters of the lake
towards their destination, with all the speed which strong arms
and nerves made tense with excitement could impart, let us
anticipate their arrival, to note what befell the objects of their
anxieties, whom we so abruptly left in their perils from the
fire, to bring up the other incidents of the day having an equal
bearing on the story, with which we have thus far occupied
the present somewhat extended chapter.

The immediate danger to their house from the fire, with
which we left the alarmed Elwood and his wife contending, was,
indeed, easily overcome by dashing pails of water over the
roof. But scarcely had they achieved this temporary triumph
in one place over an element proverbially terrible when it
becomes master, before it was seen kindling into flickering
blazes on the roof of the barn and the locks of hay protruding
from its windows and the crevices between the logs of which
it was built. Here, also, they soon succeeded in extinguishing
the fire in the same manner. They were not, however, allowed
a moment's respite from either their labors or alarms. The
fences were by this time on fire in numerous places; and the
chips and wood in the door-yard were seen to be igniting from
the sparks and cinders which, every instant, fell thicker and
hotter around their seemingly devoted domicil. The fences,
after a few vain attempts to save them, were given up a prey
to the devouring element, and the whole exertions of the
panting and exhausted sufferers were turned to saving their
buildings; and even at that they had no time to spare; for, so
hot had the air become from the burning slash, which,
through its whole length, was now glowing with the red heat
of a furnace, that every vestige of moisture had soon disappeared
from the drenched roofs, and they were again on fire.

“Is there no way of raising help?” exclaimed Mrs. Elwood,

-- 075 --

[figure description] Page 075.[end figure description]

in her extremity, as she witnessed these increasing manifestations
of danger.

“I never thought of that,” said Elwood. “Hand me the
dinner-horn. If there are any within hearing, they will understand,
with the appearance of this fire, that we are calling for
assistance.”

With a few sharp, loud blasts, Elwood threw aside the horn,
and again flew to the work of extinguishing the fires where
they became most threatening. And thus, for nearly another
hour, the distressed settler and his heroic wife, suffering deeply
from heat and exhaustion, toiled on, without gaining the least
on the fearful enemy by which they were so closely encompassed.
And they were on the point of giving up in despair,
when the welcome shout of “Help at hand!” from the ringing
voice of the hunter, then just entering the opening, revived
hope in their sinking hearts. The next moment that help was
on the spot; but it was unnecessary. A mightier Hand was
about to interpose. From the bold, black van of the hurrying
and deeply-charged rack of cloud, that had now unheeded
gained the zenith, a stream of fire, before which all other fires
paled into nothing, at that instant descended on the top of
the burning pine, and, rending it from top to bottom by the
single explosion, sent its wide-flying fragments in blazing circles
to the ground. A sharp, rattling sound, terminating in a cannon-like
report, followed, shaking the rent and crashing heavens
above, and the bounding earth beneath, in the awful concussion.
Before the stunned and blinded settlers had recovered from the
shock, or the deep roll of the echoing thunder had died away
among the distant mountains, another and more welcome roar
saluted their ears. It was that of the rapidly-approaching rain
striking the foliage of the neighboring forest; and, scarcely had
they time to gain the cover of the house, before the deluging
torrents poured over it with a force and fury beneath which
the quelled fires speedily sunk, hissing, into darkness and death.

-- 076 --

p720-089 CHAPTER VII.

“Wo is the youth whom Fancy gains,
Winning from Reason's hands the reins.”

[figure description] Page 076.[end figure description]

The morning of the next day, serene and beautiful as a
bride decked in her fresh robes and redolent in her forest perfumery,
came smiling over the wilderness hills of the east, to
greet our little pioneer family on their deliverance from the
perils of yesterday. The war of the elements, that had raged
so fearfully round their seemingly devoted domicile, had all
passed away; and, after sleeping off the fatigue and excitement
of the previous day, they rose to look around them, to
find themselves safe, and call themselves satisfied. Their buildings
had been, after all, but very slightly injured, and their
green crops but little damaged; their fences, indeed, were
mostly consumed; but these could be replaced from the timber
of the burnt slash, with little more labor than would be required
to pile up and burn that timber where it lay. But, whatever
such additional labor might be, it was more than compensated
by the very intensity of the fire which caused it, and which, at
the same time, had so utterly consumed all the underbrush,
limbs of the trees, and even the smaller trees themselves, that
weeks less than with ordinary burns would be required in the
clearing. Elwood, therefore, came in from his morning survey
happily disappointed in the supposed extent of his losses; and,
joining his wife and son in the house, whom he found busily
engaged in cutting up, mealing, and placing in the hissing pan
over the fire the broad, red, and rich-looking pieces of trout,
the fruit of yesterday's excursion on the lake, he told them,
with a gratified air, the result of his observation, which, on a

-- 077 --

[figure description] Page 077.[end figure description]

merchant-like calculation of loss and gain from the conflagration,
he made out to show even a balance in his favor. Mrs.
Elwood rejoiced with her husband on the happy turn of affairs,
and wondered why her son did not manifest the same flow of
spirits. But the latter, for some reason or other, appeared unusually
abstracted during the whole morning; and, when asked
to relate the particulars of his perilous adventure with the
moose, which he had the evening before but briefly mentioned,
he exhibited a hesitation, and a sort of shying of the question,
in that part of the adventure relating to the rescued girl,
which did not escape the quick eye of the mother. It was evident
to her that something was kept back. But what that
something was she was wholly unable to conjecture. It was so
unusual for her son to show any lack of frankness that the
circumstance disturbed her, and, though she knew not exactly
why, sent a boding chill over her heart, which caused her also
to become thoughtful and silent. And Mr. Elwood, who possessed
none of those mental sympathies which, in some, will
often be found unconsciously mingling with the thoughts of
others, so far, at least, as to apprise them of the general character
and drift of those thoughts, now, in his turn, wondered
why his wife, as well as son, should all at once become so unsocial
and taciturn.

It will doubtless be generally said that this mental sympathy,
or the intuitive perception of the main drift of what is passing
in the minds of others, has an existence only in the fancy of
fictionists. We, however, after years of close observation, have
wholly ceased to doubt its reality. Scores of times have we
been affected by thoughts and intentions which we knew must
have a source other than in our own mind. Scores of times
have we, in this manner, been put on our guard against the
selfish designs which others were harboring to our disadvantage,
of which no tongue had informed us, and of which, afterwards,
we had tangible proof. And, on careful inquiry among persons
of thought and sensibility, we have become convinced that

-- 078 --

[figure description] Page 078.[end figure description]

the principle holds good to a very considerable extent among
others; and that attention to the subject is only wanting to
make it a generally received opinion. It was this principle
that now affected Mrs. Elwood: not that she had the most distant
idea that her son harbored aught of wrong intention toward
any of his family, but she felt that his mind was somehow
becoming subservient to schemes which existed somewhere in
the minds of others, which concerned her or her family. But
she felt rather than thought this; and, knowing she could give
no reason for her singular impression, prudently kept it to herself.

“Good-morning, good-morning, gentlefolks,” rang out the
cheery voice of the hunter, who now looked in at the door as
the Elwoods were rising from their breakfast. “Things look
a little altered round here, this morning. I should hardly have
known the place without the king pine, which, in its prime, was
a tree of a thousand.”

“That tree was an old acquaintance of yours, I suppose,”
remarked Elwood.

“Yes, of twenty years' standing; and I shall miss and mourn
it as an old friend. But it died like a monarch, yielding only
under the direct blow of the Almighty.”

“Then you consider the lightning more especially the instrument
of Heaven than the wind, fire, and other elements, do
you?”

“To be sure I do. Wind, we know what it is; fire we know;
water we also know; because we can see them, touch them,
measure them. But who can see a piece of lightning when not
in motion? who can find the least fragment of it after it has
struck? It rends a tree, makes a smooth hole through a
board, and ploughs up the ground. But go to the tree, and
there is nothing there; look under the board, it is the same;
and dig along the furrow it has ploughed to where it stopped,
and it is not there, as it would be if it was any material thing,
like a bullet, an axe, knife, or other instrument that produces

-- 079 --

[figure description] Page 079.[end figure description]

such effects, in all other instances. No, 'tis not matter; it is
the power of God; and your philosophers, who pretend to
explain it, don't know what they are talking about. But enough
of that. I came here to rally you out to go up the river with
the rest of us, for the moose. You will both go, won't you?”

“Claud will, doubtless,” replied Mr. Elwood. “Indeed, I
have half a mind to go myself.”

“Perhaps Claud, having had a fatiguing excursion yesterday,
will stay at home, and let his father go, to-day,” suggested
Mrs. Elwood.

“It was not at all fatiguing, mother,” responded Claud.

“The wind blows up the river to-day, ma'am,” said the hunter,
with a knowing look.

Little more was said; but the result was that Claud and the
hunter now soon went off together on the proposed excursion.
On reaching the mouth of the Magalloway, they found four
others waiting for them, with their canoes, when the whole
party commenced their little voyage up the river. After leisurely
rowing against the here slow and gentle current of the
stream for an hour or two, they reached their destination, and
hauled up at a point most convenient for gaining the spot where
the slaughtered moose had been left the evening before. Led
on by the hunter, all now started for the place just named,
except Claud, who, under pretence of taking a short gunning
bout in the woods, and of soon coming round to join his companions,
proceeded, as soon as the latter were out of sight, with
slow and hesitating steps, up the river, for the opening and
supposed residence of the fair unknown who had so long been
the object of his wondering fancies, and who had, notwithstanding
the exciting scenes he had witnessed at home, been the
especial subject of his dreams after he retired to rest the night
before. But what a strange, wayward, timid, doubting, and
inconsistent thing is the tender passion in its incipient stages,
especially when that passion has principally been wrought up
by the imagination! He soon came to the clearing of which

-- 080 --

[figure description] Page 080.[end figure description]

he was in quest, and obtained a clear view of the, to him, charmed
cottage. But, instead of entering the opening directly, he went
nearly round it, frequently pausing and advancing nearly to
the edge of the woods; but as often retreating, being unable
quite to make up his mind to show himself at all to the inmates
of the cottage. Once he gave it up entirely, and started off
for his companions. But, after he had proceeded a dozen rods,
he came again to a stand, hesitated a while, and, as if ashamed
of his irresolution, wheeled rapidly about, proceeded, with a
quick, firm step, to the border of the woods, struck directly for
the house, and, with assumed unconcern, marched up to the
door, — where he was met, not by the young lady he expected
first to see, but by her father. But who was that father? To
his utter surprise, it was his father's old tempter and ruiner,
the dark and inscrutable Gaut Gurley!

With a manner, for him, unusually gracious, Gurley extended
his hand to Claud; ushered him into the house; formally introduced
him to his wife, an ordinary, abject-looking woman; and
then to his daughter, the fair, dark-eyed, tall, shapely, and
every way magnificent Avis Gurley, the girl who had so long,
but unwittingly, been the object of the young man's dreamy
fancies.

“I have but very lately discovered,” remarked Gurley, who
seemed to feel himself called on to lead off in the conversation,
after the usual commonplace remarks had been exchanged,
“I have but lately discovered that I had, by a singular coincidence,
again cast my lot in the same settlement with your
family. Having made up my mind, a few months ago, to try
a new country, and coming across the owner of this place, who
was on a journey in New Hampshire, and who offered to sell
and move off at once, I came on with him, struck a bargain,
returned for my family, and brought them here about a fortnight
ago. But, having been absent most of the time since, I didn't
mistrust who my neighbors were.”

“And you probably perceived, sir,” said Avis, turning to

-- 081 --

[figure description] Page 081.[end figure description]

Claud, with a smile, “you probably perceived, in your yesterday's
adventure up here in the woods, that I have been in as
bad a predicament as my father.”

“How is that, Avis?” asked Gurley.

“Why, father,” responded the other, “Mr. Elwood will
readily suppose that I should not have been straying into the
wood for flowers and berries, had I known we had any such
neighbors as the one from whose pursuit he so kindly rescued
me last evening.”

“I was as much surprised at the ferocity of the animal as you
were, I presume,” said Claud, in reply. “And I was far more
indebted to the hunter, Phillips, for my own rescue, than you
were to me for yours. I merely turned the furious brute aside.
It was he who, coming up in the nick of time, brought him
dead to the earth.”

“I supposed there were two of you,” remarked Gurley. “I
was half a mile up the river, yet I heard the firing plain enough;
and, returning soon after, and hearing my daughter's story, I
went to the place; but, by that time, you had dressed the animal
and were gone. By the voices I heard in the woods, a
short time ago, I concluded you came up, with others, for the
beef.”

“We did. You here should certainly be entitled to a liberal
share. Will you not go up there?”

“Yes; I was thinking about it before you came in. I will
go; but, as I wish to go a short distance into the woods, partly in
another direction, I will now walk on and come round to the
spot; and, if I don't meet you there, you may just tell your
father how surprised I have been to find myself again in the
same neighborhood with himself.”

“Umph!” half audibly exclaimed the hitherto mute wife,
with a look that seemed to say, “What a bouncer he is telling
now!” and she was evidently about to say something, comporting
with the significant exclamation, but a glance from her husband,
as he passed out of the door, quelled her into silence.

-- 082 --

[figure description] Page 082.[end figure description]

On the departure of Gurley, his wife rose and left the room;
when Claud, unexpectedly finding himself alone with his fair
companion, instead of entering into the easy conversation with
her which the dictates of common gallantry would seem to require,
soon began to manifest signs of constraint and embarrassment,
which did not escape the eye of the young lady, and
which caused her no little surprise and perplexity. She knew
nothing of what had been passing in his mind, nor once dreamed
of the circumstance which had first impressed her image there.
She had, indeed, known nothing of the Elwoods, except what
she had heard her father say of them as a family, with whose
head he had in some way been formerly connected in business.
Had she been asked, she would doubtless have recalled the
fact that her father had, the year before, employed an artist to
paint a miniature likeness of her, which he subsequently pretended
to have sent to a relative of his residing in Quebec, and
she never entertained the least suspicion that it was not thus
properly disposed of. She had never seen Claud till yesterday,
when he so opportunely appeared for her rescue; and, even
then, she had no idea who it was to whom she had thus become
indebted. She, however, had been much prepossessed with
his appearance and manly bearing, and felt a lively sense of
gratitude for the voluntary service; and when, by the introduction
of her father, she became apprised of the character of her
deliverer, she felt doubly gratified that he had turned out to be
one who, she believed, would not take any mean advantage of
the obligation. For these reasons, she could not understand
why he should appear so reserved, unless it was that she had
failed to interest him; and, finally concluding that this must be
the case, she did that which, with her maidenly pride and high
spirit, she would otherwise have scorned to do, she exerted herself
to the utmost to interest and please him; and, when he rose
to return to his companions, she followed him into the yard,
and smilingly said:

-- 083 --

[figure description] Page 083.[end figure description]

“You are fond of gunning excursions, are you not, Mr.
Elwood?”

“Yes, O yes, quite so,” replied Claud, with awkward hesitation.

“And would not an occasional excursion in this direction be
as pleasant as any other?” she asked, with playful significance.

But, instead of replying in the same spirit, the bewildered
young man turned, and sent a gaze into the depths of her lustrous
dark eyes, so serious and intense that it brought a blush
to her cheek; when, stammering out his intention of often taking
her house in his way in future, he hurriedly bade her good-by,
and departed, leaving her more perplexed than ever.

As for Claud, it would be difficult to describe his sensations
on leaving the house, or make any thing definite out of the
operations of his mind. Both heart and brain were working
tumultuously, but not in unison. The train which his imagination
had been laying was on the point of being kindled into a
blaze by the reality. He knew it; he felt it; but he knew
also that it was the part of wisdom to smother the flame while
it yet might be controlled. The unexpected and startling discovery
which he had just made, that the girl who had so
wrought upon his fancy, both when seen in the picture and met
in the original, was the daughter of Gaut Gurley, raised difficulties
and dangers in the path he found himself entering, which
his judgment told him could only be avoided by his immediate
desistance. For he was well aware how deeply rooted
was his mother's aversion to this man, and how fatal had
been his influence over his father, who had but a few months
before escaped from his toils, and then only, perhaps, because
there was no more to be gained by keeping him in them any
longer. A connection with the daughter, therefore, however opposite
in character from her father, would not only greatly mar
his mother's happiness, but in all probability lead to a renewal of
the intimacy between his father and Gurley; an event which he
himself felt was to be deprecated. But the Demon of Sophistry,

-- 084 --

[figure description] Page 084.[end figure description]

who first taught self-deceiving man how to make “the wish
father to the thought,” here interposing, whispered to the incipient
lover that his father had reformed, and why not then
Gaut Gurley? This reasoning, however, could not be made to
satisfy his judgment; and again commenced the struggle between
head and heart, one pulling one way and the other in
another way, — too often an unequal struggle, too often like one
of those contests between man and wife, where reason succumbs
and will comes off triumphant.

Such were the fluctuating thoughts and purposes which
occupied the agitated bosom of Claud Elwood, in his solitary
walk to the place where the boats had been left, and where the
subject was now driven from his mind, for a while, by the appearance
of his companions and the merry jokes of the hunter
They had cut up the moose meat, which they had found in
good condition, and brought all they deemed worth saving down
to the landing. And, being now ready to embark, they apportioned
the meat among the different canoes, and rowed with the
now favoring current rapidly down the river together till they
reached its mouth, when they separated, and bore their allotted
portions of the moose to their respective homes.

For the two succeeding days and nights the hapless Claud
was the prey of conflicting emotions, — the more oppressive
because he carefully kept them pent up in his own bosom. He
dared not make the least allusion before his parents to the lady
whom they knew he had rescued, or his visit to her home, for
he could not do so without revealing the fact that the dreaded
Gaut Gurley, with his family, had found his way into the
vicinity; while, if he did disclose this fact, he felt that he could
not hold up his head before them till he had conquered his
feelings towards the daughter. And sometimes he thought he
had conquered them, and resolved that he would never see her
again. But, brooding over his feelings in the solitudes of the
woods, he only cherished and fanned the flame he was thinking
to extinguish; and he again relapsed, — again paused, — again

-- 085 --

[figure description] Page 085.[end figure description]

“resolved, re-resolved, and did the same;” for, on the third
day, under the excuse of taking another excursion on the lake,
he was drawn, as surely as the vibrating needle to the pole, to
the beautiful load-star of the Magalloway.

Suspecting the state of young Elwood's feelings towards her,
and fearing that she might have been too forward in her advances
at their last interview, Avis Gurley, this time, received
him with a dignity and maidenly reserve, which, when contrasted
with her former sociability and cordiality of manner,
seemed to him like studied coolness. This soon led him, in
turn, to sue for favor. And so earnestly did he pursue his
object, that, before he was aware of what he was saying, he had
revealed the secret of his heart. She received his remarks in
respectful silence, but gave no indication by which he could
judge whether the inadvertent disclosure was pleasing or otherwise,
except what might be gathered from her increased cordiality
on other subjects, to which she now adroitly turned the
conversation. This was just enough to encourage him, and at
the same time leave him in that degree of doubt and suspense
which generally operate as the greatest incentive to persevere
in the pursuit of an object. It proved so in his case; and, to
this natural incentive to persevere, was now added another,
that of respect for her character, — a respect which every
hour's conversation with her enhanced, and which he might
accord to her with entire justice. Gaut Gurley, like many
other bad men, was proud of having a good daughter. He
early perceived that she inherited all that was comely and good
in him, physically and morally, without any of his defects or
faults of character. And, desirous so to rear her as to make
the most of her natural endowments, and so, at the same time,
that her character should not be marred by his example, he had
been at considerable expense with her education, and had even
deported himself with much circumspection in her presence.
This, as will be readily inferred of one of his designing character,
he did from a mixed motive: partly from parental pride

-- 086 --

[figure description] Page 086.[end figure description]

and affection, and partly to make her, through some advantageous
marriage, subservient to his own personal interests.

In this state of affairs between Claud and Avis, closed this,
their second interview. Another, and another, and yet another,
succeeded at brief intervals. And so rapid is the course of
love, when springing up in solitudes like these, where nothing
occurs to divert the gathering current, but every thing conspires
to increase it, — where to our young devotees all around them
seemed to reflect their own feelings, — where the æolian music
of the whispering pines that embowered their solitary walks
seemed but to give voice to the melody that filled their own
hearts, — where to them the birds all sang of love, — where
love smiled upon them in the pensive beams of the moon,
glistened in the stars, and was stamped on all the expanse of
blue sky above, and on all the forms of beauty on the green
earth beneath, — so rapid, we repeat, is the course of love, thus
born and thus fostered, that a fortnight had scarcely elapsed
before they had both yielded up heart and soul to the dominion
of the well-named blind god, and uttered their mutual vows of
love and constancy.

This was the sunshine of their love; but the storms were
already gathering in the distance.

-- 087 --

p720-100 CHAPTER VIII.

“The sigh that lifts her breastie comes,
Like sad winds frae the sea,
Wi' sic a dreary sough, as wad
Bring tears into yer e'e.”

[figure description] Page 087.[end figure description]

When Claud Elwood reached home, on the eventful visit to
the Magalloway which resulted in the exchange of vows between
him and Avis Gurley, as intimated at the close of the
last chapter, he at once suspected, from the sad and troubled
looks of his mother and the disturbed manner of his father,
that the secret of his late visits abroad, as well as of the unexpected
advent of the family visited, had, in some way, become
known to them in his absence. A feeling of mingled delicacy
and self-condemnation, however, prevented him from making
any inquiries; and, with a commonplace remark, which was
received in silence, he took a seat, and, with much inward
trembling, awaited the expected denouement. But it did not
come so soon nor in so harsh terms as he expected. There are
occasions when we feel so deeply that we are reluctant to begin
the task of unburdening our minds; and, when we do speak out,
it is oftener in sorrow than in anger. It was so in the present
instance. Mr. Elwood had that day been abroad among the
settlers, and, for the first time, learned not only that Gaut
Gurley had moved with his family into the settlement, but that
Claud was courting his daughter, and a match already settled
on between them. On his return home, Elwood felt almost as
much reluctance in making known his discoveries to his wife as
Claud had before him; for he well knew how deeply they
would disquiet her. But, soon concluding there would be no

-- 088 --

[figure description] Page 088.[end figure description]

wisdom in attempting concealment, he told her what he had
heard. As he had anticipated, the news fell like a sudden
thunderclap on her heart. She had experienced, indeed,
many strange misgivings respecting her son's late mysterious
absences; but she was not prepared for such a double portion
of ill-omened news as she deemed this to be, and it struck her
mute with dismay, for it at once brought a cloud over the
future, which to her eye was dark with portents. Elwood himself
was also obviously considerably disquieted by the news,
showing no little uneasiness and excitement, — an excitement,
perhaps, resembling that which is said to be manifested by a
bird in the presence of the devouring reptile. He doubtless
would gladly have been relieved from any further connection
with Gaut. He doubtless would gladly have avoided even the
slightest renewal of their former acquaintance. But, for reasons
which he had never disclosed, he felt confident he should not
long be suffered to enjoy any such exemption. And feeling,
for the same reasons, how weak he should be in the hands of
that man, he was troubled, far more troubled than he would
have been willing to own, at the discoveries of the day, even if
that part of it relating to the intimacy of his son and Gaut's
daughter should prove, as he believed, a mere conjecture.

It was at this juncture, and before a word of comment had
been offered either by Mrs. Elwood or her husband on the
news he had related, that Claud arrived and entered the room.

“Well, God's will be done!” sadly uttered Mrs. Elwood,
at length breaking the embarrassing silence, but without raising
her eyes from her work, which lay neglected in her lap.

“What does mother mean?” doubtfully asked Claud, turning
to his father.

“I have been telling her some unexpected news, which
greatly disturbs her mind, — more than is necessary, perhaps,”
replied the other, with poorly assumed indifference.

“What news?” rejoined the son, having made up his mind

-- 089 --

[figure description] Page 089.[end figure description]

that, if his own secret was involved, as he supposed, the long
dreaded eclaircissement might as well come now as ever.

“Why, that Gaut Gurley has moved with his family into
the settlement. And that is not all; but the rest of it, which
relates to a lately-formed intimacy between you and Gaut's
daughter, I presume is mere guess-work.”

Mrs. Elwood turned a searching glance to the face of her
son, and waited to hear his reply to the last remarks, but he
was silent; and the last gleam of hope, which had for the
moment lighted up the mother's countenance, faded like a
moon-beam on the edge of an eclipsing cloud; and, after a long
pause and silence which no one interrupted, she slowly and
sadly said:

“When I consented to leave the comforts and social blessings
to which I had been accustomed, and come into this lone
wilderness, with its well-known hardships and privations, my
great and indeed only motive was, to see my family placed
beyond the temptations of the city, and especially beyond the
fatal, and to me always mysterious, influence of that wicked
and dangerous man, Gaut Gurley. And with this object I
came cheerfully, gladly. And when I reached this place,
fondly hoping and believing we had escaped that man, and
were forever secure from his wiles, I became happy,— happier
than since I left my native hills in New-Hampshire. It soon
became to me, lone and dreary as it might appear to others, —
it soon became to me, in my fancied security from the evils we
had fled, a second Paradise. But to me it is a Paradise no
longer; the Serpent has found his way into our Eden; and,
not content with having beguiled and ruined one, must now
have the other so entangled in the toils that both will be kept
in his power.”

“You are going a great ways to borrow trouble, it appears to
me, Alice,” remarked Elwood, after a pause.

“It certainly seems so to me, also, mother,” said Claud. “You
cannot know but Gurley comes here with as honest purposes

-- 090 --

[figure description] Page 090.[end figure description]

as father. But, were it otherwise, the daughter should not be
held responsible for the faults of the father, nor, without good
reason, be accused of favoring any sinister designs he may
entertain.”

“Claud takes a just view of the case, on both points, I presume,”
rejoined Mr. Elwood. “As to Gurley, I know not
how, or why, he came here; nor do I wish or expect to have
any thing to do with him. And as to Claud, I trust he knows
enough to take care of himself.”

“You have both evaded the spirit of my remarks,” responded
Mrs. Elwood. “When I speak of Gaut Gurley's motives
and designs, you must know I judge from his past conduct.
Have either of you as safe grounds of judging him? And
when I allude to his daughter, I do so with no thought of holding
her amenable for the faults of her father, or even of assuming
the ground that she has inherited any of his objectionable
traits of character. I intend nothing of the kind, for I
know nothing of her. But I do say, that, whenever she marries,
she becomes the connecting link between her husband and
her father, the chain extending both ways, so as to bind their
respective families together, and give one the power and means
of evil which could in no other way be obtained. In view of
all these circumstances, then, I feel that a calamity is in store
for us. God grant that my fears and forebodings may prove
groundless.”

The husband and son were saved the difficult and embarrassing
task of replying, by the arrival of Philips, who, in
his free and easy manner, entired and took a seat with the
family.

“I came, gentlefolks,” said the hunter, after a few commonplace
remarks had been exchanged, — “I came to see if you
know what a `bee' means?”

“A bee? what, honey-bees?” asked Mr. Elwood, in surprise
at the oddness of the question.

“No, not a honey-bee, exactly, or a humble-bee, but a sort of

-- 091 --

[figure description] Page 091.[end figure description]

work-meeting of men or women, to help a neighbor to husk his
corn, for instance, build him a log house, or do off some other job
for him in a day, which alone would take him perhaps weeks.
These turn-outs we new settlers call `bees.' Nothing is more
common than for a man to get up a bee to knock off at once a
pressing job he wants done. And, when a new-comer appears
to be delicate about moving in the matter, the neighbors sometimes
volunteer, and get up a bee for him, among themselves.”

“I may have heard of the custom; but why do you say you
came to ask me if I know any thing about it?”

“Well, I kinder thought I would. You have a pretty stifflooking
burnt piece here to be logged off soon, have you not?”

“Why, yes.”

“And it would be a hard and heavy month's job for you
and the young man to do it, would it not?”

“The best part of a month, perhaps; but I was intending to
go at it in season, that we might get it all cleared and sown
by the middle of September; which must be done, if I join you
and the rest of the usual company in the fall trapping and
hunting expedition.”

“Of course you will join us. It is our main and almost only
chance here of getting any money.”

“So I have always understood, and therefore made up my
mind to go into it, if I can get ready. I have been down the
river to-day and engaged my seed wheat. To-morrow I
thought of going abroad again, to try to engage some help for
clearing the piece.”

“Well, you need not go a rod for that purpose.”

“Why not?”

“Because we have got up a bee for you in the settlement,
large enough, we think, to log off your whole piece in a day.”

“Indeed! Who has been so kind as to start such a project?”

“Several of us: Codman, that you may have seen, or at
least heard of, as the best trapper in the settlement, took upon

-- 092 --

[figure description] Page 092.[end figure description]

himself to enlist those round the southerly end of the lake,
where he lives; and I have arranged matters a little in this
section and on the river below. But, in justice, I should name,
as the man who has taken the most interest in the movement,
the new settler who has this summer come into the parts, and
made his pitch over on the Magalloway. His name is Gurley.”

A dead silence of several minutes ensued, during which Mrs.
Elwood looked sadly and meaningly from the husband to the
son, both of whose countenances seemed to fall and shrink before
her significant glances.

“Well,” at length resumed the hunter, perceiving no response
was to be made to his last remark, “seeing we had
got all arranged and ready, I came to notify you, so that you
should not be taken by surprise. We propose to be on the
ground, men and oxen, early day after to-morrow. There will
be fifteen or twenty of us, perhaps, with five or six yoke of
oxen, and like enough a stiff horse or two.”

“But how can I provision such a company on so short
notice?”

“No trouble about that. You have salt pork?”

“A good supply.”

“Corn meal?”

“Yes; and wheat flour, with fine new potatoes.”

“All right. I will take care of the rest. I will take the young
man, here, into my largest canoe, to-morrow morning, if he be so
disposed, and we will go up the lake, perhaps into the upper lake,
and it will be a strange case if we don't return at night with fish,
and I think flesh, enough to victual the company; and, in the
mean time, my women will come up and be on hand to-morrow
and next day, to help Mrs. Elwood do the baking and cooking.”

The friendly movement of the neighbors, thus announced,
was not, of course, to be opposed or questioned by those for
whose benefit it was intended, any further than Mr. Elwood
had done in relation to his ability to entertain the company so
well as their kindness deserved. Mr. Elwood and his son,

-- 093 --

[figure description] Page 093.[end figure description]

indeed, who had been dreading the hard job of clearing off
their land, were greatly gratified at the unexpected kindness.
And even Mrs. Elwood, pained and annoyed as she was by
the part taken by Gaut Gurley, whose only motive she believed
was to gain some advantage for meditated evil, entered cheerfully
into the affair, and joined her husband in handsome expressions
of acknowledgment to the hunter, and assurances of
doing their best to provide properly for the company. The
matter was therefore considered as settled; and the hunter
departed, to call, as he had proposed, early the next morning
for Claud, for an excursion up the lake, to procure fresh provissions
for the coming occasion.

The family were early astir the next morning, intent on their
respective duties in preparation for the appointed logging bee.
They had scarcely dispatched their breakfast, before the hunter,
as he had promised, called for Claud; when the two departed
together, with their guns and fishing gear, for the lake, whither
we propose to accompany them.

“Well, now, let us settle the order of the day,” said Phillips,
after they had reached the landing and deposited their luggage
in the canoe selected for the purpose.

“I am a companion of the voyage, to-day, and, as you know,
but a learner in these sports,” responded Claud. “You have
but to name your plan.”

“Well, my plan is this: to steer across and get up the lake
to the inlet and rapids which connect this to the next upper
lake, called by the Indians the Molechunk-a-munk; up these
rapids into that lake, where we will take a row of a few hours,
and home again by nightfall. In these rapids, going or returning,
we may safely count, at this season, on a plenty of trout;
and, on the borders of the lake beyond, I know of several
favorite haunts of the deer, one of which I propose to take into
the canoe as ballast to steady it for running the rapids, on our
way back.”

“What is the whole distance?”

-- 094 --

[figure description] Page 094.[end figure description]

“Four or five miles of this lake, as many of the river or
rapids, and as far into the upper lake as we please.”

“You are laying out largely for one day, are you not?”

“No, 'tis nothing. You see, I have brought round for our
use my best birch bark canoe. I have rowed her fifty miles a
day round the lakes many a time. We shall bound over the
lake in almost no time, and the rapids, which are the only drawback,
can soon be surmounted, by oar or setting-pole, or, what
may be cheapest, carrying the canoe round those most difficult
of passage. The boat does not weigh an hundred. I could
travel with it a mile on my head, as fast as you would wish to
walk without a pound of luggage. So, in with you, and I'll
show you how it is done.”

Accordingly they launched forth in their primitive craft,
which, as before intimated, was the once noted birch bark canoe
built by the hunter agreeably to the exact rules of Indian art.
Few, who have never seen and observed the process of constructing
this canoe, which, for thousands of years before the
advent of the white man, was the only craft used by the aborigines
in navigating the interior waters, have any idea how,
from such seemingly fragile materials, and with no other tools
than a hatchet, knife, and perhaps a bone needle, the Indian
can construct a canoe so extremely light and at the same time
so tough and durable. In building his canoe, which is one of
the greatest efforts of his mechanical skill, the Indian goes to
work systematically. He first peels his bark from a middlesized
birch tree, and cuts it in strips five or six inches wide,
and twelve, fifteen, or twenty feet long, according to the length
and size of the designed canoe. He then dries them thoroughly
in the sun, after which he nicely scrapes and smooths off the
outside. He next proceeds to soak these strips, which are thus
made to go through a sort of tanning process, to render them
tough and pliable, as well as to obviate their liability to crack
by exposure to the sun. After the materials are thus prepared,
he smooths off a level piece of ground, and drives around the

-- 095 --

[figure description] Page 095.[end figure description]

outside a line of strong stakes, so that the space within shall
describe the exact form of the boat in contemplation. Inside
of these stakes he places and braces up the wet and pliable
pieces of bark, beginning at the bottom and building up and
bending into form the sides and ends, till the structure has attained
the required height. In this situation it is left till it is
again thoroughly dried and all the pieces become fixed in shape.
A light inside framework is then constructed, resembling the
skeleton of a fish, and of dimensions to fit the canoe already
put in form in the manner we have described. The pieces of
cured material are then numbered and taken down; when the
architect, beginning at the bottom, lapping and sewing together
the different pieces, proceeds patiently in his work, till the
sides are built, the ends closed nicely up, and each piece lashed
firmly to the framework, which, though of surprising lightness,
is made to serve as keel, knees, and ribs of the boat. Every
seam and crevice is then filled with melted pitch. The Indian
then has his canoe fit for use; and he may well boast of a
boat, which, for combined strength and lightness, and especially
for capacity of burden, no art of the shipbuilder has ever been
able to surpass, and which, if it has not already, might serve
for a model of the best lifeboat ever constructed, in these days
of boasted perfection in marine arts and improvements.

Bounding over the smooth waters like a seabird half on
wing, our voyagers soon found themselves on the northerly
side of the lake; when, rounding a point, they began to skirt
the easterly shore of the bay that makes up to the inlet, at a
more leisurely pace, for the purpose of being on the lookout
for deer, which might be standing in the edge of the water
round the coves, to cool themselves and keep off the flies. Not
seeing any signs of game, however, they steered out so as to
clear the various little capes or woody points of land inclosing
the numerous coves scattered along the indented shore, and
struck a line for the great inlet at the head of the lake, which
they now soon reached, and commenced rowing against the

-- 096 --

[figure description] Page 096.[end figure description]

at first gentle and then rapid current, which here pours down
from the upper lakes, through the rocky and picturesque defiles,
in the form of a magnificent river, rivalling in its size the
midway portions of the Connecticut or Hudson.

“Now, young man,” said the hunter, laying aside his paddle
and taking up the strong, elastic setting-pole he had provided
for the occasion, “now you must look out for your balance.
The river, to be sure, is quite low, and the current, of course,
at its feeblest point; but we shall find places enough within
the next mile where the canoe, to go up at all, must go up like
the jump of a catamount. So, down in the bottom of the boat,
on your braced knees, with your haunches on your heels, and
leave all to me.”

“What! do you expect to force the canoe up rapids like
these?” asked Claud, in surprise, as he cast his eye over the
long reach of eddying, tumbling waters, that looked like a lessening
sheet of foam as it lay stretched upward in the distant
perspective.

“I expect to try,” coolly replied the hunter; “and, if you
lay asleep in the bottom of the canoe, I should expect to succeed.
And, as it is, if you can keep cool and obey orders, we
will see what can be done.”

Claud implicitly obeyed the directions of the hunter, without
much faith, however, in the success of his bold attempt. But
he soon perceived he had underrated the skill and strength of
arm which had been relied on to accomplish the seemingly
impossible feat. Standing upright and slightly bracing in the
bottom of his canoe, the hunter first marked out with his eye
his course through a given reach of the rock-broken and foaming
waters above; then, nicely calculating the resisting force
of each rapid to be overcome, and the required impetus, and
the direction to be given to his canoe to effect it, he sharply bid
Claud be on his guard, and sent the light craft like an arrow
into the boiling eddies before him. And now, by sudden and
powerful shoves, he was seen shooting obliquely up one rapid;

-- 097 --

[figure description] Page 097.[end figure description]

tacking with the quickness of light, and darting off zigzag
among the rocks and eddies towards another, which was in turn
surmounted; while the boat was forced, surging and bounding
forward, with increasing impetus, now up and now athwart the
rushing currents, till he had gained a resting-place in the still
water of some sheltering boulder in the stream, when he would
mark off, with a rapid glance, another reach of falls, and shoot
in among them as before. Thus, with the quick tacks and
turns and sudden leaps of the ascending salmon, and almost
with the celerity, he made his way up the long succession of
rapids, until the last of the series was overcome, and he found
himself safely emerging into the smooth waters of the beautiful
lakelet or pond which divides, in the upper portion of its
course, this remarkable stream. Another row of a mile or so
now brought the voyagers where the water again took the form
of a swift river, tumbling and foaming over the rocks, in the
last series of rapids to be overcome. These also were surmounted
in the same manner and with the same success as the
former.

But this part of the voyage was marked with an unexpected
adventure, and one which seemed destined to lead to the operation
of new and singular moral agencies, both in the near and
more distant future, having an important bearing on the fate
and fortunes of young Elwood. They had reached the last
and most difficult of all the rapids yet encountered, and were
resting, preparatory to the anticipated struggle, in a smooth
piece of water under the lee of a huge rock, on either side of
which the divided stream rushed in two foam-covered torrents,
with the force and swiftness of a mill-race; when they were
startled by the shrill exclamations of a female voice, in tones
indicative of surprise and alarm. The sounds, which came
from some unseen point not far above them in the stream,
were evidently drawing near at a rapid rate. Presently a
small Indian canoe, with a single female occupant, whose youth
and beauty, even in the distance, were apparent, shot swiftly

-- 098 --

[figure description] Page 098.[end figure description]

into view, and came tossing and whirling down the stream, unguided,
and wholly at the mercy of the crooked and raging
currents along which it was borne with the speed of the wind.
The imperilled maiden uttered a cry of joy at the appearance
of our voyagers, and held up the handle of a broken oar, to
indicate to them at once the cause of her fearful dilemma and
need of assistance.

“I will throw her one of our paddles, and she will best take
care of herself,” hurriedly exclaimed the hunter, seizing the
implement, and awaiting her nearest approach to throw it
within her reach.

The critical point was the next instant reached, but the
hunter, in his nervous anxiety and haste, made his throw a little
too soon and with too much force. The paddle struck directly
under the prow of the canoe, and shot beyond, far out of
reach of the expectant maiden's extended hands. Another
oar was hurled after her, with no better effect; when, for the
first time, a shade of despair passed over her agitated countenance;
for she saw herself rapidly drifting directly into the jaws
of a wild and fearful labyrinth of breakers not fifty yards below,
where, in all probability, her fragile canoe would be dashed to
pieces, and herself thrown against the slippery and jagged
rock, drawn down, and lost. Claud, who had witnessed, with
trembling anxiety, the hunter's vain attempts to place the means
of self-preservation in the hands of the maiden, and who now
perceived, in their full light, the perils of the path to which she
was helplessly hastening, could restrain his generous impulses
no longer; and, quickly throwing off his hat and coat, he leaped
overboard, dashed headlong into the current, and struck boldly
down it to overtake the receding canoe.

“Hold! madness! They will both perish together!”
rapidly exclaimed the hunter, surprised and alarmed at the rash
attempt of his young companion. “But I will share in their
dangers, — perhaps save them, yet.”

Accordingly he hastily headed round his canoe, and,

-- 099 --

[figure description] Page 099.[end figure description]

hazardous as he knew must be the experiment, sent it surging
down the current after his endangered young friends; for the
one, as will soon appear, was no less his favorite than the
other. In the mean time, Claud, in swimming over a sunken
rock, luckily gained a foothold, which enabled him to rise and
plunge forward again with redoubled speed; and, so well-timed
and powerful were his exertions, that he came within reach of
the stern of the fugitive canoe just as it was whirling round
sideways in the reflux of the waves caused by the water dashing
against a high rock standing partly in the current. It was
a moment of life or death, both to the man and maiden; for
the boat was on the point of going broadside over the first fall
into the wild and seething waters, seen leaping and roaring in
whirlpools and jets of foam among the intricate passes of the
ragged rocks below. Making sure of his grasp on the end of
the canoe that had been thus fortunately thrown within his
reach, the struggling Claud made an effort to draw it from the
edge of the abyss into which it was about to be precipitated;
but, with his most desperate exertions, he was barely enabled
to keep it in position, while his strength was rapidly giving
way. The unequal contest was quickly noticed by the hapless
girl; and, after watching a moment, with a troubled eye, the
fruitless efforts and wasting strength of the young man, she
calmly rose to her feet, exhibiting, as she stood upright in the
boat, with the spray dashing over her marble forehead and
long flowing hair, in the faultless symmetry of her person, the
beautiful cast of her features, and the touching eloquence of
her speaking countenance, a figure which might well serve as a
subject for the pencil of the artist.

“Let go, brave stranger,” she cried, in clear, silvery tones,
after throwing a grateful and admiring glance down upon her
gallant rescuer; “let me go, and save yourself. I can die as
befits a daughter of my people.”

“Hold on, there, Claud! Courage, girl! I see a way to
save you both,” at that critical instant rang above the roar of

-- 100 --

[figure description] Page 100.[end figure description]

the waters the sharp voice of the hunter, who, with wonderful
tact and celerity, had shot down obliquely across the main
current, out of it through a narrow side pass, down that and
round the intervening rocks, and was now driving with main
strength up another pass, abreast of the objects of his anxiety.
“There: now seize the head of my canoe, and hold on to both;
and, on your life, be quick!” he continued, shouting to the exhausted
young man, while he himself was struggling with all
his might to get and keep his boat in the right position among
the battling currents.

After one or two ineffectual attempts, Claud, with a last desperate
effort, fortunately succeeded in securing his grasp on the
hunter's boat, without losing his hold on the other; when, with
one mighty effort of the latter, they were all drawn out of the
vortex together, and soon brought safely to shore.

“Fluella, my fair young friend,” said the hunter, taking a
long breath, and respectfully turning to the rescued girl, as
the party stepped on to the dry beach, “I have not often — no,
never — felt more rejoiced than now, in seeing you stand here in
safety.”

“I know the danger I have been in,” responded the maiden,
feelingly. “O yes, know to remember, and know to remember,
also, those who made my escape. Mr. Phillips, I am grateful
much.”

“Don't thank me,” promptly replied the hunter. “I am
ashamed not to have been the first in the rescue, when the
chief's daughter was in danger.”

“But, Mr. Phillips,” rejoined the other, with an expressive
smile, “you have not told me who this stranger is, who seemed
to measure the value of his own life by such a worthless thing
as mine.”

“True, no,” returned the hunter; “but this gentleman, Fluella,
is young Mr. Claud Elwood, who, with his father and
mother, has recently moved into the settlement; and they are
now my nearest neighbors, at the foot of the lower lake. And

-- 101 --

[figure description] Page 101.[end figure description]

to you, Claud, I have to say, that this young lady is the daughter
of Wenongonet, the red chief, the original lord of these
lakes, and still living on the one next above.”

Both the maiden and her gallant young preserver seemed
equally surprised, at the announcement of each others' name and
character: the former, because it suggested questions in the
solution of which she felt an interest, but which, with the characteristic
prudence of her race, she forbore to ask; and the latter,
because he found it hard to realize that the fair-complexioned
and every way beautiful girl, who stood before him, readily speaking
his own language, and neatly and even richly arrayed in the
usual female habiliments of the day, with the single exception
of the gay, beaded moccasins, that enveloped her small feet and
ankles, — found it extremely difficult to realize that one of such
an exterior, and of so much evident culture, could possibly have
descended from the tawny and uncultivated sons of the forest.

“You two should hereafter be friends, should you not?”
observed the hunter, perceiving their mutual restraint, of which
he wished to relieve them.

Rousing himself, with a prompt affirmative reply to the question,
Claud gallantly advanced, and extended his hand to his
fair companion, who, with evident emotion, and a slight suffusion
of the cheek, gave him her own in return, as she said:

“O yes. Mr. Phillips' friend is my friend, and, I — I —
why, I can't thank him now; the words don't come; the thanks
remain unshaped in my heart.”

“Excuse me,” replied Claud, “excuse me if I say, Miss
Fluella, as Mr. Phillips calls you, that you have already expressed,
and in the finest terms, far more than I am entitled to;
so let that pass, and tell us how your mishap occurred?”

“O, naturally enough, though rather stupidly,” responded
the other, regaining her ease and usually animated manner.
“You must know that I sometimes play the Indian girl, in
doing my father's trouting. And, having rowed down to the
rapids this morning for that purpose, I ran my canoe on to a

-- 102 --

[figure description] Page 102.[end figure description]

rock, up here at the head of the falls, and threw into an eddy
below, till I had taken a supply. But, like other folks, I must
have the one more, — a large one I had seen playing round my
hook; and, in my eagerness to take him, I did not notice that my
canoe had slipped off the rock till I found it drifting down the
current. I seized my oar, but, with the first blow in the water
it snapt in my hands. You know the rest, unless, perhaps, the
number of fish I caught,” she added, pointing to a string of fine
trout still lying safely in the bottom of her canoe.

“Brave girl!” exclaimed the hunter, going up to the boat
with Claud, to inspect the fish, which they had not before noticed.
“A good ten pounds, and fine ones, too. Claud shall
remain here while I go a piece up the lake for a deer, and follow
your example, except the race down the rapids; but that
he can't do, for I shall take our canoe with me, and make him
fish from the shore, which will be just as well. Are you agreed
to that arrangement, young man?”

This proposition being accepted, and it being also settled by
common consent that no further attempt should, at this time, be
made to ascend the remaining rapids with either of the boats
the hunter and Claud, accompanied by the light-footed Fluella,
took up her canoe and set off with it, along shore, towards a
convenient landing in the lake above, then not more than sixty
or seventy rods distant. In a short time the proposed landing
was reached, and the boat let down into the water. The
maiden, with an easy and sprightly movement, then flung herself
into her seat, and, with a paddle hastily whittled for her out
of a piece of drift-wood, by the ever ready hunter, sent her little
craft in a curving sweep into the lake; when, facing round to
her preservers, while a sweet and grateful smile broke over her
dimpling features, she bade and bowed them adieu, and went
bounding over the undulating waves towards her home, on an
island some miles distant, near the southeastern border of this
romantie sheet of water.

“Can it be,” half-soliloquized Claud, as he stood rivetting his

-- 103 --

[figure description] Page 103.[end figure description]

wondering gaze on the beauteous figure, which, gracefully bowing
with the lightly-dipping oar, was receding from his rapt
view, and gradually melting away in the distance; “can it be
that she is but a mere Indian girl, one of those wild, untutored
children of the forest?”

“It is even so, young man,” responded the hunter, rousing
himself from the reverie into which he also seemed to have
fallen at the departure of his fair favorite; “it is even so; but,
for all that, the very flower of all the womankind, white or red,
according to my ideas, that ever graced the borders of these
lakes.”

“But how came she by those neatly-turned English features,
and that clear, white complexion?”

“Why, her mother, who is now dead, was an uncommon
handsome woman for a squaw, and had, as I perhaps should
have qualified when I answered so about this girl, some white
blood in her veins; or rather had, as the old chief once told me,
somewhere away back among the gone-by generations, a female
ancestor, a pure white woman, who was made captive by the
Indians, and married into their tribe, and who was as handsome
as a picture. But the white blood seemed to have been pretty
much lost among the descendants, till the appearance of this
nonsuch of a girl, in whom every drop of it seemed to have again
been collected.”

“Some might, perhaps, draw different conclusions in the
case.”

“Yes, and draw them very wrongfully, too, as I have no
doubt many people do in such cases; for I have often noticed
it among families, and ascertained it as a fact, that where a
person of particular looks and character once lived, his or her
like, though not coming out visibly in any of the descendants for
a long time, is sure sooner or later to appear, and so will frequently
leap out in a child four or five generations off; a complete
copy, in looks, blood, and character, of the original (as far
as can be judged from family tradition), who may have been

-- 104 --

[figure description] Page 104.[end figure description]

dead an hundred years. This is my notion; and I hold that
every person is destined to be at least once reproduced among
some of his descendants. I, or the exact like of me, will
likely enough be seen in some of my blood descendants, fifty or
an hundred years hence, building dams or mills on these very
falls, or even riding in a carriage around these wild lakes, where
I have spent nearly my whole life in hunting moose, and the
other wild animals known only in the unbroken forest.”

“Your theory may be true, but it does not quite account, I
think, for the evident intelligence and culture of this remarkable
girl. To appear and converse as she does, she must have seen
considerable of good society out of the forest, and, I should
think, schools.”

“She has, both. Her father, one fall, when she was a girl of
ten or eleven, took her along with him to a city on the coast,
where he went to sell his furs and nice basket-work, and where
she, some how, excited the lively interest of a good family, and
particularly of a wealthy gentleman then living in the family.
Well, the short of the matter is, that they persuaded the chief
to leave her through the winter; and, she becoming a favorite
with them all, they instructed her, sent her to school, and
dressed her as they would an own daughter, and would only
part with her in the spring on condition of her returning in the
fall. And so it has gone on till now, she living with them winters,
and here with her father summers; for, though they would
like to take her entirely out of the woods, she would not desert
her father, who loves her as his life, and calls her the light of
his lodge, — no, not for all the gold in the cities.”

“You must then be well acquainted with this Indian family,
and can give me their history.”

“As far as is proper for me to tell, as well as anybody, perhaps.
When I was a young man, I at times used to live with
the chief, who always made me welcome to his lodge, and gave
me his confidence. He was then but little past his prime, and
one of the smartest men, every way, I ever knew. He was then

-- 105 --

[figure description] Page 105.[end figure description]

worth property, and lived with his first wife, this girl's mother,
who, as I told you, was very good-looking and intelligent. But
his second wife was as homely as his first was handsome. As to
Wenongonet himself, who has now got to be, though still active,
an old man, he claims to have been a direct descendant of
Paugus, — a grandson, I believe, of that noted chief, — who was
slain in Lovewell's bloody fight, and whose tribe, once known
as the Sokokis or Saco Indians, who were great fighters, it is
said, were then forever broken up, the most of them fleeing
over the British highlands and joining the St. Francis Indians
in Canada. The family of Paugus, however, with a few of the
head men, who survived the battle, concluded to remain this
side of the mountain, and try to keep up a show of the tribe on
these lakes, where they lived till Paugus' son, who on the death
of his father became their sagamore or chief, died, when they
gradually drew off into Canada, leaving Wenongonet, the last
chief's son, the only permanent Indian resident, after a while,
on these lakes. But come, young man, enough of Indian matters
for to-day: we must now be stirring, or our day's work
may come short. Help me to take my canoe up here into the
lake; and, within four hours, the time to which I will limit my
absence, we will see what can be done by each, in our different
undertakings.”

The employment of another half-hour fully sufficed to place
the canoe of the hunter in the smooth water above the rapids;
when the latter, with a cheery “heigh ho,” at each light dip of his
springy oar, struck off towards the foot of the pine-covered hills
that lift their green summits from the western shores of the
lake, leaving his young companion to proceed to his allotted
portion of the sports or labors of the day. Preparing his long
fishing-rod and tackle, according to the instructions which the
hunter had given him for adapting his mode of fishing to the
locality and season, Claud made his way along down the edge
of the stream to a designated point, a short distance above the
place where, on the occurrence of the incident before described,

-- 106 --

[figure description] Page 106.[end figure description]

they had ceased to ascend the rapids in their canoes. He here
found, as he had been told, below a traversing reach of bare
breakers, a large, deep eddy of gently revolving water, in the
centre of which lay tossing on the swell a broad spiral wreath
of spotless foam. The hunter, in selecting these rapids, and especially
this resting-spot of the ascending fish, as the place
where he could safely warrant the taking of the needed supply
of trout, had not spoken without knowledge; for it may well be
doubted whether there could be found, in all the regions of the
north, a reach of running water of equal length with this wild
and singularly picturesque portion of the Androscoggin river,
containing such quantities of this beautiful fish as are found
about midsummer, swarming up the rapids on their way from
the Umbagog to the upper lakes.

So, at least, Claud then found it; for, having passed to the
most outward point of rocks inclosing the eddy, he no sooner
threw in and drew his skip bait round the borders of the foamisland
just named, than a dozen large trout shot up from beneath,
and leaped splashing along the surface, in keen rivalry
for the prize of the bait. With a second throw, he securely
hooked one of a size which required all his strength to draw it,
as he at length did, flapping and floundering to a safe landing.
And for the next three hours he pursued the sport with a success
which, notwithstanding the great number that broke away
from his hook, well made good the augury of his beginning. By
that time he had caught some dozens, of sizes varying from one
to seven pounds, and enough, and more than he needed. But
still he could not forego his exciting employment, and, insensible
of the lapse of time, continued his drafts on the seemingly
inexhaustible eddy, till roused by the long, shrill halloo of
the returned hunter, summoning him to the landing above.
Throwing down his pole by the side of his proud display of fish,
he hastened up to the lake, where he found the hunter complacently
employed in removing, for lightness of carriage, the
head and offal of a noble fat buck; when the two, with mutual

-- 107 --

[figure description] Page 107.[end figure description]

congratulations on their success, took up the canoe, and, with a
stop only long enough to take in the trout, carried and launched
their richly-freighted craft at a convenient place in the stream
below. Seeing Claud securely seated in the bottom of the canoe,
and the freight nicely balanced, the hunter took his paddle, instead
of setting-pole, the better to restrain the speed of the boat
at the most rapid and dangerous passes, and struck out into the
current, adown which, under the quick and skilful strokes of its
experienced oarsman, it was borne with almost the swiftness of
a bird on the wing, till it reached the quiet waters of the pond;
and, this being soon passed over, they entered and descended
the next reach of rapids with equal speed and safety. All
the dangers and difficulties were now over; and, leisurely rowing
homeward, they were, by sunset, at the cottage of the
Elwoods, displaying the fruits of their enterprise, and recounting
their singular adventures to the surprised and gratified inmates.

-- 108 --

p720-121 CHAPTER IX.

“Then came the woodman with his sturdy team
Of broad-horned oxen, to complete the toil
Which axe and fire had left him, to redeem,
For culture's hand, the cold and root-bound soil.”

[figure description] Page 108.[end figure description]

The next morning, it being the day appointed for the “logging
bee,” the Elwoods were again up betimes, to be prepared
for the reception of the expected visitants. On going out into
the yard, while yet the coming sun was only beginning to flush
the eastern horizon, Mr. Elwood perceived, early as it was,
a man, whom he presumed, from the handspike and axe on his
shoulder, to be one of the company, entering the opening and
leisurely approaching, with an occasional glance backward
along the road from the settlements below. Not recognizing
the man as an acquaintance, Elwood noted his appearance
closely as he was coming up. He was a rather young-looking
man, of a short, compactly built figure, with quick motions, and
that peculiar springy step which distinguishes men of active
temperament and hopeful, buoyant spirits; while the fox like cut
of his features, the lively gray eyes that beamed from them,
and the evidently quick coming and going thoughts that seemed
to flash from his thin-moving nostrils and play on his curling
lips, served to indicate rapid perceptions, shrewdness, and a
kind and perhaps fun-loving disposition.

“Hillo, captain, — or captain of the house, as I suppose you
must be,” he sang out cheerily, as with slackening step he approached
Elwood; “did you ever hear spoken of, a certain
rough-and-ready talking sort of a chap they call Jonas
Codman?”

-- 109 --

[figure description] Page 109.[end figure description]

“I have heard of a Mr. Codman, and was told that he would
probably be here to-day,” doubtfully replied Elwood.

“Well, I am he, such as he is, pushed forward as a sort of
advanced guard, — no, herald must be the book-word, — to tell
you that you are taken. Did you mistrust it?”

“No, not exactly.”

“You are, nevertheless. But I'll tell you a story, which, if you
can see the moral, may give you some hints to show you how
to turn the affair to your advantage without suffering the least
inconvenience yourself; and here it is:

“There was once a curious sort of a fellow, whose land was
so covered with stones, which had rolled down from a mountain,
that little or nothing could grow among them; and the question
was, how he should ever remove them. Well, one day, when
he was thinking on the matter, he found in the field an old
Black-Art book, on the cover of which he read, `One chapter
will bring one, two chapters two, and so on; but set and keep
them at work, lest a worst thing befall.
' So, to see what would
come of it, he read one chapter; when a great, stout, dubious-looking
devil made his appearance, and asked what he should
go about? `Go to throwing these stones over the mountain,'
said the man. The devil went at it. But the man, seeing the
poor devil was having a hard job of it, read on till he had
raised about a dozen of the same kind of chaps, and set them
all at work. And so smashingly did they make the stones fly
that, by sunset, the last were disappearing; and the man was
about to set them to pulling up the stumps on his newly-cleared
land. But they shook their heads at this, and, being pretty
well tuckered out, agreed to quit even, if he would, and go off
without the usual pay in such cases made and provided in
devildom; when, he making no objections, they, with another
squint at the green gnarly stumps, cut and run; and all the
chapters he could read after that — for he began to like the fun
of having his land cleared at so cheap a rate — would never
bring them back again.”

-- 110 --

[figure description] Page 110.[end figure description]

So saying, the speaker turned; and, without the explanation
or addition of a single word, retraced his steps and disappeared
in the woods, leaving the puzzled Elwood to construe the meaning
of his story as he best could. Very soon, however, sounds
reached his ears which enabled him to form some conjecture
what the man intended by his odd announcement. The mingling
voices of ox-team drivers, with their loud and peculiarly
modulated “Haw Buck! gee! and up there, ye lazy loons!
were now heard resounding through the woods, and evidently
approaching along the road from the settlement. And soon an
array of eight sturdy pair of oxen, each bearing a bundle of
hay bound on the top of their yoke with a log chain, and each
attended by a driver, with a handspike on his shoulder, marching
by their side, emerged one after another from the woods,
and came filing up the road towards the spot where he stood.
As the long column approached, Elwood, with a flutter of the
heart, recognized in the driver most in advance, the erect, stalwart
figure and the proud and haughty bearing of Gaut Gurley.

“Good-morning, good-morning, neighbor Elwood, as I have
lately been pleased to find you,” exclaimed Gurley, with an air
of careless assurance, as he came within speaking distance.
“We have come, as you see, to give you a lift at your logging.
So show us right into your slash, and let us go at it, at once.
We shall find time to talk afterwards.”

Elwood, with some general remark expressive of his obligation
to the whole of the company at hand for their voluntary
and unexpected kindness, led the way to the burned slash, and
went back to meet and salute the rest of the company, as they
severally came up. Having performed this ceremony with
those having the immediate charge of the oxen, till the whole
had passed on to their work, he turned to the rest of the company,
whom, though before unnoticed by him, he now found
following immediately behind the teams. These consisted of
some half-dozen sturdy logmen, with their implements, appointed
to pair off with the drivers of the teams, so as to provide two

-- 111 --

[figure description] Page 111.[end figure description]

men to each yoke of oxen; the hunter, Phillips, with his
brisk wife and buxom daughter, bearing a basket of plates,
knives, forks, spoons, and extra frying-pans, to supply any deficiency
Mrs. Elwood might find in furnishing her tables or in
cooking for so large a company; and lastly, Comical Codman, as
he was often called by the settlers, who, though the first to come
forward to meet Elwood, was now bringing up the rear.

“A merry morning to you,” exclaimed the hunter, as the
logmen turned off to the slash; “a merry morning to you,
neighbor Elwood. This looks some like business to-day. You
were not expecting us a very great sight earlier than this, I
conclude,” he added, with a jocular smile.

“Earlier? Why, it is hardly sunrise yet, and I am wholly
at a loss to know how men living at such distances could get
here at this hour.”

“Well, that is easily explained. They haven't had to travel
so far this morning as you imagine. They came on as far as
my place last night, mostly, and such as could be accommodated
nestled with me in my house. The rest camped out near by in
the bush, which is just as well generally with us woodsmen.
But you, having no mistrust of this, as it seems, were taken, I
suppose, by surprise at our appearance so early.”

“I should have been, wholly so, but for the coming ahead of
this gentleman,” replied Elwood, pointing to Codman; “and
then, I was rather at loss to know what he intended by his
queer way of announcing you.”

“Very likely. He never does or says any thing like other
folks. Jonas,” contined the hunter, turning to the odd genius
of whom he was speaking, “you are a good trapper, but I fear
you make a bad fore-runner.”

“Well, I am all right now here in the rear, I suppose,” replied
the other, with an oddly assumed air of abashment. “A
man is generally good for one thing or t'other. If I ain't a
good forerunner, it then follows that I am a good hind-runner.”

“You see he must have his fol-de-rol, Mr. Elwood,” said the

-- 112 --

[figure description] Page 112.[end figure description]

hunter. “But, for all that, he is a good fellow enough at the
bottom, if you can ever find it: ain't all that so, Jonas?”

“Sort of so and sort of not so; but a little more not than
sorter, they may say, perhaps. And I don't think, myself,
there is much either at the top or bottom to brag on,” rejoined
Codman, suddenly darting off to join his companions in the
slash; and now whistling a tune, as he went, and now crowing
like a cock, in notes and tones each of its kind so wondrous
loud and shrill that the whole valley of the lake seemed
wakened by the strange music.

The operations of the day having been thus auspicuously
commenced in the slash, Elwood, retaining the hunter with him
at the house to advise and assist in such arrangements and preparations
for breakfast as might render the meal most acceptable
to the company, entered at once upon his duties as host; and, it
being found that neither the room nor tables in the house were
sufficient to seat all the company, it was decided, for the purpose
of avoiding every appearance of invidious distinction, to prepare
temporary tables and seat the whole of them, except the
females, in the open air near the house. Accordingly the
hunter, who, from his experience as a woodman, was ever
ready at such contrivances, went to work; and, clearing and
levelling off a smooth place, driving into the ground three
sets of short stout crotches, laying cross-pieces in each, and
then two new pine planks longitudinally over the whole, he soon
erected a neat and substantial table, long enough to seat a score
of guests. Seats on each side were then supplied by a similar
process; when Mrs. Elwood, who had watched the operation
with a housewife's interest, made her appearance with a roll
of fine white tablecloths, the relics of her better days, and
covered the whole with the snowy drapery, making a table
which might vie in appearance with those of the most fashionable
restaurants of the cities. Upon this table, plates, knives
and forks, with all other of the usual accompaniments, were
speedily arranged by the quick-footed females; while the sounds

-- 113 --

[figure description] Page 113.[end figure description]

of boiling pots, and the hissing frying-pans spreading through
the house and around the yard the savory fumes of the cooking
trout, betokened the advanced progress of the culinary operations
within, which were now soon completed; when the fact
was announced by Mr. Elwood by several long and loud blasts
on his “tin horn” to the expectant laborers in the field, who,
while the meal was being borne smoking on to the table, chained
their oxen to stumps and saplings about the field, parcelled out
to them the hay, and repaired to their morning banquet.

Banquet! A banquet among backwoodsmen? Yes; and
why not? It is strange that a thousand generations of epicures
should have lived, gluttonized, and passed away from the earth,
without appearing to understand the chief requisite for that
class of animal enjoyments which they seem to make the great
end and aim of their lives, — without appearing to realize that
it is the appetite, not the quality of the food, that makes the
feast; that there can be no such thing as a feast, indeed, without
a real not factitious appetite; and that there can be no
real appetite without toil or some prolonged and vigorous
exercise. Nero ransacked his whole kingdom, and expended
millions for delicacies; and yet he never experienced, probably,
one-half the enjoyments of the palate that were experienced
from the coarsest fare by his poorest laboring subject.
No, the men of ease and idleness may have surfeits, the men
of toil can only have banquets. And it is doubtless a part of
that nicely balanced system of compensations which Providence
applies to men, that the appetites of the industrious poor
should make good the deficiencies in the quality of their food,
so that it should always afford equal enjoyment in the consumption
with that experienced by the idle rich over their
sumptuous tables.

The meal passed off pleasantly; and when finished, the
gratified and chatty workmen, with their numbers now increased
by the addition of the two Elwoods and the hunter,
returned, with the eager alacrity of boys hurrying to an

-- 114 --

[figure description] Page 114.[end figure description]

appointed game of football, to their voluntary labors in the field,
in which they had already made surprising progress.

The business of the day was now resumed in earnest. The
teamsters having quickly scattered to their respective teams
and brought them with a lively step on to the ground, and
having there each received their allotted quota of log-rollers,
to pile up the logs as fast as drawn, at once penetrated at
different points into the thickest parts of the blackened masses
of timber before them, awaiting their sturdy labors. Here the
largest log in a given space, and the one the most difficult to
be removed, was usually selected as the nucleus of the proposed
pile. Then two logs of the next largest size were drawn up
on each side, and placed at a little distance in a line parallel
with the first, when the intermediate spaces were filled with
limbs, knots, and the smallest timber at hand; so that a fire,
when the process of burning the piles should be commenced,
communicated at the centre thus prepared, would spread
through the whole, and not be likely to go out till all the logs
were consumed. When this foundation was laid, the next
nearest surrounding logs were drawn alongside and rolled up
on skids, by the logmen stationed there with their handspikes
for the purpose. Then generally commenced a keen strife
between the teamster and the log-rollers, to see which should
first do their part and keep the others the most closely employed.
And the result was that in a very short time a large
pile of logs was completed, and a space of ten or fifteen square
rods was completely cleared around it. This done, an adjoining
thicket of timber was sought out, another pile started, and
another space cleared off in the same manner. And thus proceeded
the work, with each team and its attendants, in every
part of the slash; while the same spirit of rivalry which had
thus began to be exhibited between the members of each gang
soon took the form of a competition between one gang and another,
who were now everywhere seen vieing with each other
in the strife to do the most or to build up the largest and

-- 115 --

[figure description] Page 115.[end figure description]

greatest number of log-heaps in the shortest space of time. The
whole field, indeed, was thus soon made to exhibit the animated
but singular spectacle of men, engaged in a wholly voluntary
labor, putting forth all the unstinted applications of strength
and displaying all the alertness and zeal of men at work for
a wager. But, among all the participants in the labors of the
day, no one manifested so much interest in advancing the
work, no one was so active and laborious, as Gaut Gurley.
Not only was he continually inciting and pressing up all others
to the labor, but was ever foremost in the heaviest work himself,
generally selecting the most difficult parts for himself, and
often performing feats of strength that scarcely any two men
on the ground were able to perform. Nor was the Herculean
strength which he so often displayed before the eyes of the
astonished workmen, ever made useless, as is sometimes the
case with men of great physical powers, by any misapplication
of his efforts. He seemed perfectly to understand the business
in which they were engaged; and, while all wondered, though
no one knew, where he had received his training for such
work, it was soon, by common consent, decided that he was
much the most efficient hand on the ground, many even going so
far as to declare that his equal was never before seen in that
part of the country.

“You see that, don't you, captain?” said Codman, coming
up close to Elwood, and speaking in a half whisper, as he
pointed to Gaut Gurley, who, having noticed two of the stoutest
of the hands vainly trying to roll up a large log, rushed forward,
and, bidding them stand aside, threw it up single-handed
without appearing to exert half his strength. “You see that,
don't you, captain?” he repeated, with an air of mingled
wonder and waggishness. “Now, what do you think of my
story, and the great, stout, black-looking devil that came, on
reading the first chapter, and made the big stones fly so?”

“I haven't thought much about it,” carelessly replied Elwood,

-- 116 --

[figure description] Page 116.[end figure description]

evidently wishing not to appear to understand the allusion of
the other. “But why do you ask such a question?”

“Don't know myself, it's a fact; but I happened to be thinking
of things. But say, captain, you haven't been reading any
chapters in any strange book yourself, lately, have you?” said
Codman, with a queer look.

“No, I guess not,” replied Elwood, laughingly, though visibly
annoyed by the subject.

“No? Nor none of the family?” persisted the other, glancing
towards Claud Elwood, who was standing near by. “Well,
I wish I knew what put that story into my head, when I let
it off this morning. It is de-ive-lish queer, at any rate, considering.”
So saying, he walked off to his work, croaking like
a rooster at some questionable object.

Although none of the settlers present seemed disposed to
attribute the extraordinary physical powers, which Gaut Gurley
had so unmistakably shown, to any supernatural agency,
as the trapper, Codman, whose other singularities were not
without a smart sprinkling of superstition, was obviously inclining
to do, yet those powers were especially calculated, as
may well be supposed of men of their class, to make a strong
impression on the minds of them all, and invest the possessor
with an importance which, in their eyes, he could in no other
way obtain. Accordingly he soon came to be looked upon as the
lion of the day, and suddenly thus acquired, for the time being,
as he doubtless shrewdly calculated he could do in this way, a
consequence and influence of which no other man could boast,
perhaps, in the whole settlement.

Meanwhile the work of clearing off the logs was prosecuted
with increasing spirit and resolution. And so eagerly intent
had all the hands become, in pressing forward to its completion
their self-imposed task, which all could see was now fast drawing
to a close, that they took no note of the flight of time, and
were consequently taken by surprise when the sound of the
horn summoned them to their midday meal.

-- 117 --

[figure description] Page 117.[end figure description]

“Why! it can't yet be noon,” exclaimed one, glancing up at
the sun.

“No,” responded another. “Some of us here have been
counting on seeing the whole job nearly done by noon, but it
will take three hours yet to do that. No, the women must have
made a mistake.”

“Well, I don't know about that: let us see,” said the hunter,
turning his back to the sun, and throwing out one foot as far
as he could while keeping his body perpendicular. “Now
my clock, which, for noon on the 21st of June, or longest day
of summer, is the shadow of my head falling on half my foot,
and then passing off beyond it about half an inch each day for
the rest of the season, makes it, as I should calculate the
distance between my foot and the shadow of my head, now
evidently receding, — makes it, for this last day of August, about
a quarter past twelve.”

“I am but little over half past eleven,” said Codman, pulling
out and inspecting an old watch. “Phillips, may be, is thinking
of that deer that he has been promising himself and us for
dinner; and, before I take his calculation on shadows and
distances, I should like to know how many inches he allowed
for the hurrying influence of his appetite.”

“What nonsense, Comical! But what you mean by it is, I
suppose, that I can't tell the time?”

“Not within half an hour by the sun.”

“Why, man, it is the sun that makes the time; and, as that
body never gets out of order or runs down, why not learn to
read it, and depend directly upon it for the hour of the day?
If half the time men spend in bothering over timepieces were
devoted to studying the great clock of the heavens, they need
not depend on such uncertain contrivances as common clocks
and watches to know the time of day.”

“But how in cloudy weather?”

“Tell the time of day by your feelings. Take note of the
state of your appetite and general feelings at the various hours

-- 118 --

[figure description] Page 118.[end figure description]

of the day, when it is fair and you know the time, and then
apply the rule when you have no other means of judging; and
you may thus train yourself, so that you need not be half an
hour out of the way in your reckoning through the whole
day.”

“Well, supposing it is night?”

“Night is for sleep, and it is no consequence to know the
time, except the time waking. And, as to that, none need be
in fault, if they had you anywhere within two miles to crow
for them.”

“A regular hit! I own it a hit, Mr. Hunter. But here
comes Mr. Elwood: we will leave the question of the time of
day to him.”

“We have a correct noon-mark at the house, and the women
are probably right,” replied Elwood. “At all events, men
who have worked like lions, as you all have this forenoon, must
by this time need refreshment. So, let us all drop work, and
at once be off to dinner.”

With such familiar jokes and converse, the light-hearted
backwoodsmen threw off their crocky frocks, and, after washing
up at a runlet at hand, marched off in chatty groups to the
house, where they found awaiting their arrival the well-spread
board of their appreciating hostess, this time made more tempting
to their vigorous and healthy appetites by the addition, to
the fine trout of the morning, of the variously-cooked haunches
of the hunter's venison. And, having here done ample justice
to their excellent meal, they again hastened back to their labor
in the field, unanimously declaring for the good husbandman's
rule, “Work first and play afterwards,” and saying they would
have no rest nor recreation till they had seen the last log of
the slash disposed of. And with such animation did they resume
their labors, and with such vigor continue to apply themselves
in carrying out their resolution, and in hastening the hour of
its fulfilment, that by the middle of the afternoon their task
was ended; and the gratified Mr. Elwood had the satisfaction

-- 119 --

[figure description] Page 119.[end figure description]

of seeing the formidable-looking slash of the morning converted
into a comparatively smooth field, requiring only the
action of the fire on the log heaps, with a few days' tending, to
make it fit for the seed and harrow.

“Come, boys,” said the hunter to the company, now all within
speaking distance, except two or three who had somehow disappeared;
“come, boys,” he repeated, after pausing to see the
last log thrown up in its place, “let us gather up here near the
middle of the lot. Comical Codman and some others, I have
noticed, have been putting their heads together, and I kinder
surmise we may now soon expect some sort of christening
ceremony of the field we have walked through in such fine style
to-day; and, if they make out any thing worth the while, it may
be well to give them a good cheer or two, to wind off with.”

While the men were taking their stand at the spot designated
by the hunter, Codman was seen mounting a conspicuous log-heap
at the southerly end of the field; and two more men, at
the same time, made their appearance on the tops of different
piles on opposite sides of the lot, and nearly abreast of the
place where the expectant company were collected and standing,
silently awaiting the commencement of the promised ceremony.
Presently one of the two last-named, with a preliminary flourish
of his hand, slowly and loudly began:


“Since we see the last logs fairly roll'd,
And log-heaps full fifty, all told,
We should deem it a shame
If so handsome and well-cleared a field,
Bidding fair for a hundred-fold yield,
Be afforded no name.”
To this, the man standing on the opposite pile, in the same loud
and measured tone promptly responded:



“Then a name we will certainly give it,
If you'll listen, and all well receive it,
As justly you may

-- 120 --

[figure description] Page 120.[end figure description]



We will call it the thing it will make,
We will name it the Pride of the Lake,
Or the Job of a Day.”

Before the last words of this unique duet had died on the
ear, Comical Codman on his distant perch straightened up, and,
triumphantly clapping his sides like the boastful bird whose
crowing he could so wonderfully imitate, raised his shrill, loud,
and long-drawn kuk-kuk-ke-o-ho in a volume of sound that
thrilled through the forest and sent its repeating echoes from
hill to hill along the distant borders of the lake.

“There, the dog has got the start of us!” exclaimed the
hunter, joining the rest of the company in their surprise and
laughter at the prompt action of the trapper as well as at the
striking character of his performance, — “fairly the start of us;
but let's follow him up close, boys. So here goes for the new
name!”

And the prolonged “hurra! hurra! hurra!” burst from the
lips of the strong-voiced woodmen in three tremendous cheers
for the “Pride of the Lake and the Job of a Day.

All the labors and performances of the field being now over,
the company gathered up their tools, and by common consent
moved towards the house, where, it was understood, an hour or
so, before starting for their respective homes, should be spent
in rest, chatting with the women, or other recreation, and a
consultation also be held, among those interested, for forming
a company, fixing on the time, and making other arrangements
for the contemplated trapping and hunting expedition of the
now fast-approaching season.

As the company were proceeding along promiscuously towards
the house, Gaut Gurley, who had thus far through the day
manifested no desire for any particular conversation with Mr.
Elwood, nor in any way deported himself so as to lead others
to infer a former acquaintance between them, now suddenly
fell in by his side; when, contriving to detain him till the rest
had passed on out of sight, he paused in his steps and said:

-- 121 --

[figure description] Page 121.[end figure description]

“Well, Elwood, I told you in the morning, you know, that
we would do the work first and the talking afterwards. The
work has now been done, and I hope to your satisfaction.”

“Yes — O yes — entirely,” replied Elwood, hesitating in his
doubt about what was to follow from the other, whose unexpected
conduct and stand for his benefit he hardly knew how
to construe. “Yes, the neighbors have done me a substantial
favor, and you all deserve my hearty thanks.”

“I was not fishing for thanks,” returned Gaut, half-contemptuously,
“but wished a few words with you on private
matters which concern only you and myself. And, to come to
the point at once, I would ascertain, in the first place, if you
know whether you and I are understood, in this settlement, to
be old acquaintances or new ones?”

“New ones, I suppose, of course, unless it be known to the
contrary through your means. I have not said a word about
it, nor have my family, I feel confident,” replied Elwood, demurely.

“Very well; our former acquaintance is then wholly unsuspected
here. Let it remain so. But have you ever hinted
to any of the settlers what you may have known or heard
about me, or any former passages of my life, which occurred
when I used to operate in this section or elsewhere?”

“No, not one word.”

“All is well, then. As you have kept and continue to keep
my secrets, so shall yours be kept. It is a dozen or fifteen
years since I have been in this section at all. It is filling up
with new men. There are but two persons now in the settlement
that can ever have seen or known me. And they will
not disturb me.”

“Then there are two that have known you? Who can they
be?”

“One is Wenongonet, an old Indian chief, as he calls himself,
still living on one of the upper lakes, they say, but too old to

-- 122 --

[figure description] Page 122.[end figure description]

ramble or attend to anybody's business but his own. The
other is Phillips, the hunter.”

“Phillips! Phillips, did you say? Why, as much as he has
been at our house, he has never dropt a word from which one
could infer that you were not a perfect stranger to him.”

“I did not suppose he had. Phillips is a peaceable, close-mouthed
fellow; pretends not to know any thing about anybody,
when he thinks the parties concerned would rather have him
ignorant; keeps a secret by never letting anybody know he
has one; and never means to cross another man's path. I can
get along with him, too. And the only question now is whether
you and I can live together in the same settlement.”

“It will probably be your fault if we can't. I shall make
war on no one.”

“My fault! Why I wish to be on good terms with you;
and yet, Elwood, you feel out of sorts with me, and, in spite
of all I can do, seem disposed to keep yourself aloof.”

“If I do seem so, it may be because the past teaches me
that the best way to avoid quarrels is to avoid intimacies. You
know how we last parted in that gambling-room. I had no
business to be there, I admit; but that was no excuse for your
treatment.”

“Treatment! Why, Elwood, is it possible you have been
under a misapprehension about that, all this time?” responded
Gaut, with that peculiar wheedling manner which he so well
knew how to assume when he wished to carry his point with
another. “My object then was to save the money for you and
me, so that we could divide it satisfactorily between ourselves.
I was angry enough at those other fellows, whom I saw getting
all your money in that way, I confess; and, in what I said, I
was whipping them over your shoulders. I thought you understood
it.”

“I didn't understand it in that way,” replied Elwood, surprised
and evidently staggered at the bold and unexpected

-- 123 --

[figure description] Page 123.[end figure description]

statement. “I didn't take you so: could that be all you intended?”

“Certainly it was,” resumed Gaut, in the same insinuating
tone. “Had I supposed it necessary, I should have seen you
and explained it at the time. But it is explained now; so let
it go, and every thing go that has been unpleasant between us;
let us forget all, and henceforth be on good terms. Our children,
as you may have suspected, seem intent on being friends;
and why should not we be friends also? It will be a gratification
to them, and we can easily make it the means of benefiting
each other. You know how much I once did in helping you
to property, — I can do so again, if we will but understand each
other. What say you, Elwood? Will you establish the treaty,
and give me your hand upon it?”

Elwood trembled as the other bent his fascinating gaze upon
him, hesitated, began to demur feebly; but, being artfully
answered, soon yielded and extended his hand, which Gaut
seized and shook heartily; when at the suggestion of the latter
they separated and proceeded by different courses, so that they
might not be seen together, to join the company at the house,
whom they found, as they expected, in consultation about the
proposed trapping and hunting expedition to the upper lakes,
the time of starting, and the names and number of those volunteering
to join the association, only remaining to be fixed and
ascertained. That time was finally fixed on the 15th of September,
and the company was formed to consist of the two
Elwoods, Phillips, Gurley, Codman, and such others as might
thereafter wish to join them. This being settled, they broke
up and departed for their respective homes.

-- 124 --

p720-137 CHAPTER X.

“All good to me is lost;
Evil, be thou my good” —

[figure description] Page 124.[end figure description]

The next scene in the slowly unfolding panorama of our
story opens at the house of Gaut Gurley, on the banks of
the Magalloway. Gaut reached home, on the evening of the
logging bee, about sunset; and, having put out his team, entered
his house, where he found his wife alone, his daughter
being absent on a visit to a neighbor. Contrary to what might
have been expected, after the favorable impression he had so
evidently made on the settlers that day, and the attainment of the
still more important object with him, the regaining of his old fatal
influence over Elwood, he appeared morose and dissatisfied.
Something had not worked to his liking in the complicated
machinery of his plans, and he showed his vexation so palpably
as soon to attract the attention of his submissive but by no
means unobservant wife, who, after a while, plucked up the
courage to remark:

“What is the case, Gaut? Have you been working yourself
to death for those Elwoods, to-day, or has something gone
wrong with you, that makes you look so sour this evening?”

“I have worked hard enough, God knows; but that I intended,
for I had objects in view, most of which I think I have
accomplished, but —”

“But not all, I suppose you would say?”

“Well, yes, there is one thing that has not gone exactly to
suit me, over there.”

“What is that, Gaut?”

“It is of no consequence that you should know it. If I

-- 125 --

[figure description] Page 125.[end figure description]

should name it, you would not see its bearing on my plans, I
presume.”

“Perhaps not, for I don't know what your plans are, these
days. I used to be able to guess out the objects you had in
view, before you came here, whether you told me or not. But,
since you have been in this settlement, I have been at loss to
know what you are driving at; I can't understand your movements
at all.”

“What movements do you mean, woman?”

“All of them; but particularly those that have to do with
the Elwoods.”

“What is there in my course toward them, since they came
here, that you can't understand?”

“Well, I'll tell you, Gaut. When you believed Elwood to be
rich, I could easily see that you thought it would be an object
to bring about an acquaintance between his son and only heir,
and our Avis; and I knew you was, those days, studying how
it could be done, and I always suspected that you in some
way disposed of that picture of her for the purpose, instead of
sending it to your relations, and —”

“And what?” exclaimed Gaut, turning fiercely on his wife.
“Suspected! What business had you to suspect? And you
told Avis what you thought, I suppose?”

“Not a word, never one word; for I knew she was so
proud and particular, that, if she mistrusted any thing of that
kind to have been done, she would flounce in a minute. No, I
never hinted it to her, or anybody else, and it was guesswork,
after all,” replied the abashed wife, in a deprecating tone, — she
having been tempted, by the unusual mood which her stern
husband had manifested for discussing his private affairs with
her, to venture to speak much more freely than was her wont.

“Well, see that you don't hint any thing about that, nor any
thing else you may take it into your silly head to guess about
my objects,” rejoined the other, in a somewhat mollified tone.
“But now go on with what you were going to say.”

-- 126 --

[figure description] Page 126.[end figure description]

“Well, I could understand your course before Elwood failed;
but, when he did, I could see no object, either in following him
here, or having any thing particular to do with him, or any of
his family. But you seized on the first chance, after we came
here, to court them, and have followed it up; first, in the affair
of the young man and Avis, and then, in drumming up the whole
settlement in getting up this logging bee for the old man. Now,
Gaut, you don't generally drive matters at this rate without
something in view that will pay; and, as I can see nothing to
be gained worth so much pains, I don't understand it.”

“I didn't suppose you did, and it is generally of little consequence
whether you see through my plans or not; but, in this
case —”

Here Gaut suddenly paused, rose, and took several turns
across the room, evidently debating with himself how far it was
policy to disclose his plans to his wife; when, appearing to
make up his mind, he again seated himself and resumed:

“Yes, as this is a peculiar case, and coming, perhaps, in part
within the range of a woman's help, if she knows what is wanted,
and one which she may unintentionally hurt, if she don't,
I suppose I must give you some insight into my movements, so
that you can manage accordingly, help when you can, and do no
mischief when you can't; as you probably will do, for you well
know the consequences of doing otherwise.”

“I will do all I can, if I can understand what you want, and
can see any object in it,” meekly responded the woman.

“Well, then, in the first place,” resumed the other, “you
know how many years I slaved myself, and what risks I run, to
help Elwood make that fortune; how he threw me off with simple
wages, instead of the share I always intended to have for
such hard and dangerous services; and how he failed, like a fool,
before I got it.”

“I knew it all.”

“Then you can easily imagine how much it went against my
grain to be balked in that manner. At all events, it did; and

-- 127 --

[figure description] Page 127.[end figure description]

I soon determined not to give up the game so, even if that was
all. And ascertaining that Elwood, by allowances made by the
creditors to his wife, and sales of furniture which they allowed
the family to retain, brought quite a little sum of money into
the settlement, — enough, at any rate, to pay for his place, put
him well afloat, and make him a man of consequence in such a
new place, — I soon made up my mind on buying and settling,
for present purposes, here, too, as we did.”

“Yes, but what do you expect to make here more than in any
other new country? And what can you make out of the
Elwoods, more than any other new settlers?”

“A good deal, if all things work to my mind. There is
money to be made here. I could do well in the fur business
alone, and at the worst. And, by the aid of one who could be
made to favor my interests, there is no telling what could be
done. Now, what claim had I on any other settler to be that
one to aid me? On Elwood I had a claim to help me to property
in turn; and I determined he should do it. But he must
first be brought into the traces. He has got out with me,
and must be reconciled before I can do much with him.”

“Well, I should think he ought to be by this time, after what
you have been doing for him, without his asking.”

“Without asking? Why, that was just the way to do it. As
I calculated, he was taken by surprise, disarmed, and yielded;
so that object is accomplished, as well as making the right
impression on the other settlers by beating them at their own
work.”

“I begin to understand, now.”

“You will understand more, soon; that was only part of my
object.”

“What was the other part?”

“To insure the consummation of the match between Avis
and young Elwood, which now seems in fair progress, but which
would be liable to be broken off, if his family should continue to
be unfriendly to me.”

-- 128 --

[figure description] Page 128.[end figure description]

“Why, that was the thing I could understand least of all.
The young man is well enough, I suppose, but I thought you
had looked to have Avis make more of herself, and do better
for us. She is still young, and we don't know what chances she
may have. If she and the young man should keep on intimate,
and set their hearts on it, I don't know that I should oppose it
much; but what object we can have in helping it on, I can't, for
the life of me, see. I have not said a word against it, because
I saw that you were for it. But, if I had been governed by my
own notions, I should have sooner discouraged than helped it on.”

“I suspected so; and, for that reason, as well as others, I
see I must tell you a secret, which the Elwoods themselves don't
know, and which I meant should never pass my lips; and, when
I tell it to you, see that it never passes yours. That young
man, Claud Elwood, whom you think so ordinary a match, is
heir to a large property. A will is already executed making
him so.”

“Is that so, Gaut?”

“Yes, I have known it for months. I made the discovery before
I decided to move here.”

“It is a wonder how you could keep it from me.”

“Humph! It is a greater wonder how I came to tell you at
all, and I fear I shall yet repent it; but things had come to a
pass that seemed to make it necessary.”

“But who is the man, and where, who is going to give the
young man such a property?”

“It is not for you to know. I have told you enough for all
my purposes. And this brings me back to your first question,
when I admitted that there was one thing which had not gone
to my liking. There was, indeed, one thing that disturbed and
vexed me; and that was the discovery I made, over there, to-day,
that Elwood's wife is an enemy to me. I contrived all
ways to get speech with her, but she studiously avoided giving me
a chance, nor was I able once even to catch her eye, that I might
give her a friendly nod of recognition. I know she never

-- 129 --

[figure description] Page 129.[end figure description]

wished me about, in former times, but I then attributed her
coldness to the pride of the rich over the poor. But I now
think it was because she hated me. I am satisfied she is an
enemy, at heart; and will, for that reason, prove a secret and
I fear dangerous opposer to a match which will connect me
with her family, unless something is done to reconcile her.”

“How can that be done?”

“Perhaps you can do something. We start, in about a
fortnight, on the fall hunt, — both the Elwoods, myself, and
others. When we are gone, you can go down into that neighborhood,
get acquainted with some of the women, and get them
to call with you on Mrs. Elwood; and, if Avis could be made
to go and see her, so much the better. She would make an
impression without trying. You would have to manage, but
how, I am not now prepared to decide. I will think of it, and
you may, and we will talk it over again. I have told you this,
now, that you might understand the situation of affairs; and
the object, which you will now see, is worth playing for. And,
if we can can carry this last point, the last danger will be
removed, — unless Claud himself proves fickle.”

“I guess there will not be much danger of that in this settlement.
What girl is there that he could think of in comparison
with Avis?”

“I think there is none; and still, there is one whom I would
rather he would not see.”

“Who can that be, I should like to know?”

“She is the daughter, or is claimed to be, of an old Indian
chief, called Wenongonet, who lives up the lakes, and was once
a man of some consequence, both with Indians and whites.”

“An Indian girl! Fudge!”

“You might alter that tune, if you should see her. She is
white as you are, and has, most of the time, of late years, lived
in some of the old settlements, been schooled, and so on. I
saw her, soon after we came here, with another woman, at the
south end of the lake, where she was visiting in the family of

-- 130 --

[figure description] Page 130.[end figure description]

one of the settlers, and I inquired her out, as she appeared so
much above the common run of girls. But she is courted,
they say, by a young educated Indian, called Tomah, from
Connecticut-river way, where I used to see him. He ought to
be able to take care of her. But hark! what was that? It
sounded like the trotting of some heavy horse. I'll see.”

So saying, Gaut rose and went to the window, when, after
casting a searching look out into the road, and pausing a moment,
in evident doubt and surprise at what met his gaze, he
muttered: “The devil is always at hand when you are talking
about him; for that must be the very fellow, — Tomah himself!
But what a rig-out! Wife, look here.”

The woman promptly came to the window, when her eyes
were greeted with the appearance of a smart-looking and
jauntily-equipped young Indian, mounted on the back of a
stately, antlered moose, that, by some contrivance answering
to a bridle, he was about bringing to a stand in the road, opposite
to the house. Without heeding the exclamations of surprise
and questions of his wife, who had never seen an animal of
the kind, Gaut stepped out of the door, and, after pausing long
enough to satisfy himself that he was not known to the other,
said, after the distant greeting customary among strangers had
been exchanged:

“That is a strange horse you are travelling on, friend.”

“No matter that, when he carry you well,” replied the Indian,
whose language was a little idiomatic, notwithstanding
his education.

“Perhaps not; but I should think he would be a hard trotter
for most riders.”

“Moose don't care for that: he say, he carry you ten miles
an hour, you not the one to complain: if you no like, you no
ride.”

“How did you tame him to be so manageable?”

“Caught him a little calf, four years ago; trained him young

-- 131 --

[figure description] Page 131.[end figure description]

to mind halter; then ox-work, horse-work. This year ride
him. No trouble, you let him enough to eat.”

“Where did you catch him?”

“Over the mountain. Live there. My name John Tomah.
Been here to hunt some, but not see you before. Another man
live in this house last spring.”

“Yes, I am a new-comer. But I have heard some of the
settlers speak of you, I think. You are the Indian that has
been to college?”

“Yes, been there some, but in the woods more. Love to
hunt, catch beaver, sable, and such things. Come here to hunt
now, soon as time. But must have moose kept when off hunting:
thought the man lived here do that. May be you keep
him, while I come back. Pay you, all right.”

“Yes, if I could; but where could I keep him? He would
jump any pasture or yard fence there is here, and then run
away, would he not?”

“No. Stay, after week or two, and get wonted, same as
horse or cow. I go to work, make yard, keep him in a while,
and feed him with grass or browse. I tend him first. You
keep him, — you keep me, till go hunting; then get boy. Pay
well, much as you suit.”

Gaut Gurley never acted without a strong secret motive.
He had been intently studying the young Indian during the
conversation just detailed, with a view of forming an opinion
how far his subservience could be secured; and, appearing to
become satisfied on this point, and believing the first great
step for making him what was desired would be accomplished
by yielding to his request gracefully, however much family
inconvenience it might occasion, Gaut now turned cordially to
him, and said:

“Yes, Tomah, I will do it. I like your looks, and I will do
it for you, but wouldn't for anybody else. We can get along
with your animal, somehow; and you shall stay, too, till our
company start on our hunt, and then you shall go with us. I

-- 132 --

[figure description] Page 132.[end figure description]

will see that you have fair play. I will be your friend; and
perhaps I may want a good turn of you some time.”

“Like that; go with you; show you how catch beaver. Do
all I can.”

“Very well; and perhaps I can help you in some way.
You have an affair that you feel a peculiar interest in, with
somebody on the upper lake, and —”

“You know that?” interrupted the startled but evidently not
displeased Indian.

“Yes, I have heard something about it.”

“But how you help there?”

“O, I can contrive a way for you to make the matter work
as you wish, if you will only persevere.”

“Persevere? Ah, means keep trying. Yes, do that; but
she don't talk right, now; perhaps, will, you help, then we be
great friends, sure.”

The treaty being thus concluded, the gratified young Indian
dismounted, with his rifle and pack, containing his blanket,
hunting-suit, etc., which he carried before him, laid across
the shoulder of his novel steed; and, under the guidance of
Gaut, he led the animal into the cow-yard, where he was tied
and fed, and the fence, already made high to exclude the
wolves, as usual among first settlers, was topped out by laying
on a few additional poles, so as to prevent the possibility of
his escape. This being done, Gaut conducted his new-found
friend into the house, and introduced him, to his wife and also
to his daughter, who had by this time returned, as the young
Indian that had been to college, but still had a liking for the
woods.

“I have often thought I should feel interested in seeing an
educated native of the forest,” remarked Avis, after the civilities
of the introduction had been exchanged. “Books, when
you became able to read and understand them,” she continued,
turning to the Indian, “books must have opened a new world
to you, and the many new and curious things you found in

-- 133 --

[figure description] Page 133.[end figure description]

them must have been exceedingly gratifying to you, Mr. Tomah.”

“Yes, many curious things in books,” replied Tomah, indifferently.

“And also much valuable knowledge?” rejoined Avis, interrogatively.

“Valuable enough to some folks, suppose,” replied the other,
with the air of one speaking on a subject in which he felt no
particular interest. “Lawyers make money; preachers get
good pay for talking what they learn in books; so doctors.”

“But surely,” persisted the former, who, though disappointed
in his replies, yet still expected to see, if she could draw him
out, the naturally shrewd mind of the native made brilliant by
the light of science, “surely you consider an education a good
thing for all, giving those who receive it a great advantage
over those who do not?”

“Yes, education good thing,” responded Tomah, his stolid
countenance beginning to lighten up at the idea which now
struck him as involving the chief if not the sole benefit of his
scientific acquirements; “yes, education good, very good, sometime.
Instance: I go to Boston with my moose next winter;
show him for pay, one, two days; then reckon up money —
add; then reckon up expenses — subtract; tell how much I
make. Make much, stay; make little, go to other place. Yes,
education good thing.”

“But I should think you might do better with your education
than you could by following the usual employments of
your kind of people,” resumed the other, still unwilling to see
the subject of her scrutiny fall so much below her preconception
of an educated Indian. “You say, lawyers, preachers,
and doctors make money from the superiority which their education
has given them; now, why don't you profit by your
education, and go into a profession like one of theirs, and obtain
by it the same wealth and position which you see them enjoying?”

-- 134 --

[figure description] Page 134.[end figure description]

“Did try,” replied Tomah, with an evident effort to elevate
his language, and meet the question candidly. “When I came
home from the school, people all say, Now you go and live like
white folks, in village, and study to be doctor, make money,
be great man. So went; study one year; try hard to like;
but no use. Uneasy all the time; could not keep down the
Indian in me; he always rising up, more every day, all the
time drawing me away to the woods, — pull, pull, pull. I fight
against him; put him down little some time; but he soon up
again, stronger than ever. Found could not make myself over
again; must be as first made; so gave up; left study for the
woods; and said, Now let Indian be Indian as long as he like.”

Satisfied, or rather silenced, by Tomah's reasons, Avis turned
the conversation by asking him to relate to her how he caught
and tamed his moose. She found him completely at home in
this and other of his adventures in the forest, which he was
thus encouraged to relate, and in which he often became a
graphic and interesting narrator, and displayed the keen observation
of the objects of nature, together with the other
peculiar qualities of his race, to so much advantage that she
soon relinquished her favorite idea of ever finding a philosopher
in an educated Indian.

In presenting the above picture, drawn from one of the many
living prototypes that have fallen within our personal observation,
or come within our knowledge derived from reliable
sources, we had no wish to disparage the praiseworthy acts and
motives of those spirited and patriotic men who, like Moore,
in establishing his well-known charity school, in connection with
Dartmouth college, may have, in times past, founded and endowed
schools for the education of the natives of the forest;
nor would we dampen the faith and hopes of those philanthropists
who still believe in the redemption of that dwindling race
by the aids of science and civilization; but we confess our inability
to perceive any general results, flowing from the attempts
of that character, at all adequate to the pains and outlay

-- 135 --

[figure description] Page 135.[end figure description]

bestowed on the experiment. And we think we cannot be alone
in this opinion. We believe that those results, when gathered
up so that all their meagreness could be seen, have sadly disappointed
public expectations; that this once favorite object
and theory, of elevating and benefiting the red man by taking
him from his native woods and immuring him in the school-room,
has been, in the great majority of the cases, a futile one;
and that whole system, indeed, can now be regarded as but
little less than a magnificent failure.

There have been, it is true, some brilliant exceptions to the
application of our remarks, such as may be found in the pious
and comparatively learned Samson Occom, the noted Indian
preacher of the times of the Pilgrims; in the eloquent Ojibway
chief of our own times, and a few others; as well as in the
person we have already introduced into this work, the intelligent
and beautiful Fluella. But only as exceptions to the
general rule, we fear, can we fairly regard them, — for, where
there is one Occom, there are probably ten Tomahs.

Education, or so much of it as he has the patience and
ability to acquire, seems often to unsettle and confuse the mind
of the red man; for, while his old notions and traditions are
disturbed or swept away by it, he fails of grasping and digesting
the new ones which science and civilization present to his
mind; and he falters and gropes, like an owl in the too strong
light of the unaccustomed sun. In his natural condition, he can
at least realize the happy picture which the poet has drawn of
him:


“Lo, the poor Indian! whose untutored mind
Sees God in clouds, or hears him in the wind:
His soul proud science never taught to stray
Far as the solar walk or milky way;
Yet simple nature to his hope has given,
Behind the cloud-topt hill, an humbler heaven,
Some safer world in depth of wood embraced;
Some happier island in the wat'ry waste,

-- 136 --

[figure description] Page 136.[end figure description]



Where slaves once more their native land behold,
No fiends torment, no Christian thirsts for gold.
To be content 's his natural desire;
He asks no angel's wings, no seraph's fire;
But thinks, admitted to that equal sky,
His faithful dog shall bear him company.”
But now, in his new and anomalous position, even this happiness
and this content is taken away, while he is unable to
embrace an adequate substitute. His old faith is shaken, but
no new one is established. Before, he could see God in clouds
or hear him in the wind; but now he can scarcely see God in
any thing. His physical system, in the mean while, deprived
as it is of the forest atmosphere, in which it was alone fitted to
exist and reach its greatest perfection, suffers even more than
his mental one. And his whole man, both mental and physical,
begins to degenerate, and soon dwindles into insignificance.
Yes, it is only in his native forests that the Indian appears in
his wild and peculiar dignity of character. There only can he
become a being of romance, and there only a hero. And there,
in conclusion, we would say, in view of the unsatisfactory results
of the experiments made to elevate him by any of the
methods yet adopted, — there we would let him remain.

But we must now on with our tale, the main incidents of
which we have only foreshadowed, not touched.

-- 137 --

p720-150 CHAPTER XI.

“Hearts will be prophets still.”

[figure description] Page 137.[end figure description]

The week succeeding the logging bee was an extremely
busy one with the Elwoods, who still had a heavy task to perform
on their new field, before it could be considered properly
cleared or fitted for seeding and harrowing. Sixty days before,
that field was covered with a heavy growth of primitive forest,
standing in its native majesty, a mountain mass of green vigor
and sturdy life, and as seemingly invincible against the assaults
of man as it had been against those of the elements whose
fury it had so long withstood. But the busy and fatal axe had
done its work. That towering forest had been laid prostrate
with the earth, and the first process of the Herculean task of
converting the forest into the field had been completed. The
second and third process, also, in the burning of the slash and
the gathering the trunks of the trees into log-heaps, as we have
seen, had been in turn successfully accomplished. But the
fourth and last process still remained to be performed. Those
unseemly log-heaps, cumbering no inconsiderable portion of the
field, must be disposed of, to complete the work. This was
now the first task of the Elwoods, and time pressed for its
speedy execution. Accordingly, the next morning after the
bee, they sallied out, each with a blazing brand in his hand,
and commenced the work of firing the piles, — a work which,
unlike that of firing a combustible and readily catching slash,
required not only considerable time, but often the exercise of
much skill and patience. But they steadily persevered, and,
before sunset, had the gratification of beholding every one of
those many scores of huge log-piles, that thickly dotted the

-- 138 --

[figure description] Page 138.[end figure description]

ground, clearly within the grasp of the devouring element; and
afterwards of seeing that grasp grow stronger and stronger on
the solid material on which it had securely fastened, till, to the
eye of fancy, the dark old forest seemed by day to be reproduced
in the numerous, thickly-set columns of smoke that shot upward
and spread out into over-arching canopies above, while, with
the gathering darkness of the night, that forest seemed gradually
to take the form of a distant burning city in the manifold
tapering pillars of fire which everywhere rose from the field,
fiercely illuminating the dark and sombre wood-wall of the
surrounding forest, and dimly glimmering over the sleeping
waters of river and lake beyond.

They had now made the fire their servant, and got it safely
at work for them; but that servant, to insure its continued
and profitable action, must be constantly fed and fostered. The
logs, becoming by the action of the fire partially consumed, and,
by thus losing their contact with each other, ceasing to burn,
required, every few hours, to be rolled together, adjusted, and
repacked; when, being already thoroughly heated and still
partly on fire, they would soon burst out again into a brisk
blaze. This tending and re-packing of the piles demanded,
for many of the succeeding days, the constant attention of the
Elwoods; who, going out early each morning, and keeping up
their rounds at short intervals through the day and to a late
hour at night, assiduously pursued their object, till they had seen
every log-heap disappear from the field, and the last step of
their severe task fully accomplished.

Few of those who live in cities, villages, or other places
than those where agricultural pursuits prevail; few of those,
indeed, who have been tillers only of the subdued and time-mellowed
soils of the old States and countries, have any adequate
conception of the immense amount of hard labor required
to clear off the primitive forest, and prepare the land for the
first crop; nor have they, consequently, any just appreciation
of the degree of resolution, energy, and endurance necessary to

-- 139 --

[figure description] Page 139.[end figure description]

insure continued perseverance in subduing one piece of forest-land
after another, till a considerable opening is effected. It
is the labor of one man's life to clear up a new farm; and few
there be, among the multitudes found making the attempt, who
have the sustaining will and resolution — even if the pecuniary
ability is not wanting — to accomplish that formidable achievement.
Probably not one in five of all the first pioneer settlers
of a new country ever remain to become its permanent settlers.
The first set of emigrants, or pioneers, are seen beginning with
great resolution and energy, and persevering unfalteringly till
the usual ten-acre lot is cleared, the log-house thrown up, and
the settlement of the family effected. Another piece of forest
is the next year attacked, but with a far less determined will,
and the clearing prosecuted with a proportionate lack of energy
and resolution; and the job, after being suffered to linger along
for months beyond the usual period for completion, is finally
finished. But, in view of the hard labors and prolonged struggles
they have experienced in their two former trials for conquering
the wilderness, they too often now falter and hesitate
at a third attempt. Perhaps the lack of means to hire that
help, which would make the toil more endurable, comes also
into the case; and the result is that no new clearing is begun.
They live along a while as they are; but, for want of the first
crops of the newly-cleared land and the usual accessions to
their older fields, they soon find themselves on the retrograde,
and finally sell out to a new set of incoming settlers, who in
their turn begin with fresh vigor, and with more means generally
for prosecuting advantageously the work which had discouraged
or worn out their predecessors. But even of this
second set a large proportion fail to succeed, and, like the
former, eventually yield their places to more enterprising and
able men, who, with those of the two former sets of settlers
that had succeeded in overcoming the difficulties and retaining
their places, now join in making up the permanent settlers of
the country.

-- 140 --

[figure description] Page 140.[end figure description]

Such is generally the history of the early settlement of every
new country. Those who have endured the most hardship,
encountered the greatest difficulties, and performed the hardest
labor, do not generally reap the reward which might eventually
crown their toils, but leave that reward to be enjoyed by those
to whom such hardships and toils are comparatively unknown.
This seems hard and unjust; but, from the unequal conditions
and characters of men, it is doubtless a necessary state of
things, and one which, though it may occasionally be somewhat
modified, will never, probably, as a general thing, be very
essentially altered.

The Elwoods, having now thus brought the labors of clearing
to a successful close, next proceeded to the lighter and more
cleanly task of taking the incipient step towards securing the
ever-important first crop which was to reward them, in a good
part, for their arduous toils. Accordingly, the previously
engaged supply of winter wheat intended for seed was brought
home, the requisite help and ox-work enlisted, the seed sown,
and the harrows and hoes put in motion to insure its lodgment
beneath the surface of the broken soil. And, by the end of
the second day from its commencement, this task was also completed,
leaving our two persevering settlers only the work of
gathering in the small crops of grain and potatoes they had
succeeded in raising on their older grounds, to be performed
before leaving home on the contemplated trapping and hunting
expedition; the appointed day for which was still sufficiently
distant to allow them abundant time to do this, and also to make
all other of the necessary arrangements and preparations for
that, to them, novel and interesting event.

But how, in the meanwhile, stood that domestic drama of
love and its entanglements, which was destined to be deeply
interwoven with the other principal incidents of this singular
story? All on the surface seemed as bright and unruffled as
the halcyon waters of the sleeping ocean before the days of
storm have come to move and vex it. But how was it within

-- 141 --

[figure description] Page 141.[end figure description]

the vail of the heart and teeming mind, where the currents and
counter-currents of that subtle but powerful passion flow and
clash unseen, often gaining their full height and unmasterable
strength before any event shall occur to betray their existence
to the public. How was it there? We shall see.

While the events we have described in the last foregoing
chapters were transpiring, Mrs. Elwood held her peace, studiously
avoiding all allusion to what still constituted the burden
of her mind, — the thickening intimacy between her family and
the Gurleys; but, though she was silent on the subject, yet her
heart was not any the less sad, nor her thoughts any the less
busy. She had been made aware that a reconciliation had
taken place between her husband and Gaut Gurley; and she
had seen how artfully the latter had brought it about, and regained
his old fatal influence over the former. She believed
she fully understood the motives which actuated Gaut in all
these movements. And she now looked on in helpless anguish
of heart to see the toils thus drawn tighter and tighter around
the unconscious victims, and those victims, too, her husband and
son, with whose happiness and welfare her own was indissolubly
connected. She saw it with anguish, because her feelings never
for once were permitted even the alleviation of a doubt that it
could result in aught else than evil to her family. She could
not reason herself into any belief of Gaut's reformation. She
felt his black heart constantly throwing its shadow on to her
own; she felt this, but could not give to others, nor perhaps
even to herself, what might be deemed a satisfactory reason for
her impressions and forebodings; for in her was exemplified the
words of the poet:



`The mind is capable to show
Thoughts of so dim a feature,
That consciousness can only know
Their presence and their nature.”

Such thoughts were hers, — dim and flitting, indeed; but she
felt conscious of their continued presence, of their general

-- 142 --

[figure description] Page 142.[end figure description]

character, and deeply conscious what they portended. They
took one shape, moved in one course, and all pointed one
way, and that was to evil, — some great impending evil to the
two objects of her love and solicitude.

“But is there no hope?” she murmured aloud, in the fullness
of her heart, while deeply pondering the matter, one day,
as she sat alone at her open window, looking out on her husband
and son engaged in their harvest, which she knew they
were hurrying on to a close, before leaving her on the contemplated
long, and perhaps perilous, expedition into the wilderness, —
a circumstance that doubtless caused the subject, in the
thus awakened state of her anxieties, to weigh at this time
peculiarly heavy on her mind. “Is there no hope,” she repeated,
with a sigh, “that this impending calamity may in some part
be averted? Must they both be sacrificed? Must the faults
of the erring father be visited on the innocent son, who had
become the last hope of the mother's heart? Kind Heaven!
may not that son, at least, be delivered from the web of toils
into which he has so strangely fallen, and yet be saved?
Grant, O grant that hope — that one ray of hope — in this my
hour of darkness!”

But what sound was that which now fell upon her ear, as if
responsive to her ejaculation? It was a light tap or two on
the door, which, after the customary bidding of walk in had
been pronounced, was gently opened, when a young female of
extreme beauty and loveliness entered. Mrs. Elwood involuntarily
rose, and stood a moment, mute with surprise, in the
unexpected presence. Soon recovering, however, she invited
the fair stranger to a seat, still deeply wondering who she
could be and what had occasioned her visit.

“You are the good woman of the house? — the wife of the
new settler? — the mother of Mr. Claud Elwood?” asked the
stranger girl, pausing between each interrogatory, till she had
received an affirmative nod from Mrs. Elwood.

“Yes,” replied the latter kindly, but with an air of increasing

-- 143 --

[figure description] Page 143.[end figure description]

curiosity, “yes, I am Mrs. Elwood. Would you like to see my
son, Claud?”

“No,” rejoined the girl, in the same subdued and musical
accents. “No, it was not him, but you, I came to see and speak
with,” she added, carefully, withdrawing a screening handkerchief
from a light parcel she bore in her hand, and displaying
a small work-basket of exquisite make, which, advancing with
hesitating steps, she presented to the other, as she resumed:

“I came with this, good lady, to see if you would be suited
to have such an article?”

“It is very pretty,” said Mrs. Elwood, examining the workmanship
with admiration, “beautiful, indeed. Did you make it?”

“I did, lady,” said the other modestly.

“Well, it certainly does great credit to your skill and taste,”
rejoined the other. “I should, of course, be pleased to own it,
but I have little money to pay for such things. You ought to
sell it for quite a sum.”

“But I do not wish to sell it,” responded the girl, looking up
to Mrs. Elwood with an expostulating and wounded expression.
“I do not wish to take money for it; but hoped you would like
it well enough to accept it for a gift, — a small token.”

“O, I should,” said Mrs. Elwood, “if I was entitled to any
such present; but what have I ever done to deserve it of you?
I do not even know who you are, kind stranger.”

“They call me Fluella,” responded the other, the blood
slightly suffusing her fair, rounded cheek. “You have not
seen me, I know. You have not done me the great favor that
brings my gratitude. It is your brave son that has done both.”

“O, I understand now,” exclaimed Mrs. Elwood. “You are
the chief's daughter, whom Claud and Mr. Phillips helped out
of a difficulty and danger on the rapids, some time since. But
your token should be given to Claud, should it not?”

“It would be unsuitable, too much,” quickly replied the
maiden, in a low, hurried tone. “I could not do a thing like
that. But if you would accept such a small thing?”

-- 144 --

[figure description] Page 144.[end figure description]

“I cannot but appreciate and honor your delicacy,” returned
Mrs. Elwood, with a look of mingled admiration and respect.
“I think you must be an excellent girl; and I will accept your
present, — yes, thankfully, — and never forget the manner in
which it was bestowed.”

“Your words are in my heart, lady. I came, feeling much
doubtful; I return, much happy,” said the maiden, rising to
depart.

“Do not go yet,” interposed the matron, who was beginning
to feel a lively interest in the other; “do not go yet. Claud
should know you are here. I will call him,” she added, starting
for the door.

“O no, no, — do not, do not. He would not wish to be
troubled by one like me,” hurriedly entreated the maiden, with
a look of alarmed delicacy.

“O, you are mistaken. He would be pleased to see you, and
expect to be called,” said Mrs. Elwood, in a tone of gentle
remonstrance, while pausing at the unexpected objection. “But
it is unnecessary; for I see that he is already coming, and in a
moment will be here,” she added, glancing out of the window.

Having made the announcement, she turned encouragingly
to the maiden, to reässure her, believing her request that Claud
should not be called in proceeded entirely from over-diffidence.
But one glance of her quick and searching eye was sufficient
to apprise the former that there was a deeper cause for those
tender alarms. The cheeks of the beautiful girl were deeply
suffused with crimson, her bosom was heaving wildly, and her
whole frame was trembling like an aspen. As her eyes met
the surprised gaze of the matron, she became conscious that her
looks had betrayed the secret she was the most anxious to conceal;
and she cast an imploring look on the face of the other,
as if to entreat the mercy of shielding the weakness.

Mrs. Elwood understood the silent appeal; and, approaching
and laying her hand gently on the shoulder of the other, said,
in a low, kindly tone:

-- 145 --

[figure description] Page 145.[end figure description]

“Have no fears. You have made a friend of me.”

The girl silently removed the hand, brought it to her lips,
and, as a bright tear-drop fell upon it, kissed it eagerly. The
two then separated, and resumed their respective seats, to compose
themselves before the expected entrance should be made.

In a few moments Claud carelessly entered the house; but
stopped short in surprise, at the threshold, on so unexpectedly
seeing the well-remembered face and form of the heroine of
his late romantic adventure on the rapids, in the room with
his mother. But, almost instantly recovering his usual manner,
he gallantly advanced to the trembling maiden, took her by the
hand, and respectfully inquired about her welfare, and pleasantly
adverted to the singular circumstances under which they
had become acquainted. Soon becoming in a good measure
assured, by a reception so much more condescending and cordial
than she had dared hope for, from one whose image she
had been cherishing as that of some superior being, the grateful
and happy girl, now forgetful of her wish to depart, gradually
regained her natural ease and vivacity, and sustained her
part in the general conversation that now ensued, with an
intelligence and instinctive refinement of thought and expression
that equally charmed and surprised her listeners. She
at length, however, rose to depart, observing that her father,
who was in waiting for her at the landing, would chide her for
her long delay; when Claud offered to attend her to the lake.
To this she at first objected; but, on Claud's assurance that he
should be pleased with the walk, and that it would afford him
the opportunity of meeting her father, whom he had a curiosity
to see, she blushingly assented, and the couple sociably took
their way to the lake together, leaving Mrs. Elwood deeply
revolving in her mind the new train of thoughts that had been
awakened by the remarkable personal beauty and evident rare
qualities of her fair visitor, and the discovery of the state of
her feelings, — thoughts which the matron laid up in her heart,
but forbade her tongue to utter.

-- 146 --

[figure description] Page 146.[end figure description]

On reaching the landing, Fluella drew a bone whistle from
her pocket, and blew a blast so loud and shrill that the sound
seemed to penetrate the inmost depths of the surrounding forest.
The next moment a similar sound rose in response from
the woods, apparently about half a mile distant, on the right.

“He has heard me; that was my father's whistle. He has
been taking a short bout in the woods with his rifle, but will
now soon be here. And Mr. Elwood will wait, I know, for
the chief wishes to thank the brave that rescued his daughter,”
said the maiden, looking inquiringly at Claud.

“Yes,” replied Claud, “yes, certainly; for, even without
company, I am never tired of standing on this commanding
point, and looking out on this beautiful lake and its surrounding
scenery.”

“Ah! then you think, Mr. Elwood,” exclaimed Fluella, with
a countenance sparkling with animation, “you think of our
woods life, like one of your great writers, whom I have read to
remember, and who so prettily says:


`And this our life, exempt from public haunt,
Finds tongues in trees, books in running brooks,
Sermons in stones, and good in every thing.'
One would almost think this wise writer must be one of
my people, he describes our ways of becoming instructed so
truly; for we Indians, Mr. Elwood, read few other books than
those we see opened to us on the face of nature, or hear or
read few other sermons than those in the outspread pages of
the bright lake, the green woods, and the grand mountain.”

“You Indians!” said Elwood, looking at the other with a
playful yet half-chiding expression. “Why, Fluella, should a
stranger look at your fair skin, hear you conversing so well in
our language, and quoting so appropriately from our books, he
would hardly believe you an Indian, I think, unless you told
him.”

“Then I would tell him, Mr. Elwood,” responded the maiden,
with dignity, and a scarcely perceptible spice of offended pride

-- 147 --

[figure description] Page 147.[end figure description]

in her manner. “I am one, — on my father's side, at least,
wholly so; and, for the first ten or twelve years of my life, was
but a child of the woods and the wigwam; and I will never
shame at my origin, so far as that matters.”

“But you did not learn to read in the wigwam, Fluella?'
said Claud, inquiringly.

“No,” replied the girl; the proud air she had assumed, while
speaking of her origin, quickly subsiding into one of meekness.
No; but I supposed that Mr. Phillips, who knows, might have
told you that, for many years past, I have lived much with
your people, learned their ways, been to their schools, and
read their books. And, in owning my natural red father, may
be I should have also said, I have a good white father, who has
done every thing for the poor, ignorant, Indian girl.”

“But where does this good and generous white father live,
and what is his name?” asked Claud.

“He lives near the seaside city,” answered she, demurely;
“I may say so far. But I do not name him, ever. We think
it not best. But, if he comes here sometime, as he may, you
shall see him, Mr. Elwood.”

At this point of the dialogue, the attention of its participants
was arrested by the sound of breaking twigs and other indications
of the near approach of some one from the forest; and,
the next moment, emerging through the thick underbrush,
which he parted by the muzzle of his rifle as he made his way,
the expected visitant came into view. Seemingly unmindful
of the presence of others near by, or of the curious and scrutinizing
gaze of Claud, he advanced with a firm, elastic tread,
and stately bearing, exhibiting a strong, erect frame, a large,
intellectual head, and handsomely moulded features, with a
countenance of a grave and thoughtful cast, but now and then
enlivened by the keenly-glancing black eyes by which it was
particularly distinguished. With the exception of moccasins
and wampum belt, he was garbed in a good English dress; and,
so far as his exterior was in question, might have easily been

-- 148 --

[figure description] Page 148.[end figure description]

mistaken, at a little distance, for some amateur hunter from the
cities; while, from the vigor of his movements, and other general
appearance, he might have equally well passed for a man
of the middle age, had not the frosts of time, which were profusely
sprinkled over his temples, and other visible parts of his
head, betrayed the secret of his advanced age.

“My daughter is not alone,” he said, in very fair English
utterance, coming to a stand ten or twelve yards distant from
the young couple.

“No,” promptly replied the daughter, assuming the dignified
tone and attitude usual among those engaged in the ceremonies
of some formal presentation, or public introduction. “No,
but my father will be pleased to learn that this is the Mr. Claud
Elwood, who did your daughter such good service in her
dangers on the rapids, and whom she has now conducted here,
that he might have the opportunity to see the chief, and receive
the thanks which it is more fitting for the father than the
daughter to bestow.”

“My daughter's words are good,” said the chief. “The
young brave has our thanks to last; but the Red Man's thanks
are acted, the White Man's spoken. Does the young man
understand the creed of our people?”

Fluella looked at Claud as if he was the one to answer the
question, and he accordingly remarked:

“I have ever heard, chief, that your people always notice
a benefit done to them, and that he who does them one secures
their lasting gratitude.”

“The young man,” rejoined the chief, considerately, “has
heard words that make, sometime, too much; they make true,
the good-doer doing no wrong to us after. But when he takes
advantage of our gratitude he wipes out the debt; he does
more, — he stands to be punished like one an enemy always.”

The maiden here cast an uneasy glance at Claud, and a
deprecating one at her father, at the unnecessary caution, as
she believed it, which she perceived the latter intended to

-- 149 --

[figure description] Page 149.[end figure description]

convey by his words to the former. But, to her relief, Claud did
not appear as if he thought the remarks had any application to
himself, for he frankly responded:

“Your distinction is a just one, chief. Your views about
these matters are my own views. Your creed is a good creed,
so far as the remembrance of benefits is concerned; and I wish
I could see it observed as generally among my people as I
believe it to be among yours. But, chief, your daughter makes
too much out of my assistance, the other day. I did only a
common duty, — what I should have been a coward not to have
done. I have no claim for any particular gratitude from her
or you.”

“Our gratitude was strong before; the young man now
makes stronger,” remarked the other, exchanging appreciating
glances with his daughter.

“No, chief,” resumed Claud, “I did not come here to boast
of that small service, nor claim any thanks for it, but to see a
sagamore, who could give me the knowledge of the Red Man
which I would like to possess; to see one who, in times gone
by, was as a king in this lake country. His own history, and
that of his people especially, I would like to hear. They
must be full of interest and instruction to an inquirer like me.
Will not the chief relate it briefly? I have leisure, — my ears
are open to his words.”

“Would the young man know the history of Wenongonet,
alone?” said the other, with a musing and melancholy air.
“It may be told easier than by words. Does the young man
see on yonder hill that tall, green pine, which stands braced on
the rocks, and laughs at the storms, because it is strong and not
afraid?”

“I do.”

“That is Wenongonet fifty winters ago. Now, does the
young man see that tall, dry pine, in the quiet valley below,
with a slender young tree shooting up, and tenderly spreading

-- 150 --

[figure description] Page 150.[end figure description]

its green branches around that aged trunk, so it would shield
its bare sides in the colds of winter, and fan its leafless head in
the heats of summer?”

“Yes, I see that, also.”

“That dry tree, already tottering to its fall, is Wenongonet
now.”

“But what is the young tree with which you have coupled
it?”

“The young man has eyes,” said the speaker, glancing affectionately
at his blushing daughter.

“But the young man,” he resumed after a thoughtful pause,
“would know more of the history of the Red Men who once
held the country as their own? Let him read it in the history
of his own people, turned about to the opposite. Let him call
the white man's increase from a little beginning, the red man's
decrease from a great, — the white man's victories, the red
man's defeats, — the white man's flourishing, the red man's
fading; and he will have the history of the red men, and the
reasons of their sad history, in this country.

“Two hundred year-seasons ago, the Abenaques were the
great nation of the east. From the sea to the mountains
they were the lords of Mavoshen.* They were a nation of
warriors and a wise and active people. But, of all the four
tribes — the Sokokis, the Anasquanticooks, the Kenabas, the
Wawenocks — who made up this great nation, the Sokokis
were the wisest and bravest. Wenongonet is proud when he
thinks of them. They were his tribe. All the land that sent
its waters through the Sawocotuc to the sea was theirs. They
stood with their warriors at the outposts against the crowding
white settlers from the west and south. They were pleased to

-- 151 --

[figure description] Page 151.[end figure description]

stand there, because it was the post of danger and of honor in
the nation. And there they bravely kept their stand against
that wide front of war, and took the battle on themselves, till
the snows of more than a hundred winters were made red by
their rifles and tomahawks. But those who court death must
often fall into his embrace. So with the Sokokis. They were
at first a great and many people; but they wasted and fell, as
time, the bringer of new and strange things, wore away, before
the thick and more thick coming of their greedy and pushing
foes, — by their fire-water in peace and their bullets in war,
till the many became few, the great small. What the bloody
Church, with his swarm of picked warriors, had left after his
four terrible comings with fire and slaughter, the bold Lovewell
finished, on that black day when the great Paugus and all the
flower of the tribe found red graves round their ancient stronghold
and home, — their beloved Pegwacket.* This was the
last time the tribe was ever assembled as a separate people.
The name of the Sokokis, at which so many pale faces had
been made paler, was buried in the graves of the brave warriors
who had here died to defend its glory. The feeble remnant,
panic-struck and heart-broken, fled northward, and, like
the withered leaves of the forest flying before the strong east
wind, were scattered and swept over the mountains into Canada;
all but the family of Paugus, who took their stand on these
lakes, where his son, Waurumba, took the empty title of chief,
and, dying, left it still more empty to Wonongonet, the last of
the long line of sagamores, — the last ever to stand here to tell
the young white man the story of their greatness, and the fate
of their tribe.”

On concluding his story, the chief turned to his daughter and
significantly pointed to the lengthening shadows of the trees on

-- 152 --

[figure description] Page 152.[end figure description]

the water, with a motion of his head towards their home up
the lakes.

“The chief thinks,” said Fluella, arousing herself from the
thoughtful attitude in which she had been silently listening to
the conversation, — “the chief thinks it time we were on the
water, on our way home. We shall have now to bid Mr. Elwood
a good-evening.”

So saying, she stepped lightly into the canoe and took her
seat. She was immediately followed by the chief, who, quickly
handling his oar, sent the light craft, with a single stroke, some
rods into the lake, when, partially turning its bow towards the
spot where Claud was standing on the shore, he said:

“Should the young man ever stray from his companions in
the hunt, or find himself weary, or wet, or cold, or in want of
food, when out on the borders of the Molechunk-a-munk, let
him feel, and doubt not, that he will be welcome to the lodge of
Wenongonet.”

“And, if Mr. Elwood should be in the vicinity of our lake
this fall, and not happen to be in a so very sad condition, he
might, perhaps, find a good welcome on calling, — so, especially,
if he come before the time of the first snows,” added Fluella,
playfully at first, but with a slight suffusion of the cheek as
she proceeded to the close.

“I thank the chief,” responded Claud with a respectful bow.
“And I thank you, my fair friend,” he continued, turning more
familiarly to Fluella. “I hope to come, some time. But why
do you speak of the first snows?”

“O, the birds take wing for a warmer country about that time,
and perhaps some who have not wings may be off with them,”
replied Fluella, in the same tone of playfulness and emotion.

A stately bow from the father, and another with a sweetly
eloquent smile from the daughter, completed, on their part, the
ceremonies of the adieu; when the canoe was headed round,
and, by the easy and powerful paddle-strokes of the still vigorous
old man, sent bounding over the waters of the glassy lake.

-- 153 --

[figure description] Page 153.[end figure description]

Slowly and thoughtfully Claud turned and took his way
homeward. “Who could have expected,” he soliloquized, “to
witness such an exhibition of intellect and exalted tone of feeling
in one of that despised race, as that proud old man displayed,
in his eloquently-told story? And that daughter! Well, what
is she to me? My faith is given to another. But why feel
this strange interest? Yet, after all, it is probably nothing but
what any one would naturally feel in the surprise occasioned
on beholding such qualities in such a place and person. No,
no, it can be nothing more; and I will whistle it to the winds.”

And he accordingly quickened his steps, and literally began
to whistle a lively tune, by way of silencing the unbidden sensation
which he felt conscious had often, since he first met this
fair daughter of the wilds, been lurking within. But, though
he thus resolved and reasoned the intruding feeling into nothing,
yet he felt he would not like to have Avis Gurley know how
often the sparkling countenance and witching smile of this new
and beautiful face had been found mingling themselves with
the previously exclusive images of his dreams. But, if they
did so before this second interview, would they do it less now?
His head resolutely answered, “Yes, less, till they are banished.”
His heart softly whispered, “No.” And we will not anticipate
by disclosing whether head or heart was to prove the better
prophet.

eaf720n1

* The name by which the Province of Maine was designated by the
early voyagers, and the Indian word probably from which the present
name of the State of Maine was derived.

eaf720n2

† The Indian appellation of the river Saco, which is doubtless an abbreviation
of the Indian name here introduced.

eaf720n3

* The name of a once populous Indian village, which occupied the
present beautiful site of the village of Fryeburg, Me., near Lovewell's
Pond, where the sanguinary conflict here alluded to occurred in 1725.

-- 154 --

p720-167 CHAPTER XII.

“Away! nor let me loiter in my song,
For we have many a mountain path to tread,
And many a varied shore to sail along,—
By truth and sadness, not by fiction, led.”

[figure description] Page 154.[end figure description]

The day agreed on, by the trappers, for starting on their
expedition into the unbroken wilds around and beyond the
upper lakes to the extreme reservoirs of the lordly Androscoggin,
had at length arrived. All the married men belonging to
the company, not having sons of their own old enough, had
engaged those of their neighbors to come and remain with their
families during their absence from home, which, it was thought
probable, would be prolonged to nearly December. Steel-traps
and rifles had been put in order, ammunition plentifully
provided, and supplies of such provisions as could not be generally
procured by the rifle and fish-hook in the woods and its
waters, carefully laid in; and all were packed up the night
previous, and in readiness for a start the next morning.

It had been agreed that the company should rendezvous on
the lake-shore, at the spot which we have already often mentioned,
and which, by common consent, was now beginning to
be called Elwood's Landing. And, accordingly, early on the
appointed morning, Mark Elwood and his son Claud, having
dispatched their breakfast, which Mrs. Elwood had been careful
to make an unusually good and plentiful one, shouldered
their large hunting packs, with their blankets neatly folded and
strapped outside; and, having bid that anxious and thoughtful
wife and mother a tender farewell, left the house and proceeded
with a lively step to the border of the lake. On reaching their
canoe at the landing, they glanced inquiringly around them for

-- 155 --

[figure description] Page 155.[end figure description]

some indications of the presence or coming of their expected
companions. But not a living object met their strained gaze,
and not the semblance of a sound greeted their listening ears.
A light sheeted fog, of varying thickness and density in the
different portions of the wide expanse, — here thin and spray-like,
as if formed of the breath of some marine monster, and
there thickening to the appearance of the stratiform cloud, — lay
low stretched, in long, slow-creeping undulations, over the
bosom of the waveless lake.

“The first on the ground, after all,” exclaimed Mr. Elwood,
on peering out sharply through the partially-obstructing fog
in the direction of the outlet of the lake, up through which
most of the company, who lived on the rivers below, were
expected to come. “That is smart, after so much cautioning to
us to be here in season. But they cannot be very far off, can
they, Claud?”

“One would suppose not,” replied the latter; “but sounds, in
this dense and quiet state of the atmosphere, could be distinguished
at a great distance, and, with all that my best faculties
can do, I cannot hear a single sound from any quarter. — But
stay, what was that?”

“What did you think you heard, Claud?” asked Mr.
Elwood, after waiting a moment for the other to proceed or
explain.

“Why, I can hardly tell, myself,” was the musing reply;
“but it was some shrill, long-drawn sound, that seemed to come
from a great distance in the woods off here to the south-east, or
on the lake beyond.”

“Perhaps it was a loon somewhere up the lake,” suggested
Mr. Elwood.

“It may be so, possibly,” rejoined Claud, doubtfully; “but,
if there were any inhabitants near enough in that direction, I
should think it must be — hark, there it is again! and, as I
thought, the crowing of a rooster.”

“A rooster! then it must be the echo of one, that has

-- 156 --

[figure description] Page 156.[end figure description]

somehow struck across from Phillips' barn; but how could that be?
Ah, I have just thought: your rooster must be Codman coming
down the lake. You know how curiously he imitated that creature
at the logging bee, don't you?”

“No; I happened to be in a noisy bustle in the house, just at
the time of those queer performances of his, and heard them
imperfectly. But, if the sound I heard was not that of a veritable
rooster, I never was so deceived in my life respecting the
character of a sound.”

“Well, I think you will find I am right, but we will wait,
listen, and see.”

The event soon proved the truth of Mr. Elwood's conjecture.
Suddenly a canoe, rounding a woody point a half-mile to the
right, shot into view, and the old loud and shrill Kuk-kuk-ke-o-ho
of Comical Codman rang far and wide over the waters to the
echoing hills beyond. But, before Claud had sufficiently recovered
from his surprise to respond to the triumphant “I told
you so
” of his father, the strange salute was answered by a
merry, responsive shout of voices in the opposite direction;
and presently two canoes, each containing two men, emerged
into view from the fog hanging over the outlet, and, joining in
a contest of speed, to which they seemed to perceive the single
boatman was, by his movements, challenging them, rapidly made
their way towards the understood goal of the landing.


“The race is run,
The vict'ry won!”
exclaimed the trapper, in his usual cheery tone and inimitable
air of mock gravity, as he drew up his oar, to let the impulse of
his last stroke send his canoe in to the shore of the landing, as
it did, while the foremost of his competitors in the friendly race
was yet fifty yards distant. “Mighty smart fellows, you!” he
resumed, waggishly cocking his eye towards the hunter, who
had charge of the boat most in advance. “What bright and

-- 157 --

[figure description] Page 157.[end figure description]

early chaps, living only from two to five miles off, to let one who
has ten miles to come be in first at the rendezvous!”

“Well, Codman, I suppose we must give in,” responded the
hunter. “But, to do all this, you must have risen long before
day; how did you contrive to wake up?”

“Why, crowed like the house a-fire, and waked myself up, to
be sure!” replied Codman, promptly. “How did you suppose
I did it? But let that all go; I want to look you over a little.
You have brought some new faces with you, this time, haven't
you, Mr. Hunter?”

“Yes, here is one,” answered Phillips, pointing to a tall,
sandy-complexioned, but good-looking man of about thirty, who,
having occupied the forward seat of the canoe, now quietly
stepped ashore; “yes, gentlemen,” added the hunter, addressing
himself to the Elwoods, standing on the bank, as well as to the
trapper, “I make you acquainted with Mr. Carvil, — a man, if
I ain't a good deal out in my reckoning, who might be relied on
in most any circumstances.”

The customary salututions were then exchanged with the
stranger; when the hunter, instinctively understanding that often
violated rule of true politeness which requires of the introducer
some accompanying remark, giving a clue to the position and
character of the introduced, so as to gratify the natural curiosity
felt on such occasions, and to impart more freedom to the conversation,
quickly resumed:

“Mr. Carvil is a Green Mountain boy, who loves hunting,
partly for the health it gives, and partly for the fun of it. His
old range has usually been round the Great Megantic, the other
side of the highlands, in Canada, where I have heard of him
through the St. Francis Indians. But, having a mind to see
and try this side, he came on a few days ago, inquired me out,
and turned in with me. We from below have invited him to
join our company; are you all here agreed to that?”

“Certainly,” said Mark Elwood, in his usual off-hand
manner.

-- 158 --

[figure description] Page 158.[end figure description]

“Certainly,” added Claud, more specifically, “I think we
ought to be gratified in such an acquisition to our company.”

“And you, Codman?” said the hunter, turning inquiringly to
the trapper. “It is your turn to speak. But don't show the
gentleman so many of your bad streaks, to begin with, as to put
him out of conceit of you before he has time to find out your
good ones.”

“Well, I don't see but I must run the risk, then,” said the
trapper; “my streaks always come out as they come up, I never
pick any of them out as samples for strangers. But to the
question, — well, let's run him over once, if he won't be mad:
high cheek bones, showing him enough of the Indian make to
be a good hunter; a crank, steady eye, indicating honest motives,
and a good resolution, that won't allow a man to rest easy
till his object is carried out; and lastly, a well-put-together,
wiry frame, to bear fatigues, and do the work which so large a
head must often lay out for it. Yes, he passes muster with me
bravely: let him in, with a welcome.”

Carvil rewarded these good-natured running commentaries
on his person and supposed qualities, with a complacent bow;
when the trapper turned to the other canoe, which, with Gaut
Gurley and the young Indian described in a preceding chapter
on board, now came within speaking distance, and sang out:

“Hil-lo! there, you, captain, who made the big logs fly so
like the de-i-vel, the other day, whether the old chap had any hand
in it or not, what red genius is that you have brought along
with you?”

“It's Tomah, the young red man from the Connecticut-river
region, who hunted some in this section last fall, I understand.
I supposed you had met him before,” replied Gaut.

“O, ah, well, yes,” responded Codman; “I bethink me, now,
it is the young Indian that went to college, but couldn't be kept
there long enough to make any thing else, though long enough,
may be, to spoil him for a hunter.”

“May be not, too,” retorted Tomah, with a miffed air, which

-- 159 --

[figure description] Page 159.[end figure description]

showed he did not so readily appreciate the half-serious, half-sportive
manner of the trapper as the other stranger had done.
“May be, when you out with me catching beaver, one, two
month, you no crow so loud.”

“That's right,” interposed the hunter; “the Indian gives you
what you deserve for your nonsense, Codman. But a truce to
jokes. Let us all aboard, strike out, and be on our way over
the lake.”

In compliance with this suggestion, those not already in the
boats took to their seats, handled their oars, pushed off, and,
headed by the hunter and his boat companion, and falling, one
after another, into a line, rowed steadily on across the broadest
part of the lake, taking a lofty pine, whose attenuated top looked
like a reed rising over the fog in the distance, as a guide and
landmark to the great inlet, where the most arduous task of
their expedition was to be encountered, — the surmounting of
the long line of rapids leading to the great lakes above. But that
task, after a pleasant rowing of a couple of hours had brought
them to it, was, by dint of hard struggles against the current,
with oars as long as oars could be made to prevail; with setting-poles
when oars ceased to serve the purpose; and with
ropes attached to the boats and drawn from point to point or
rock to rock, when neither oars nor poles were of any avail;
together with the carrying both boats and baggage by land
round the last and most difficult ascent, — that task was at
length accomplished, and, before one o'clock in the afternoon,
all the boats, with their loading, were safely launched on the
broad bosom of the wild and picturesque Molechunk-a-munk.

Here, however, the company decided on taking their midday's
lunch, and an hour's rest, before proceeding on their
voyage. But, not deeming it expedient to incur the trouble and
delay which the building of fires and the new cooking of provisions
would require, they drew out only their bread and cold
meats, for the occasion; and these, as the company were seated
in an irregular circle on the rocks, were discussed and

-- 160 --

[figure description] Page 160.[end figure description]

dispatched with that keen relish which abstinence and a toilearned
appetite alone could have brought them.

After they had finished their repast, they, at the suggestion
of Phillips and Codman, the only persons of the company who
were familiar with the lakes and country above, took up a
question which they had before discussed, without settling, but
which, they were told by the persons just named, must now,
before proceeding any farther, be definitely settled and understood.
This question was that of the expediency of establishing
a general head-quarters for the season, by building a large,
storm-proof camp, and locating it at some central point on the
shore of one of the two great lakes opening still above the one
on which they were now about to embark. The object of this
was to insure the company comfortable quarters, to which they
could resort in case of falling sick, or encountering long storms,
at which their furs could be collected and more safely kept,
their more cumbrous stores left, and from which their provisions
could be distributed, with the least trouble and travel, to
the smaller and more temporary camps that each of the company,
or any two of them, might make at the nearest terminations,
on the neighboring waters, of the different ranges of
woods they should select for their respective fields of operations.
The main part of the question, that of the necessity of establishing
general head-quarters, was at once, and unanimously,
decided in the affirmative. The remaining part, that of the
most eligible location for these quarters, was then fully discussed,
and finally settled by fixing the point of location about midway
of the eastern side of the Mooseeluk-maguntic, the next great
lake above, and, counting from the south, the third in this
unique chain of secluded lakes and widely clustering lakelets,
through which the far-spanning Androscoggin pours its vast
volume of wild waters to the distant bosom of the welcoming
ocean.

“Wisely arranged,” remarked the hunter, at the close of
the discussion. “The next object in view, then, is to reach

-- 161 --

[figure description] Page 161.[end figure description]

there this evening, in season to work up something in the shape
of a camp, that will serve for the night, and until the good one
we propose to build can be completed.”

“That can be done easily enough,” said Codman, “that is,
if we will tax our marrow-bones a little extra in pulling at the
oars. The distance over this lake, up the narrows, or river,
and across the end of the Maguntic to the mouth of that second
stream we have talked of, can't be much more than a
dozen miles, and all smooth sailing. Lord, yes! if we put in
like decent oarsmen, I warrant we make fetch come, so as to
be there by the sun an hour high, which will give time to build a
comfortable camp, and for cooking up the jolly good supper
I'm thinking to have, to pay us for all these sweats and hard
pulls up these confounded rapids and over these never-ending
lakes.”

“Well, let us put in, then, boys,” responded Gaut Gurley.
“I am as much for the go-ahead principle as the best of you.
Let us try the motion, and earn the good supper, whether we
get it or not. But, to make the supper quite the thing for the
occasion, it strikes me we ought to have something a little
fresher than our salt junk.”

“True, O King, and Great Mogul of the lubber-lifts,” rejoined
the trapper; “thou talkest like one not altogether without
knowledge of the good living of the woods. That something
fresher we will have, if it be only a mess of fish, which
I think I can take out of that stream in a short time after we
get there.”

“That could be done as we go along, if these lakes are as
well stocked with large trout as they are reputed,” observed
Carvil, in the calm, deliberate manner which characterized him
on all occasions.

“But we mustn't stop for that,” said the trapper.

“There is no need of stopping,” quietly replied the former.

“That's a queer idea,” said the trapper, evidently at fault.

-- 162 --

[figure description] Page 162.[end figure description]

“How are we to put in and wait for bites, without stopping, I
would like to know?”

“Perhaps I may be able to demonstrate the matter, as we
proceed on our way. At all events, since the question is
raised, I will try,” replied Carvil, drawing from his pocket a
roll of small silk cord, to which a fish-hook, without any sinker,
was attached. “Can any of you handily get at your pork, so
as to cut off and throw me a small bit? There, that will do,”
he continued, taking the proffered bit of meat, and baiting his
hook with it. “Now, the experiment I propose to try is what
in my region we call `troulling,' which consists of throwing out
a baited hook and paying out, as the boat moves on, a hundred
feet, or so, of line, that is left to trail, floating on the surface of
the water behind; when most large fish, like bass, or trout,
especially if you make a sharp tack, occasionally, so as to draw
the line across an undisturbed portion of the water, will see,
and, darting up, sieze it, and hook themselves. And, if you
have many large trout here, and they are any related to those
I have found in the Great Maguntic, and other large bodies of
fresh water, they will some of them stand a pretty good chance
to be found adding to our supper to-night.”

“Sorry to hear it,” said the trapper, “for I have always
considered the trout a sensible fish, and I should be sorry to
lose my respect for them. But, if they will do that, they are
bigger fools than I took them to be. But you 'll find they just
won't.”

“Well, I don't know about that, now. I am not so sure but
there may be something in it,” remarked the hunter, who
had been listening to Carvil with evident interest. “Though
we have never tried that method in this region, to my knowledge,
yet my experience rather goes to confirm the notion. I
remember to have caught several fine trout, when I had laid
down my pole, and was moving off with my boat, but had left
my line trailing behind. Those great fellows are not very
bashful about seizing any thing they think they can eat, which

-- 163 --

[figure description] Page 163.[end figure description]

they can see on the surface. I have known them do a stranger
thing than to come up and seize a piece of pork.”

“What was that?” asked the trapper.

“Well, I don't know as you will believe the story,” answered
the other, “but it will be equally true, if you don't. Some
years ago I was out on the Umbagog, for a mess of trout, but
couldn't get a bite; and, seeing a flock of black ducks in a
neighboring cove, I hauled in my line, and rowed off towards
them, thinking I might get a shot, and so have something to
carry home, by way of mending my luck at fishing. But,
before I got near enough to count with much certainty on
the effect of a shot, if I fired, they all flew up, but one,
which, though it seemed to be trying hard enough, could not
raise its body out of the water. As my canoe drifted in nearer,
I once or twice raised my rifle to fire at it; but it acted so
strangely, flapping the water with its wings, and tugging away
at swimming, without appearing to gain scarce a single foot,
that I soon laid down my piece and concluded I would try to
take it alive, supposing it must have got fast tangled with
something, but with what, I was wholly unable to conceive.
So, taking up my oar, and gunning my canoe, so as to send it
by within reach of the bird, I gave two or three strong pulls,
threw down the oar, put out my hand, and sat ready for the
grab, which the next moment I made, seizing the panting and
now sinking duck by one of its outspread wings, and pulling it
in, with a big trout fastened to its foot and leg so tight by the
teeth that the hold did not give way till the greedy fish was
brought slapping over the side, and landed safely in the bottom
of the canoe. That trout, when I got home, weighed just seven
pounds and nine ounces.”

“Wheugh! whiz! kak! ke-o-ho!” exclaimed, whistled, and
crowed Comical Codman.

“I do not doubt it in the least,” said Carvil.

“Nor can I, of course, on Mr. Phillips' statement,” added
Mark Elwood; “but, if I had not known his scrupulousness in

-- 164 --

[figure description] Page 164.[end figure description]

matters of fact, I should not have believed that so strange a
circumstance had ever happened in the world.”

“So the story is voted gospel, is it?” rejoined the trapper.
“Well, then, I propose we commission its author to cruise
along the coves this afternoon, so that he may bring into camp
to-night trout enough caught in that way to make up what
Mr. Carvil may miss taking by his method, together with a
brace or two of nice ducks, which would be a still further fine
addition to our supper.”

“Yes, ducks or some other kind of flesh, to go with the fish,
we may now safely count on being secured, by some of the
various proposed methods,” here interposed Claud Elwood,
seriously. And I second the motion of such a cruise along
the shores, by Mr. Phillips, who so seldom fails of killing something.
And if he, Mr. Carvil, and father, will agree to an
exchange of boat companions for the afternoon, I should like to
go with him. I have chosen him my schoolmaster in hunting,
and I should have a chance for another lesson before we go
into the separate fields of our approaching operations.”

Gaut Gurley started at the suggestion, and cast a few quick,
searching glances at Claud and the hunter, as if suspecting a
concert of action between them, for some purpose affecting his
secret plans; but, appearing to read nothing in either of their
countenances to confirm such suspicions, and seeing all the rest
of the company readily falling in with the proposal, he held
his peace, and joined the others in handling the oars for their
immediate departure; which was now in a few minutes taken,
the main part of the company striking in a direct line across
the middle of the lake for their destination, leaving the hunter
and Claud moving off obliquely to the right, for a different and
farther route among the intervening islands, and along the
indented shores beyond, — where it will best comport with the
objects of our story, we think, to accompany them in their
solitary excursion.

“Where away, as the sailors have it?” said Claud, after the

-- 165 --

[figure description] Page 165.[end figure description]

two, each with a single oar, had rowed on a while in silence;
“where away, Mr. Phillips, or in the line of what object in
sight would you lay your course?”

“Why, I had proposed, in my own mind,” replied the hunter,
“to steer direct across, so as to graze the east side of the great
island you see yonder in the distance; but, as we shall pass
so near the cove which lies snuggled away between two
sharp, woody points here, a little ahead to the right, we might
as well, perhaps, haul in and take a squint round it.”

“What shall we find there?”

“Perhaps nothing. It is the place, however, where I found
that deer which I killed when we were here before.”

“Well, if you can count on another, we should turn in there
now.”

“We will; but a hunter, young man, must never talk of
certainties when going to any particular spot in search of such
roving things as the animals of the forest. He must learn to
bear disappointment, and be prepared to find nothing where
he or others had before found every thing. He must have
patience. Loss of patience is very apt to be fatal to success
in almost any business, but especially so in hunting. You
spoke of taking lessons of me in the craft: this is the very first
grand lesson I would impress on your mind. But we are now
close upon the point of land, which we are only to round to be
in the cove. If you are disposed to row the boat alone, now,
keep in or out, stop or move on, as I from to time give the
word, I will down on my knees in the bow of the boat, with
cocked rifle in hand, ready for what may be seen.”

Readily complying, Claud carefully rowed round the point
and entered the dark and deep indenture constituting the cove,
whose few acres of surface were thrown almost wholly into
the shade, even at sunny noonday, by the thickly-clustered
groups of tall, princely pines, which, like giant warriors in
council, stood nodding their green plumes around the closely-encircling
shores. Closely hugging the banks, now stopping

-- 166 --

[figure description] Page 166.[end figure description]

behind some projecting clump of bushes, now in some rock-formed
nook, and now in the covert of some low-bending tree-top,
to give the keen-eyed hunter a chance to peer round or
through these screening objects into the open spaces along the
shore beyond, he slowly pushed along the canoe till the whole
line of the cove was explored, and they reached the point corresponding
to the one at which they commenced their look-out
for game, and all without seeing a living creature.

“Pshaw! this is dull business,” exclaimed Claud, as they
came out into the open lake, where he was left free to speak
aloud. “This was so fine a looking place for game that I
felt sure we should see something worth taking; and I am quite
disappointed in the result.”

“So that, then, is the best fruit you can show of my first
lesson in hunting, is it, young man?” responded the hunter,
with a significant smile.

Claud felt the implied rebuke, and promised better behavior
for the future; when both seated themselves at the oars, and,
as men naturally do, after an interval of suppressed action,
plied themselves with a vigor that sent their craft swiftly surging
over the waters in the line of their original destination.

They now soon reached, and shot along the shore of, a
beautifully-wooded island, nearly a half-mile in extent, about
midway of which the hunter rested on his oars, and, after Claud,
on his motion, had done the same, observed, pointing through a
partial opening among the trees, along a visible path that led
up a gentle slope into the interior of the island:

“There! do you catch a glimpse of a house-like looking
structure, in an open and light spot in the woods, a little beyond
where you cease to trace the path?”

“Yes, quite distinctly. What is it?”

“That belongs to the chief, and might properly enough be
called his summer-house, as he generally comes here with his
family to spend the hot months. He raises fine crops of corn
in his clearing on there beyond the house, and saves it all,

-- 167 --

[figure description] Page 167.[end figure description]

because the bears, coons, and squirrels, that trouble him elsewhere,
are so completely fenced out by the surrounding water.”

“Are the family there, now?”

“No; they have moved back to his principal residence, a
mile or two distant, on a point of land over against the opposite
side of this island, and not far out of our course.”

“Indeed! what say you, then, to giving them a call as we
pass by?”

“We shall not have time, which is a good reason for not
calling now, if there were not still stronger ones.”

“What stronger reasons, or what other reasons at all?”

“Well, perhaps there are none. But, supposing two of the
company we left behind, who might happen to conceive they
have some secret interest at stake, should ever suspect that
your leading object in leaving them was to make the very visit
you are now proposing, would you not prefer that we should
have it in our power to set their minds at rest, when we join
them to-night, by telling them all the places we did touch at?”

“It is possible I should, in such a case,” replied Claud, looking
surprised and puzzled; “but, `suspected,' did you say?
Why should they suspect? and what if they do?”

“Three questions in a heap, when one is more than I could
wisely attempt to answer,” evasively answered the cautious
hunter.

“But you must have some reasons for what you said,” persisted
the other.

“Reasons founded upon guesses are poor things to build a
statement on,” rejoined the hunter. “Half the mischief and
ill-feeling in the world comes from statements so made. And,
guessing aloud is often no better. I rather think, all things
considered, we had better not stop at the chief's, this time. I
can show you where he lives, as we pass; and, if that will do,
we will now handle oars, and be on our way.”

Much wondering at the enigmatical words of the other, Claud,
without further remark, put in his oar and thoughtfully rowed

-- 168 --

[figure description] Page 168.[end figure description]

on, till they had passed round the head of the island; when,
on the indication of the hunter, they stretched away towards a
distant promontory, on the northeastern shore of the lake. A
steady and vigorous rowing of half an hour brought them within
a few hundred yards of the headland, for which they had
been steering; when the hunter lifted his oar, and said:

“There! let the canoe run on alone, a while, and give me
your attention. Now, you see,” he continued, pointing in shore
to the right, “you see that opening in the woods, yonder, on the
southern slope extending down near the lake, eighty rods or
such a matter off, don't you? Well, that, and divers other
openings, where the timber has been cut down and burnt over,
for planting corn, scattered about in the woods in different
places, as well as a large tract of the surrounding forest-land,
are the possessions of the chief.”

“But where is their house?”

“Down near the lake, among the trees. You can't see
much of it, but it is a smart, comfortable house, like one of our
houses, and built by a carpenter; for the chief used formerly
to handle considerable money, got by the furs caught by himself,
and by the profits on the furs he bought of the St. Francis
Indians, who came over this way to hunt. But stay: there
are some of the family at his boat-landing. I think it must be
Fluella and her Indian half-brother. She is waving a handkerchief
towards us. Let us wait and see what she wants.”

The female, whose trim figure, English-fashioned dress, and
graceful motions went to confirm the hunter's conjectures, now
appeared to turn and give some directions to the boy, who immediately
disappeared, but in a few minutes came back, entered
a canoe, and put off towards the spot where our two
voyagers were resting on their oars. In a short time the canoe
came up, rowed by an ordinary Indian boy of about fourteen,
who, pulling alongside, held up a neatly-made, new, wampumtrimmed
hunting pouch, and said:

-- 169 --

[figure description] Page 169.[end figure description]

“The chief send this Mr. Claud Elwood, — gift. Fluella
say, wish Mr. Phillips and Mr. Claud Elwood good time.”

And so saying, and tossing the article to Claud, he wheeled
his canoe around, and, without turning his head or appearing
to hear the compliments and thanks that both the hunter and
Claud told him to take to the chief and his daughter, sped his
way back to the landing.

“There, young man!” exclaimed the obviously gratified
hunter, “that is a present, with a meaning. I would rather
have it, coming as it does from an Indian, and that Indian
such a man as the chief, — I would rather have it, as a pledge
of watchfulness over your interests in the settlement, whether
you are present there or absent, — than a white man's bond for
a hundred dollars; and I would also rather have it, as a token
of faith, given when you are roaming this northern wilderness,
than a passport from the king of England. The chief's Totem,
the bald eagle, is woven in, I see, among the ornaments. Every
Indian found anywhere from the great river of Canada to the
sea eastward will know and respect it, and know, likewise, how
to treat the man to whom it was given.”

“But how,” asked Claud, “could stranger Indians, whom I
encountered, know to whom it was given, or that I did not find,
buy, or steal the article?”

“Let an Indian alone for that. You have but three fingers
on your left hand, I have noticed.”

“True, the little finger was accidentally cut clean off by an
axe, when I was a child; but what has that to do with the
question?”

“Enough to settle it. Do you notice something protruding
as if from under the protecting wing of the eagle of the Totem,
there?”

“Yes; and surely enough it resembles a human hand, with
only three fingers.”

“That is it; and you may yet, in your experiences in these

-- 170 --

[figure description] Page 170.[end figure description]

rough and sometimes dangerous wilds, know the value of that
gift.”

“At any rate, I feel gratified at this mark of the chief's good
will; the more because I was so little expecting it, especially
at this time. How could they have possibly made out
who I, or indeed either of us, was, at such a distance?”

“A very natural inquiry, but answered when I tell you that
Fluella has a good spy-glass, that a year or two ago she brought,
among other curious trinkets, from her other home in the old
settlement. And she makes it often serve a good purpose, too.
She has spied out, for her father's killing, many a moose or
deer that had come down to the edge or into the water of the
lake round the shores to drink, eat wild-grass, or cool themselves,
as well as many a flock of wild geese, lighting here on
their fall or spring passages. She knew, I think, about the day
we were to start, and, being on the lookout, saw the rest of our
company passing off here to the west, an hour or two ago, and,
not seeing us among them, expected us to be along somewhere
in this direction. Now, is all explained?”

“Yes, curiously but satisfactorily.”

“Then, only one word more on the subject: let me advise
you not to show that hunting-pouch when we join the company,
nor wear it till we are off on our separate ranges. I have my
reasons, but mustn't be asked to give them.”

“All this is odd, Mr. Phillips; but, taking it for granted that
your reasons are good ones, I will comply with your advice.”

“Very well. The whole matter being now disposed of, let
us move on round the point, and into the large cove we shall
find round there. We mustn't give up about game so. No
knowing what may yet be done in that line.”

Having risen to his feet, raised his hunting-cap, and bowed
his adieu to the still lingering maiden on shore, Claud now
joined his companion at the oars; when they rapidly passed
round the headland, and soon entered the bay-like recess of
water, which, sweeping round in a large wood-fringed circle,

-- 171 --

[figure description] Page 171.[end figure description]

opened upon the view immediately beyond. After skirting
along the sometimes bold and rocky, and sometimes low and
swampy, thickly-wooded shore, with a sharp lookout for whatever
might come within range of the eye, but without stopping
for any special examination till they had reached the most secluded
part of the cove, the hunter suspended his oar, and signified
his intention of landing. Accordingly, running in their
canoe by the side of an old treetop extending into the water,
and, throwing their mooring-line around one of its bare limbs,
they stepped noiselessly ashore, and ascended the bank, when
the hunter, pausing and pointing inward, said, in a low, suppressed
tone:

“There, within a short distance from us, commences one of
the thickest windfall jungles in these parts, and extends up
nearly to the chief's outermost cornfield, about half a mile off.
I have been threatening to come here some time; and if, as I
will propose, we go into the tangle, and get through, or half
through, without encounter of some kind, I confess I shall be
uncommonly disappointed. But, before entering, let us sit
down on this old log a few minutes, and, while looking to our
flints and priming, keep our ears open for such sounds as may
reach them.”

And, bending low his head, with closed eyes, and an ear
turned towards the thicket, the hunter listened long and intently
in motionless silence, after which he quickly rose, and, while
glancing at his gun-flint and priming, said:

“There are no distinct sounds, but the air is disturbed in the
kind of way that I have frequently noticed when animals of
some size were in the vicinity. Let us forward into the
thicket, spreading out some ten rods apart, and worming ourselves
among the windfalls, with a stop and a thorough look
every few rods of our progress. Should you start up a panther,
which ain't very likely, you had better whistle for me,
before firing; but, if any thing else, blaze away at it.”

Nodding his assent, and starting off in a course diverging to

-- 172 --

[figure description] Page 172.[end figure description]

the right of the one he perceived his companion to be taking,
Claud slowly, and as he best could, made his way forward,
sometimes crawling under, and sometimes clambering over the
tangled masses of fallen trees, which, with a thick upshooting
second growth, lay piled and crossed in all conceivable shapes
and directions before him. After proceeding in this manner
thirty or forty rods, he paused, for the third or fourth time, to
look and listen; but lastly quite as much for his companion
as for game, for, with all his powers, he could detect no sound
indicating that the latter could be anywhere in the vicinity.
While thus engaged, he heard a small, shrill, plaintive sort of
cry, as of a little child, coming from somewhere above him;
when, casting up his eyes, he beheld a large raccoon sidling
round a limb, and seemingly winking and nodding down towards
him. With the suppressed exclamation of “Far better
than nothing,” he brought his piece to his face and fired; when
the glimpse of a straight-falling body, and the heavy thump on
the ground that followed, told him that the object of his aim
was a “dead coon.” But his half-uttered shout of exultation
was cut short by the startling report of a rifle, a little distance
to the rear, on his left. And the next moment a huge old
bear, followed by a smaller one, came smashing and tearing
through the brush and tree-tops directly towards him. And
with such headlong speed did the frightened brutes advance
upon him, that he had scarce time to draw his clubbed rifle
before the old one had broke into the little open space where
he stood, and thrown herself on her haunches, in an attitude of
angry defiance. Recoiling a step in the only way he could
move, and expecting the next moment to find himself within
the fatal grasp of the bear, if he did not disable her, Claud
aimed and struck with all his might a blow at her head. But,
before the swiftly-descending implement reached its mark, it was
struck by the fending paw of the enraged brute, with a force
that sent its tightly-grasping owner spinning and floundering
into the entangled brushwood, till he landed prostrate on the

-- 173 --

[figure description] Page 173.[end figure description]

ground. And, ere he had time to turn himself, the desperate
animal had rushed and trampled over him, and disappeared
through a breach effected in one of the treetops that had
hemmed him in and prevented his retreat from such a doubtful,
hand-to-hand encounter. As the discomfited young huntsman
was rising to his feet, his eyes fell upon Phillips, hurrying forward,
with looks of lively concern; which, however, as he
leaped into the small open space comprising the battle-ground,
and saw how matters stood, at first gave place to a ludicrous
smile, and then to a merry peal of laughter.

“I can't say I blame you much for your merriment,” said
Claud, joining, though rather feebly, in the laugh, as he brushed
himself and picked up his rifle; “for, to be upset and run over
by a bear would have been about the last thing I should have
dreamed of myself.”

“O well,” said the other, checking his risibles, “it had better
turn out a laughing than a crying matter, as it might have done
if you had kept your footing; for, if you had not been over-thrown
and run over, you would have probably, in this crampedup
place, stood up to be hugged and scratched in a way not so
very agreeable; and I rather guess, under the circumstances,
you may as well call yourself satisfied to quit so; for the bears
have left you with a whole skin and unbroken ribs, though
they have escaped themselves where, with our time, it will be
useless to follow them. But, if you had not fired just as you
did, we would have had all three of them.”

“What! have you killed one?” asked Claud, in surprise.

“To be sure I have,” answered the hunter. “Then you
supposed it was one of your rough visitors I fired at, and
missed? No, no. I had got one of the black youngsters in
range, and was waiting for a chance at the old one, knowing if
I killed her first the young ones would take to the trees, where
they could easily be brought down. Seeing them, however, on
the point of running at the report of your rifle, I let drive at
the only one I was sure of; when the two others, they being

-- 174 --

[figure description] Page 174.[end figure description]

nearly between us, tacked about and ran towards you. But go
get your 'coon, and come along this way, to look at my black
beauty.”

“How did you know I had killed a 'coon?” inquired the
other.

“Heard him squall before you fired, then strike the ground
afterwards with a force that I thought must have killed him,
whether your bullet had or not,” replied the hunter, moving off
for his bear, with which, tugging it along by a hind leg, he
soon joined Claud, who was threading his way out with his
mottled trophy swung over his shoulder.

“Why, a much larger one than I supposed,” exclaimed the
latter, turning and looking at the cub; “really, a fine one!”

“Ain't he, now?” complacently said the hunter. “There,
heft him; must weigh over half a hundred, and as fat as butter, —
for which he is doubtless indebted to the chief's cornfield.
And I presume we may say the same of that streaked squaller
of yours, which I see is an uncommonly large, plump fellow.
Well,” continued the speaker, shouldering the cub, “we may
now as well call our hunt over, for to-day, — out of this plaguey
hole as soon as we can, and over the lakes to camp, as fast as
strong arms and good oars can send us.”

On, after reaching and pushing off their now well-freighted
canoe, on, — along the extended coast-line of this wild lake,
westward to the great inlet, up the gently inflowing waters of
that broad, cypress-lined stream, to the Maguntic, and then,
tacking eastward, around the borders of that still wilder and
more secluded lake, — on, on, they sped for hours, until the
ringing of the axe-fall, and the lively echo of human voices in
the woods, apprised them of their near approach to the spot
which their companions had selected, both for their night's rest
and permanent head-quarters for the season.

-- 175 --

p720-188 CHAPTER XIII.

“And now their hatchets, with resounding stroke,
Hew'd down the boscage that around them rose,
And the dry pine of brittle branches broke,
To yield them fuel for the night's repose;
The gathered heap an ample store bespoke.
They smite the steel: the tinder brightly glows,
And the fired match the kindled flames awoke,
And light upon night's seated darkness broke.
High branch'd the pines, and far the colonnade
Of tapering trunks stood glimmering through the glen;
So joyed the hunters in their lonely glade.”

[figure description] Page 175.[end figure description]

Hurra! the stragglers have arrived!” exclaimed Codman,
the first to notice the hunter and Claud as they shot into the
mouth of the small, quiet river, on whose bank was busily progressing
the work of the incipient encampment. “Hurra for
the arrival of the good ship Brag, Phillips, master; but where
is his black duck, with a big trout to its foot? Ah, ha! not
forthcoming, hey? Kuk-kuk-ke-oh-o!”

“Don't crow till you see what I have got, Mr. Trapper,”
replied the hunter, running in his canoe by the sides of those
of his companions on shore. “Don't crow yet, — especially
over the failure of what I didn't undertake: you or Mr. Carvil
was to furnish the big trout, you will recollect.”

“That has been attended to by me, to the satisfaction of
the company, I rather think,” remarked Carvil, now advancing
towards the bank with the rest. “Not only one big trout, but
two more with it, was drawn in by my method, on the way.”

“O, accident, accident!” waggishly rejoined the trapper;
“they were hooked by mere accident. The fact is, the trouts

-- 176 --

[figure description] Page 176.[end figure description]

are so thick in these lakes that a hook and line can't be drawn
such a distance through them without getting into some of
their mouths. But, allowing it otherwise, it don't cure but half
of your case, Mr. Hunter. Where is the black duck?”

Here is the black duck,” responded the hunter, stepping
ashore and drawing his cub out from under some screening
boughs in the bow of the boat.

A lively shout of laughter burst from the lips of the company
at the disclosure, showing alike their amusement at the
practical way in which the hunter had turned the jokes of the
teasing trapper, and their agreeable surprise at his luck in the
uncertain hunting cruise along the shores, on which they, without
any expectation of his success, had banteringly dispatched
him. “Ah, I think you may as well give up beat, all round,
Mr. Codman,” observed Mark Elwood, after the surprise and
laughter had subsided. “But come up here, neighbor Phillips,
and see what a nice place we are going to have for our camp.”

Leaving the game in charge of Claud and Carvil, who
volunteered to dress it, the rest of the company walked up
with the hunter to the spot where the new shanty was in progress,
wishing to hear his opinion of the location selected, and
the plan on which it had been commenced.

The location to which the company had been guided by the
trapper was a level space, about ten rods back from the stream
here falling into the lake from the east, and at the foot of a
rocky acclivity forming a portion of the southern side of a high
ridge that ran down to the lake. The first ten feet of the rise
was formed by the smooth, even face of a perpendicular rock,
which from the narrow shelf at the top fell off into a less precipitous
ascent, extending up as far as the eye could reach
among the stunted evergreens and other low bushes that partially
covered it. About a dozen feet in front of this abutting
rock, equidistant from it, and some fifteen feet apart, stood
two spruce trees, six or eight inches in diameter at the bottom,
but tall, and tapering towards the top. These, the company,

-- 177 --

[figure description] Page 177.[end figure description]

who had reached the place about two hours before, had contrived,
by rolling up some old logs to stand on, to cut off, and
fell, six or seven feet from the ground; so that the tall stumps
might serve for the two front posts of the proposed structure.
And, having trimmed out the tops of the two fallen trees, and
cut them into the required lengths, they had laid them from
the top of the rock to the tops of the stumps, which had been
first grooved out, so as to receive and securely fasten the ends
of the timbers. These, with the stout poles which they had
then cut and laid on transversely, at short intervals, made a
substantial framework for the roof of the shantee. And, in
addition to this, rows of side and front posts had been cut,
sharpened, driven into the ground at the bottom, and securely
fastened at the top to the two rafters at the sides and the
principal beam, which had been notched into them at the lower
ends to serve for the front plate.

“Just the spot,” said the hunter, after running his eye over
and around the locality a moment, and then going up and inspecting
the structure in progress. “I thought Codman could
not miss so remarkable a place. I have been thinking of
building a camp here for several years; but it never seemed to
come just right till this fall. Why, you all must have worked
like beavers to get along with the job so well, and to do it so
thoroughly. The bones of the thing are all now up, as far as
I can see, and made strong enough to withstand all the snows
and blows of half a dozen winters. So, now, nothing remains
but to put on the bark covering.”

“But how are we to get the bark covering?” asked Gaut
Gurley. “Bark will not peel well at this season, will it?”

“No, not very well, I suppose,” replied the former. “But
I will see what I can do towards hunting up the material,
to-morrow. A coat of these spruce boughs, spread over this
framework above, and set up here against the sides, will
answer for to-night. And this rigging up, gathering hemlock
boughs for our beds, building a good fire here in front, and

-- 178 --

[figure description] Page 178.[end figure description]

cooking the supper, are all we had better think of attempting
this evening; and, as it is now about sunset, let us divide off
the labor, and go at it.”

The encampment of these adventurous woodsmen presented,
for the next hour, a stirring and animated scene. The different
duties to be performed having been apportioned by mutual
agreement among the company, they proceeded with cheerful
alacrity to the performance of their respective tasks. Phillips
and Carvil set busily to work in covering, inclosing, and rigging
up the camp, — to adopt the woodsman's use of that word, as we
notify the critic we shall do, as often as we please, albeit that
use, contrary to Noah Webster, indicates the structure in which
men lodge in the woods, rather than the place or company
encamping. Mark Elwood, Gaut Gurley, and the young
Indian Tomah, proceeding to a neighboring windfall of different
kinds of wood, went to work in cutting and drawing up a supply
of fuel, among which, the accustomed backlog, forestick,
and intermediate kindling-wood, being adjusted before the
entrance of the camp, the fire from the smitten steel and preserving
punkwood was soon crackling and throwing around its
ruddy glow, as it more and more successfully competed with
the waning light of the departing day. Claud and Codman, in
fulfilment of their part of the business on hand, then unpacked
the light frying-pans, laid in them the customary slices of fat
salted pork, and shortly had them sharply hissing over the fire,
preparatory to receiving respectively their allotted quotas of
the tender and nutritious bearsteaks, or the broad layers of the
rich, red-meated trout.

In a short time the plentiful contents of the pans were
thoroughly cooked, the pans taken from the fires, the potatoes
raked from the glowing embers, in which they had been roasting
under the forestick, the brown bread and condiments brought
forward, and all placed upon the even face of a broad, thin sheet
of cleft rock, which they had luckily found in the adjacent ledge,
and brought forward and elevated on blocks within the camp, to

-- 179 --

[figure description] Page 179.[end figure description]

serve, as it well did, for their sylvan table. Gathering round
this, they proceeded to help themselves, with their camp knives
and rude trenchers, split from blocks of the freely-cleaving basswood,
to such kinds and portions of the savory viands, smoking
so invitingly in the pans before them, as their inclinations severally
prompted. Having done this, they drew back to seats on
broad chips, blocks of wood, piles of boughs, or other objects
nearest at hand, and began upon their long anticipated meal
with a gusto which made them for a while too busy for conversation,
other than an occasional brief remark on the quality of
the food, or some jocose allusion to the adventures of the day.
After they had finished their repast, however, and cleared away
the relics of the supper, together with the few utensils they had
used in cooking and eating it, they replenished their fire; and,
while the cheerful light of its fagot-fed blaze was flashing up
against the dark forest around, and shooting away through the
openings of the foliage in long glimmering lines over the waters
below, they all placed themselves at their ease, — some sitting on
blocks, some leaning against the posts, and some reclining on
piles of boughs, — and commenced the social confab, or that general
conversation, in which woodsmen, if they ever do, are prone
to indulge after the fatigues of the day are over, and the consequent
demands of appetite have been appeased by a satisfactory
meal.

“Now, gentlemen, I will make a proposition,” said Mark
Elwood, in a pause of the conversation, which, though it had
had been engaged in with considerable spirit, yet now began to
flag. “I will propose, as we have an hour or two on hand, to
be spent somehow, before we shall think of rolling ourselves up
in our blankets for the night, — I propose that you professional
hunters, like Phillips, Codman, and Carvil, here, each give us a
story of one of your most remarkable adventures in the woods.
It would not only while away the hour pleasantly for us all, but
might furnish useful information and timely hints for us beginners
in this new life, upon which we are about to enter. For my

-- 180 --

[figure description] Page 180.[end figure description]

part, I should like to listen to a story, by these old witnesses, of
the strange things they must have encountered in the woods.
What say you, Gurley, Claud, and Tomah? Shall we put
them on the stand?”

“Yes, a good idea,” replied Gaut, his habitual cold reserve
relaxing into something like cordiality; “I feel just in the
humor to listen, — more so than to talk, on this hearty supper.
Yes, by all means let us have the stories.”

“O, I should be exceedingly gratified,” joined in Claud, in
his usual frank and animated manner.

“I like that, too; like to hear hunting story, always, much,”
added Tomah, with a glistening eye.

“Well, no particular objection as far as I am concerned,”
responded the trapper, seriously; but adding, with his old waggish
gleam of the eye: “that is, if you will take what I give,
and swallow it as easily as you did Phillips' fish story. But let
Carvil, who must be the youngest, go on with his story first; I
will follow; and Phillips shall bring up the rear.”

Carvil, after making a few excuses that were not suffered to
avail him, commenced his narration, which we will head

THE AMATEUR WOODSMAN'S STORY.

“I call myself a woodsman, and a pretty good one, now; but,
four years ago, I was almost any thing else but one of any kind.
I should have then thought it would have certainly been the
death of me to have lain out one night in the woods. And I
had no more idea of ever becoming a hunter or trapper, to remain
out, as I have since done, for weeks and months in the
depths of the wilderness, with no other protection than my rifle,
and no other shelter than what I could fix up with my hatchet
for the night, where I happened to be, on the approach of
darkness, than I now have of undertaking to swim the Atlantic.
And, as the circumstances which led to this revolution in my
opinions and habits, when out of the woods, may as much interest
you, in the account, as any thing that happened to me

-- 181 --

[figure description] Page 181.[end figure description]

after I got into them, I will first briefly tell you how I came
to be a woodsman, and then answer your call by relating a
hunting incident which occurred to me after I became one;
which, if not very marvellous, shall, at least, have the merit of
truth and reality.

“I was brought up rather tenderly, as to work; and my
parents, absurdly believing that, with my then slight frame, any
employment requiring any labor or physical exertion would injure
me, put me to study, and assisted me to the means of
entering college at eighteen, and of graduating at twenty-two.
Well, I did not misimprove my opportunies for knowledge, I
believe; but, instead of gaining strength and manhood by my
exemption from labor, I grew feebler and feebler. Still, I did
not know what was wanting to give me health and constitution,
nor once think that a mind without a body is a thing not worth
having; and so I went on, keeping within doors and studying a
profession, until I found myself a poor, nervous, miserable dyspeptic,
and threatened with consumption. It was now plain enough
that, if I would avoid a speedy death, something must be done;
and, by the advice of the doctors, who were about as ignorant
of the philosophy of health as myself, I concluded to seek a
residence and livelihood in one of the Southern States. Accordingly,
I packed up and took stage for Boston, timing my
journey so as to get there the day before the ship, on which I
had previously ascertained I could find a passage, was to sail
for Savannah. But, the morning after I arrived, a severe storm
came on, and the sailing of the ship was deferred till the next
day; so, having nothing to do, knowing nobody to talk with,
and the weather being too stormy to go out to see the city, I
took to my solitary room in the hotel, where, fortunately, there
were neither books nor papers to prevent me from thinking.
And I did think, that day, almost for the first time in my life,
without the trammels of fashionable book-theories, and more effectually
than I had ever done before. I had a favorite classmate
in college, whose name was Silas Wright, who had a mind that

-- 182 --

[figure description] Page 182.[end figure description]

penetrated, like light, every thing it was turned upon, and who
never failed to see the truth of a matter, though his towering
ambition sometimes prevented him from following the path
where it led. In recalling, as I was pacing the floor that
gloomy day, my old college friends and their conversation, I happened
to think of what Wright once said to me on the subject
of health and long life.

“`Carvil,' said he, `did you know that we students were
committing treason against the great laws of life which God has
laid down for us?'

“`No.'

“`Well, we are. Man was made for active life, and in the
open air.'

“`But you, it seems, are not observing the theory about which
you are so positive?'

“`No, and don't intend to. To observe that, I must relinquish
all thought of mounting the professional and political
ladder, even half way to the mark I must and will reach. I
have naturally a strong constitution, and I calculate it will
last, with the rapid mounting I intend, till I reach the top
round, and that is all that I care for. But I shall know, all the
while, that I am going up like a rocket, whose height and brilliancy
are only attained by the certain and rapid wasting of the
substance that composes it. But the case is different with
you, Carvil. You have a constitution yet to make, or your
rocket will go out, before you can get high enough, in these days
of jostling and severe competition, to warrant the attempt of
mounting at all.'

“Such was one of Wright's intuitive grasps at the truth, hid
under the false notions of the times, or the artificial theories of
books, which he was wasting his life to master, and often only
mastering to despise. And I, being now earnestly in search of
the best means of health, eagerly caught at his notion, which
placed the matter in a light in which I had never before seriously
viewed it, and, indeed, struck me with a force that soon

-- 183 --

[figure description] Page 183.[end figure description]

brought me to a dead stand in all my calculations for the future.
`What is it,' thought I, running into a sort of mental dialogue
with myself, and calling in what little true science I had
learned, to aid me in fully testing the soundness of the notion,
before I finally gave in to it; `what is it that hardens the muscles,
and compacts the human system?'—`Thorough exercise,
and constant use.'—`Can these be had in the study-room?'
`No.'—`And what is the invigorating and fattening principle
of the air we breathe?'—`Oxygen.'—`Can this be had in the
close or artificially-heated room?'—`No, except in stinted and
uncertain proportions. It can be breathed in the open fields,
but much more abundantly in the woods.'—`Well, what do I
need?'—`Only hardening and invigorating.'—`But shall I go
to the relaxing clime of the South for this?'—`No; the northern
wilderness were a hundred times better.'—`It is settled,
then.'—`Landlord,' I cried aloud, as I saw that personage at
that moment passing by my partly open door, `when does the
first stage, going north, start?'

`In twenty minutes, and from my door.'

`Order on my luggage, here; make out your bill; and I
will be on hand.'

“And I was on hand at the time, and the next hour on my
way home, which I duly reached, but only to start off immediately
to the residence of a hunter acquaintance, a dozen miles
off, who, I knew, was about to start for the head-waters of the
Connecticut, on his annual fall hunting expedition. I found
him, joined him, and within ten days was entering, with pack
and rifle, the unbroken wilderness, by his side, though with
many misgivings. But my first night out tested and settled
the matter forever. We had had a fatiguing march, at least to
me, and the last part of it in the rain. We had to lay down in
a leaking camp, and I counted myself a dead man. But, to
my astonishment, I awoke the next morning, unhurt, and even
feeling better than I had for a month. And I constantly grew
better and hardier, through that and my next year's

-- 184 --

[figure description] Page 184.[end figure description]

campaign in that region, and through the two succeeding ones I
made on the Great Meguntic; where the incident which I propose
to relate to you, it being my best strike in moose-hunting,
occurred, and which happened in this wise:

“It was a raw, gloomy day in November, and I had been
lazily lying in my solitary camp, on the borders of this magnificent
lake, all the forenoon. But, after dinner, I began to
feel a little more like action, and soon concluded I would explore
a sort of creek-looking stream, four or five rods wide,
which I had noticed entering the lake about a mile off, but which
I had never entered. Accordingly, I loaded my rifle, took my
powder-horn, put two spare bullets in my vest-pocket, not supposing
I could have use for more, entered my canoe, and pulled
leisurely away for the place. After reaching and entering this
sluggish stream, I went on paddling and pushing my way along
through and under the overhanging bushes and treetops, something
like half a mile, when I came to higher banks and a series
of knolls jutting down to the stream, which, with frequent
sharp curves and crooks, wound its way among them. On turning
one of these sharp points, my eyes suddenly encountered a
sight that made my heart jump. On a high, open, and almost
bare bluff, directly before me, and not fifteen rods distant, stood
two tremendous moose, as unconcernedly as a pair of oxen
chewing their cuds, or dozing in a pasture. The last was
unusually large, the biggest a monster, appearing, to my wideopened
eyes, with his eight or nine foot height, and ten or eleven
foot spread of antlers, as he stood up there against the sky,
like some reproduced mastodon of the old legends. Quietly
falling back and running in under a screening treetop, I pulled
down a branch and put in under my foot to hold and steady my
canoe. When I raised my rifle, I aimed it for the heart of the
big moose, and fired. But, to my great surprise, the animal
never stirred nor moved a muscle. Supposing I had somehow
unaccountably missed hitting him, even at all, I fell, with nervous
haste, to reloading my piece; and, having got all right, as

-- 185 --

[figure description] Page 185.[end figure description]

I supposed, I raised it this time towards the smaller moose,
standing a little nearer and presenting a fairer mark; took a
long and careful aim, and again let drive; but again without
the least effect. Utterly confounded to have missed a second
time, with so fair a shot, I stood half confused a moment, first
querying whether something was not the matter with my eyes,
and then thinking of stories I had heard of witches turning
away bullets from their object. But I soon mechanically began to
load up again; and, having got in my powder, I put my hand
in my pocket for a bullet, when I found there both the balls I
had brought with me from camp, and consequently knew that,
in my eager haste in loading for my last shot, I had neglected
to put in any bullet at all! But I now put in the bullet, looked
at it after it was entered, to make sure it was there, and then
felt it all the way down, till I had rammed it home. I then
raised the luckless piece once more, uncertain at first which of
the two moose I should take, this time. But, seeing the smaller
one beginning to move his head and lay back his horns, which
I well enough knew was his signal for running, I instantly
decided to take him, took a quick, good aim, and fired. With
three dashing bounds forward, the animal plunged headlong to
the ground. Knowing that one to be secure, at least, I then
turned my attention to the big one. To my astonishment, he was
still there, and, notwithstanding all the firing, had not moved an
inch. But, before I got loaded for another trial upon him, I
looked up again, when a motion in his body had become plainly
visible. Presently he began to sway to and fro, like a rocking
tower, and, the next moment, went over broadside, with a thundering
crash, into the bushes. My first shot, it appeared, had,
after all, done the business, having pierced his lungs and caused
an inward flow of blood, that stopped his breath at the time he
fell. All was now explained, except the wonder that such shy
animals should stand so much firing without running. But
the probability is, that, not seeing me, they took the reports of
my rifle for some natural sound, such as that of thunder, or the

-- 186 --

[figure description] Page 186.[end figure description]

falling of a tree; while, perhaps, the great one, when he was
hit, was too much paralyzed to move, by the rupture of some
important nerve. But, however that may be, you have the
facts by which to judge for yourselves. And I have now only
to add, that, having gone to the spot, bled, partially dressed the
animals, and got them into a condition to be left, I went off to
the nearest camps and rallied out help; when, after much toil
and tugging, we got the carcases home to my shanty, for present
eating, curing, and distributing among the neighboring
hunters, who soon flocked in to congratulate me on my singular
good luck, and receive their ever freely-bestowed portions, and
who unanimously pronounced my big prize the largest moose
ever slain in all the regions of the Great Megantic.”

THE TRAPPER'S STORY.

“My story,” commenced the trapper, who was next called on
for his promised contribution to the entertainment of the evening,
“my story is of a different character from the one you have just
heard. It don't run so much to the great and terrible as the
small and curious. It may appear to you perhaps a little queer,
in some parts; but which, after the modest drafts that have been
made on my credulity, you will, of course, have the good manners
to believe. It relates to an adventure in beaver-hunting,
which I met with, many years ago, on Moosehead Lake, where
I served my apprenticeship at trapping. I had established
myself in camp, the last of August, about the time the beavers,
after having collected in communities, and established their
never-failing democratic government, generally get fairly at
work on their dams and dwelling-houses, for the ensuing cold
months, in places along the small streams, which they have
looked out and decided on for the purpose. I was thus early
on the ground, in order to have time, before I went to other
hunting, to look up the localities of the different societies, so
that I need not blunder on them and disturb them, in the chase
for other animals, and so that I should know where to find

-- 187 --

[figure description] Page 187.[end figure description]

them, when their fur got thick enough to warrant the onslaught
upon them which I designed to make.

“In hunting for these localities in the vicinity around me, I
soon unexpectedly discovered marks of what I thought must
be a very promising one, situated on a small stream, not over
half a mile in a bee-line over the hills from my camp. When
I discovered the place, — as I did from encountering, at short
intervals in the woods, two wolverines, always the great enemy
and generally the prowling attendant of assembled beavers, —
these curious creatures had just begun to lay the foundation of
their dam. And the place being so near, and the nights moonlight,
I concluded I would go over occasionally, evenings, — the
night being the only time when they can ever be seen engaged
on their work, — and see if I could gain some covert near the
bank, where, unperceived, I might watch their operations, and
obtain some new knowledge of their habits, of which I might
thereafter avail myself, when the season for hunting them
arrived. Accordingly, I went over that very evening, in the
twilight, secured a favorable lookout, and laid in wait for the
appearance of the beavers. Presently I was startled by a loud
rap, as of a small paddle struck flatwise on the water, then another,
and another, in quick succession. It was the signal of
the master workman, for all the workers to leave their hidingplaces
in the banks, and repair to their labors in making the
dam. The next moment the whole stream seemed to be alive
with the numbers in motion. I could hear them, sousing and
plunging in the water, in every direction, — then swimming and
puffing across or up and down the stream, — then scrambling
up the banks, — then the auger-like sound of their sharp teeth,
at work on the small trees, — then soon the falling of the trees,—
then the rustling and tugging of the creatures, in getting the
fallen trees out of the water, — and, finally, the surging and
splashing with which they came swimming towards the groundwork
of the dam, with the butt end of those trees in their
mouths. The line of the dam they had begun, passed with a

-- 188 --

[figure description] Page 188.[end figure description]

curve up stream in the middle, so as to give it more strength to
resist the current; across the low-water bed of the river some
five rods; and extended up over the first low bank, about as much
farther, to a second and higher bank, which must have bounded
the water at the greatest floods. They had already cut,
drawn on, and put down, a double layer of trees, with their
butts brought up evenly to the central line, and their tops pointing
in opposite directions, — those of one layer, or row, pointing
up, and those of the other, down stream. Among and under
this line of butts had been worked in an extra quantity of limbs,
old wood, and short bushes, so as to give the centre an elevation
of a foot or two, over the lowest part of the sides, which, of
course, fell off considerably each way in the lessening of the
tops of the trees, thus put down. Over all these they had
plastered mud, mixed in with stones, grass, and moss, so thick as
not only to hold down securely the bodies of the trees, but
nearly conceal them from sight.

“Scarcely had I time to glance over these works, which I
had not approached near enough to inspect much, before the
beavers from below, and above came tugging along, by dozens
on a side to the lower edges of their embankment, with the loads
or rafts of trees which they had respectively drawn to the spot.
Lodging these on the solid ground, with the ends just out of
water, they relinquished their holds, mounted the slopes, paused a
minute to take breath, and then, seizing these ends again, drew
them, with the seeming strength of horses, out of the water and
up to the central line on top; laid the stems or bodies of the
trees parallel, and as near together as they could be got; and
adjusted the butt ends, as I have stated they did with the
foundation layers, so as to bring them to a sort of joint on the
top. They then all went off for new loads, with the exception
of a small squad, a part of which were still holding their trees
in a small space in the dam, where the current had not been
checked, and the other part bringing stones, till they had confined
the trees down to the bottom, so that they would not be

-- 189 --

[figure description] Page 189.[end figure description]

swept away. This task of filling the gap, however, after some
severe struggling with the current, was before long accomplished;
when those engaged upon it joined in the common work,
in which they steadily persevered till this second double layer
of trees, with the large quanties of short bushes which they
brought and wove into the chinks, near the top, was completed,
through the whole length of their dam. They then collected
along on the top of the dam, and seemed to hold a sort of
consultation, after which they scattered for the banks of the
stream, but soon returned, walking on their hind legs, and
each bringing a load of mud or stones, held between his
fore paws and throat. These loads were successively deposited,
as they came up, among the stems and interlacing
branches of the trees and bushes they had just laid down, giving
each deposited pile, as they turned to go back, a smart blow
with the flat of their broad thick tails, producing the same
sound as the one I have mentioned as the signal-raps for calling
them out to work, only far less loud and sharp, since the
former raps were struck on water, and the latter on mud or
rubbish. Thus they continued to work, — and work, too, with
a will, if any creatures ever did, — till I had seen nearly the
whole of the last layers plastered over.

“Thinking now I had seen all that would be new and useful
to me, I noiselessly crept away and returned to camp, to lay
awake half the night, in my excitement, and to dream, the other
half, about this magnificent society of beavers, whose numbers
I could not make less than three dozen. I did not go to steal
another view of the place for nearly a week, and then went in
the daytime, there now being no moon, till late, — when, to my
surprise, I found the dam finished, and the river flowed into a
pond of several acres, while on each side, ranged along, one
after another, stood three family dwellings in different states of
progress; some of them only rising to the surface of the water,
showing the nature of the structure, which, you know, is built up
with short, small logs, and mud, in a squarish form, of about the

-- 190 --

[figure description] Page 190.[end figure description]

size of a large chimney; while others, having been built up a
foot or two above the water, and the windows fashioned, had
been arched over with mud and sticks, and were already nearly
finished.

“Knowing that the establishment was now so nearly completed
that the beavers would not relinquish it without being
disturbed by the presence of a human foe, — which they will
sometimes detect, I think, at nearly a quarter of a mile distance,—
I concluded to keep entirely away from them till the time of
my contemplated onslaught, which I finally decided to begin
on one of the first days of the coming November.

“Well, what with hunting deer, bear, and so on, for food,
and lynx, otter, and sable, for furs, the next two months passed
away, and the long anticipated November at length arrived;
when, one dark, cloudy day, having cut a lot of bits of green
wood for bait, got out my vial of castor to scent them with, and
got my steel traps in order, with these equipments and my
rifle I set off, for the purpose of commencing operations, of some
kind, on my community of beavers. On reaching the spot, I
crept to my old covert with the same precautions I had used on
my former visits, thinking it likely enough that, on so dark a
day, some of the beavers might be out; and, wishing to know
how this was, before proceeding openly along the banks to
look out the right places to set my traps, I listened a while, but
could hear no splashing about the pond, or detect any other
sounds indicating that the creatures were astir; but, on peering
out, I saw a large, old beaver perched in a window of one of
the beaver-houses on the opposite shore. I instinctively drew
up my rifle, — for it was a fair shot, and I knew I could draw
him, — but I forbore, and contented myself with watching his
motions. I might have lain there ten minutes, perhaps, when
this leader, or judge in the beaver Israel, as he soon showed
himself to be, quietly slid out into the water, swam into a
central part of the pond, and, after swimming twice or three
times round in a small circle, lifted his tail on high, and slowly

-- 191 --

[figure description] Page 191.[end figure description]

and deliberately gave three of those same old loud and startling
raps on the water. He then swam back to his cabin, and ascended
an open flat on the bank, where all the underbrush had
been cut and cleared off in building the dam. In a few minutes
more, a large number of beavers might be seen hastening to the
spot, where they ranged themselves in a sort of circle, so as just
to inclose the old beaver which came first, and which had now
taken his stand on a little moss hillock, on the farther side of
the little opening, to which he had thus called them, and, evidently,
for some important public purpose. Soon another small
band of the creatures made their appearance on the bank above,
seeming to have in custody two great, lubberly, cowed-down
looking beavers, that they were hunching and driving along, as
legal officers sometimes have to do with their prisoners, when
taking them to some dreaded punishment. When this last band
reached the place, with these two culprit-looking fellows, they
pushed them forward in front of the judge, as we will call him,
and then fell into the ranks, so as to close up the circle. There
was then a long, solemn pause, in which they all kept still in
their places round the prisoners, which had crouched sneaking
down, without stirring an inch from the places where they had
been put. Soon, however, a great, fierce, gruff-appearing
beaver left the ranks, and, advancing a few steps within them,
reared himself on his haunches, and began to sputter and gibber
away at a great rate, making his fore-paws go like the hands
of some over-heated orator; now motioning respectfully towards
the judge, and now spitefully towards the prisoners, as if he
was making bitter accusations, and demanding judgment against
them. After this old fellow had got through, two or three
others, in turn, came forward, and appeared also to be holding
forth about the matter, but in a far milder manner than the
other, which I now began much to dislike for his spitefulness,
and in the same proportion to pity the two poor objects of his
evident malice. There was then another long and silent pause,
after which, the judge proceeded to utter what appeared to be

-- 192 --

[figure description] Page 192.[end figure description]

his sentence; and, having brought it to a conclusion, he gave a
rap with his tail on the ground. At this signal, the beavers
in the ranks advanced, one after another, in rapid succession
toward the prisoners, and, circling round them once, turned
and gave each one of them a tremendous blow with their tails
over the head and shoulders; and so the heavy blows rapidly
fell, whack, whack, whack, till every beaver had taken his part
in the punishment, and till the poor prisoners keeled over, and
lay nearly or quite dead on the ground. The judge beaver then
quietly left his stand and went off; and, following his example,
all the rest scattered and disappeared, except the spiteful old
fellow that had so raised my dislike, by the rancor he displayed
in pressing his accusations, and, afterwards, by giving the culprits
an extra blow, when it came his turn to strike them. He
now remained on the ground till all the rest were out of sight,
when, — as if to make sure of finishing what little remains of life
the others, in their compunction, might have left in the victims,
so as to give them, if they were not quite killed by the terrible
bastinadoing they had received, a chance to revive and crawl
off, — he ran up, and began to belabor them with the greatest
fury over the head. This mean and malicious addition to the
old fellow's previously unfair conduct was too much for me to
witness, and I instantly drew my rifle and laid him dead beside
the bodies he was so rancorously beating. Wading the stream
below the dam, I hastened to my prizes, finished their last
struggles with a stick, seized them by their tails, and dragged
them to the spot I had just left; and then, after concealing my
traps, with the view of waiting a few days before I set them, so
as to give the society a chance to get settled, I tugged the game
I had so strangely come by, home to camp, where a more particular
examination showed them to be the three largest and
best-furred beavers I had ever taken.

“This brings me to the end of the unaccountable affair, and
all I can say in explanation of it; for how these creatures,
ingenious and knowing as they are, should have the intelligence

-- 193 --

[figure description] Page 193.[end figure description]

to make laws, — as this case seems to pre-suppose, — get up a
regular court, try, sentence, and execute offenders; what these
offenders had done, — whether they were thievish interlopers
from some other society, or whether they had committed some
crime, such as burglary, bigamy, or adultery, or high treason,
or whether they had been dishonest office-holders in the society
and plundered the common treasury, is a mystery which you can
solve as well as I. Certainly you cannot be more puzzled than I
have always been, in giving the matter a satisfactory explanation.

“And now, in conclusion, if you wish to know how I afterwards
succeeded in taking more of this notable society of
beavers, I have only to say, that, having soon commenced operations
anew, I took, before I quit the ground that fall, by rifle,
by traps, by digging or hooking them out of their hiding places
in the banks, and, finally, by breaking up their dwelling-houses,
twenty-one beavers in all; making the best lot which I ever had
the pleasure of carrying out of the woods, and for which, a month
or two after, I was paid, in market, one hundred and sixty-eight
hard dollars.”

THE OLD HUNTER'S STORY.

“I never but once,” commenced the hunter, who had announced
himself ready with the last story, when called on for
that purpose by his comrades, after they had commented to
their liking on the trapper's strange adventure, — “I never but
once, in my whole life, became afraid of encountering a wild
beast, or was too much unnerved in the presence of one to fire
my rifle with certainty and effect. But that, in one event, I was
in such a sorry condition for a hunter, I freely confess. And,
as you called for our most remarkable adventures, and as the
occurrence I allude to was certainly the most remarkable one
I ever met with in my hunting experience, I will relate it for
the story you assign me.

“It was about a dozen years ago, and on the borders of lake
Parmagena, a squarish-shaped body of water, four or five miles

-- 194 --

[figure description] Page 194.[end figure description]

in extent, lying twenty-five miles or so over these mountains to
the northwest of us, and making up the chief head-water of the
river Magalloway. My camp was at the mouth of the principal
inlet, and my most frequented hunting route up along its bank.
On my excursions up that river, I had often noticed a deeply-wooded,
rough, and singularly-shaped mountain, which, at the
distance of four or five miles from the nearest point of the
stream, westward, reared its shaggy sides over the surrounding
wilderness, and which I thought must make one of the best
haunts for bear and moose that I had seen in that region. So,
once having a leisure day, and my fresh provisions being low,
I concluded I would take a jaunt up to this mountain, thinking
that I should stand a good chance to find something there,
or on the way, to replenish my larder. And accordingly I
rigged up, after breakfast, and, setting my course in what I
judged would prove a bee-line for the place, in order to save
distance over the river route, I took up my march through the
woods, without path, trail, or marked trees to guide me.

“After a rough and toilsome walk of about three hours, I
reached the foot of the mountain of which I was in search, and
seated myself on a fallen tree, to rest and look about me. The
side of the eminence next to me was made up of a succession of
rocky, heavily-timbered steeps and shelves, that rose like battlements
before me, while, about midway, it was pierced or notched
down by a dark, wild, thicket-tangled gorge, which extended
along back up the mountain, as far as the eye could penetrate
beneath, or overlook above the tops of the overhanging trees.

“To think of trying to ascend such steeps was out of the
question; and I was debating in mind whether I would attempt
to go up through that forbidding and pokerish-looking
gorge, or, giving up the job altogether, strike off in the direction
of the river, and so go home that way, when a hideous
yell, which brought me instantly to my feet, rose from an upper
portion of the ravine, apparently about a hundred rods distant.
I at once knew it came from a painter, or “evil devil,” as the

-- 195 --

[figure description] Page 195.[end figure description]

Indians justly call that scourge and terror of the woods; and,
from the strength and volume of his voice, I also knew he
must be a large one, while, from its savage sharpness, I further
conjectured it must be a famine cry, which, if so, would
show the animal to be a doubly ticklish one to encounter.

“Feeling conscious that it was but the part of wisdom to
avoid such an encounter as I should be likely to be favored
with if I remained where I was, I soon moved off in an opposite
direction, steering at once for the nearest point of the river,
which was at the termination of a long, sharp sweep of the
stream to the west, and nearer by a mile than in most other
parts of its course. I had not proceeded more than a quarter
of a mile before the same savage screech, — which was more
frightful than I can describe, being seemingly made up of the
mingling tones of a man's and a woman's voice, raised to the
highest pitch in an agony of rage or pain, — the same awful
screech, I say, rose and thrilled through the shuddering forest,
coming this time, I perceived, from the mouth of the gorge,
where the animal had so quickly arrived, found my trail, doubtless,
and started on in pursuit. I now, though still not really
afraid, quickened my steps into a rapid walk, hoping that, now
he had got out of the thickets of the ravine, he would not follow
me far in the more open woods; yet thinking it best, at all
events, to put what distance I could between him and me,
without too much disturbing myself. Another of those terrific
yells, however, coming from a nearer point than before, as fast
as I had made my way from him, told me that the creature was
on my tracks, and rapidly gaining on me in the race. I then
started off at a full run; but even this did not insure my escape,
for I was soon startled by another yell, so near and fierce, that
I involuntarily turned round, cocked my rifle, and stood on the
defence. The next moment the animal met my sight, as he leaped
up on to the trunk of a lodged tree, where he stood in open
view, eagerly snuffing and glaring around him, about forty rods
from the place where I had been brought to a stand, — revealing

-- 196 --

[figure description] Page 196.[end figure description]

a monster whose size, big as I had conjectured it, perfectly
amazed me. He could not have been much less than six feet
from snout to tail, nor much short of nine, tail included. But
for his bowed-up back, gaunter form, and mottled color, he
might have passed for an ordinary lioness. The instant he
saw me, he began nervously fixing his paws, rapidly swaying
his tail, like a cat at the first sight of her intended prey, and
giving other plain indications that he was intent on having
me for his dinner.

“I had my rifle to my shoulder: it was a fair shot, but still
I hesitated about firing. My experience with catamounts,
which, though of the same nature, are yet no more to be compared
with a real panther, like this, than a common cur to a
stout bulldog, had taught me the danger of wounding without
killing them outright. If those were so dangerous under ordinary
circumstances, what would this be, already bent on destroying
me? And should I stand, at that distance, an even
chance to finish him, which could only be done by putting a
ball through his brain, or spine, or directly through his heart?
I thought not. The distance was too great to be sure of any
thing like that; and besides, my nerves, I felt, were getting a
little unsteady, and I also found I was losing my faith, which is
just the worst thing in the world for a hunter to lose. While
I was thinking of all this, the creature leaped down, and, the
next instant, I saw his head rise above the bushes, in his prodigious
bounds towards me. With that glance, I turned and
ran; ran as I never did before; leaping over logs, and smashing
headlong through brush and bushes, but still distinctly hearing,
above all the noise I made, the louder crash of the creature's
footfalls, striking closer and closer behind me. All at once,
however, those crashing sounds ceased to fall on my ear, and
the thought that my pursuer had sprung one side into an ambush,
from whence he would pounce on me before I could see
him, flashing over my mind, I suddenly came to a stand, and
peered eagerly but vainly among the bushes around me for

-- 197 --

[figure description] Page 197.[end figure description]

the crouching form of my foe. While thus engaged, a seeming
shadow passing over the open space above caused me to glance
upward, when, to my horror, I saw the monster coming down
from a tree-top, with glaring eyes, open mouth, and outspread
claws, directly upon me! With a bound, which at any other
time I should have been utterly incapable of making, I threw
myself aside into the bushes just in time to escape his terrible
embrace; and, before he had rallied from the confusion caused
by striking the ground and missing his prey, I had gained the
distance of a dozen rods, and thrown myself behind a large
tree. But what was now to be done? I knew, from his trotting
about and snuffing to regain the sight and scent of me, which I
could now distinctly hear, that he would soon be upon me. If
I distrusted the certainty of my aim before this last fright,
should I not do it much more now? I felt so; and, as I was
now within a mile of the river, — where, if I could reach it, I
thought it possible to find a way to baffle, at least, if I did not
kill, my ruthless pursuer, — I concluded that my best chance
for life was to run for the place. But, in peering out to
ascertain the exact whereabouts of the painter before I
started, my ear caught the sound of other and different footsteps;
and the next moment I had a glimpse of a bear's
head, bobbing up and down in his rapid course through the
bushes, as he ran at right angles, with all his might, directly
through the space between me and the painter, which, I saw,
was now just beginning to advance towards me, but which, to
my great relief, had seen and was turning in pursuit of the
flying and frightened bear.

“But still, fearing he would give up that pursuit, and again
take after me, I ran for the river, which I at length reached,
and threw myself exhausted down on the bank. As it happened,
I had struck the river exactly at the intended point,
which was where a small sand-island had been thrown up in
the middle of the stream. To this island, in case I kept out
of the claws and jaws of the painter till I reached the river,

-- 198 --

[figure description] Page 198.[end figure description]

I had calculated to wade; believing, from what I knew of the
repugnance of this class of animals to water, that he would not
follow me, or, if he did, I need not fail of shooting him dead
while coming through the stream. But I soon found that I was
not the only one that had thought of this island, in our terrible
extremity.

“I had lain but a few minutes on the bank, before I caught
the sounds of near and more distant footfalls approaching apace
through the forest above me. Starting up, I cocked my rifle,
and darted behind a bush near the edge of the water, and had
scarcely gained the stand, when the same bear that I had left
fleeing before the painter, made his appearance a few rods
above me, coming full jump down the bank, plunging into the
stream, and swimming and rushing amain for the island. As
soon as he could clear the water, he galloped up to the highest
part of his new refuge, and commenced digging, in hot haste,
a hole in the sand. The instant he had made an excavation
large and deep enough to hold his body and sink it below the
surface, he threw himself in on his back, hurriedly scratched
the sand at the sides a little over his belly and shoulders, and
lay still, with his paws stiffly braced upwards.

“The next moment the eagerly-pursuing painter came rushing
down the bank to the water, where the bear had entered
it; when, after a hesitating pause, he gave an angry yell, and,
in two prodigious bounds, landed on the edge of the island.
Having raised my rifle for a helping shot, if needed, I awaited,
with beating heart and eyes wide open, the coming encounter.
With eyes shooting fire, the painter hastily fixed his feet, and,
with a long leap, came down on his intrenched opponent. A
cloud of dust instantly enveloped the combatants, but through
it I could see the ineffectual passes of the painter at the bear's
head, and the rapid play of the bear's hind paws under the
painter's belly. This bout between them, however, was of but
short continuance, and terminated by the painter, which now
leaped suddenly aside, and stood for a moment eyeing his

-- 199 --

[figure description] Page 199.[end figure description]

opponent askance, as if he had found in those rending hind-claws
already much more than he had bargained for. But, quickly
rousing himself, he prepared for the final conflict; and, backing
to the water's edge, he gave one short bound forward, and,
leaping ten feet into the air, came down again, with a wild
screech, on his still unmoved antagonist.

“This time, so much more furiously flew up the dust and
sand from the spot, that I could see nothing; but the mingling
growls and yells of the desperately-grappling brutes were so
terrific as to make the hair stand up on my head. Presently,
however, I could perceive that the cries of the assailant, which
had been becoming less and less fierce, were now turning into
howls of pain; and, the next moment, I saw him, rent and
bloody, with his entrails out and dragging on the ground behind
him, making off till he reached the water on the opposite
side of the island, when he staggered through the current,
feebly crawled up the bank, and disappeared in the woods,
where he must have died miserably within the hour.

“I went home a grateful man; leaving the bear, that had
done me such good service, to depart in peace, as I saw him
doing before I left, apparently little injured from the conflict.”

-- 200 --

p720-213 CHAPTER XIV.

“Ours the wild life the forest still to range,
From toil to rest, and joy in every change.”

[figure description] Page 200.[end figure description]

The low chirping of the wood-birds, the tiny barkings of
the out-starting squirrels, the hurrying footsteps of the nightprowling
animals, on their way to their coverts, on the land;
and the leaping up of fish, the flapping of the wings of ducks,
and the far-heard, trumpet-toned cry of the great northern diver,
on the water, those unfailing concomitants of approaching day,
in the watered wilderness, early aroused the next morning our
little band of soundly-sleeping hunters from their woodsmen's
feather beds, — the soft, elastic boughs of the health-giving
hemlock, — and put them on the stir in building their fire and
making preparations for their breakfast. The business of the
day before them was the completion of their camp building;
which, being intended, as before mentioned, for their general
head-quarters and storehouse, required far more care and labor
in the construction than the ordinary structures that are made
to serve for shelters for the sojourners of the woods. And, as
soon as they had dispatched their morning repast, they rose
and prepared themselves to commence the task on hand. As
the main part of the company were scattering into the woods,
with their hatchets, in search of straight poles to rib out the
sides and roof of their structure, which was the first thing in
order to be done, Phillips, without explaining his object, quietly
intimated to Codman a wish for company, in a short excursion
with canoes up the river; and the latter complying with the
intimation, and putting himself under the hunter's lead, the
two took to their canoes, with each another canoe in tow, and

-- 201 --

[figure description] Page 201.[end figure description]

commenced rowing up the stream; which, having run its rapid
and noisy race down to the foot of the mountains, a mile or two
above, was here, with gentle pace and seeming reverence, advancing
to the lake with its welcome tribute of crystal waters.

“Hillo, there, Mr. Hunter!” sung out the trapper to the
other, now some distance ahead, “what may be some of the
whys and wherefores of this shine we are cutting, stringing
along here with canoes to our tails? What suppose you should
be telling, before a great while, lest this end of the fleet might
be missing?”

“Soon show you,” replied the hunter, without turning his
head. “I always liked the Indian fashion of answering questions
by deeds instead of words, where the circumstances admit, —
it is so much more significant and satisfactory, besides
the world of lying it often prevents.”

After rowing a short distance farther, in silence, the hunter
turned his canoe in shore; and, after the other had followed his
example, he said:

“Now, follow me a few rods back into this thicket, up here.”
And, leading the way, he proceeded to what at first appeared
to be an irregular pile of brush, lying by the side of a large
fallen tree, but which, when the top brush was removed, and an
under-layer of evergreen boughs brushed aside, disclosed a
large, compact collection of peeled spruce bark, cut in regular
lengths of six or seven feet, and in breadths of about one foot,
of exact uniformity, and made so straight and flat by solid
packing that a rick of sawed boards would have scarcely presented
a more smooth and even appearance.

“Well, I will give in, now, and acknowledge myself beat in
wood-craft,” said the trapper, comprehending, at once, by whom
and for what purpose this acceptable pile of covering material
had been cut, and thus nicely cured and stored away for use.
“To have done this, you must have come here in June, the
peeling month; but how came you to think of this process of
preparing the bark, or come here at all to do it, so long

-- 202 --

[figure description] Page 202.[end figure description]

beforehand, on the uncertainty of its being needed, this fall, except
perhaps by yourself?”

“Well, happening to think, one day, how much better camps
might be made from bark peeled, cut, and pressed into the required
lengths and shapes, beforehand, as we prepare it for
our Indian canoes, than by following our usual bungling method,
I concluded to put things in train for trying the experiment
this fall; and this fall especially, as I was then calculating,
unless you wished to join, to hunt only in company with the two
Elwoods, and I was desirous of getting up an extra good camp
for them.”

“You take an unusual interest in the affairs of this newlycome
family, I have noticed.”

“If I do, I may have my reasons for it.”

“Special reasons, doubtless.”

“Ordinary reasons would be enough. In the first place,
they are fine people, the son and mother uncommonly so, and
the father also I consider a well-disposed man, but who may
have some weak points; and this being so, and the son being
inexperienced in dealing with designing men, a neighbor, like
me, ought, I am sure, to be unwilling to see any advantage
taken of them.”

“Yes, a fair reason enough for your course, if you had no
other; but may be you have other inducements, received, for
instance, on your visit to the seaside, the past summer.”

“That is all guess-work, remember; but come, let us drop
the subject, get this bark into our canoes, and be off down the
river with it to camp.”

They did so; and, on reaching camp, agreeably surprised
their companions with the abundant supply of excellent material
which they had brought for covering the cabin, and
for which, when the circumstances became known, all were
disposed to accord due credit to the provident hunter.

With the material thus obtained, the ribbing of the frame
having by this time been completed, all hands now commenced

-- 203 --

[figure description] Page 203.[end figure description]

the work of laying on, fitting, and confining the pliant and closelying
strips of bark to the framework of the structure, both
above and below. And with so much assiduity and skill did
they prosecute their labors, that before night their camp was
covered and inclosed on every side, and made to present to the
eye, a cabin neat and comely in appearance, and as tight, warm,
and secure against storms, as many a dwelling-house in the
open country, covered with boards and shingles.

After the company had completed the roof and walls of their
camp, constructed a rude door, and made what interior arrangements
they deemed necessary for sleeping and storing their
provisions, they went out, for the hour or two now remaining
before sunset, and scattered for short excursions in their canoes
along the neighboring coves of the lake, for the various purposes
of fishing, shooting ducks, or inspecting the shores for
indications of beaver, otter, and other classes of the smaller
fur-animals of amphibious habits. All returning, however, at
sunset, they proceeded to cook and eat their suppers, much in
the same manner as on the preceding evening; after which,
in compliance with the suggestions made by several of the
company during the day, they went into a general consultation
for the purpose of fixing on the different locations and ranges
of river and forest, which each, or each pair of them, should
take for their hunting or trapping during the season before
them. They soon agreed, in the first place, without any difficulty,
in making the shores of the Oquossak, the next lake
above, and the last and perhaps largest of the four great lakes
forming the chief links of this singular chain of inland waters,
the base-line of their operations. Phillips and Codman, having
procured a wide strip of the outer bark of the white birch, —
ever the woodman's substitute for writing paper, when writing
becomes necessary, — then proceeded to draw a map, from personal
recollection, of the strangely-irregular lake in question.
By this, when completed, it appeared that the main inlet, or
the uppermost portion of the Androscoggin river, coming down

-- 204 --

[figure description] Page 204.[end figure description]

from the north through a chain of lakelets, or ponds, and running
parallel with the eastern shore of the lake, and but a few
miles distant from it, entered into a deep, pointed bay, about a
third of the way down the eastern shore; where it was joined
by another and scarcely lesser river, coming from or through a
different chain of these lakelets, scattered along far to the east
and northeast of the Oquossak; while a third considerable
stream entered the lake at its extreme northwestern termination.
These three inlets, that constituted all the rivers of any
magnitude running into this lake, would not only afford, it was
readily seen, the most desirable hunting-grounds in the sections
through which they flowed, but give the greater part of the
hunters, if they encamped in pairs, and had their camps at the
mouths of these streams, as was expected, an opportunity of
locating in near vicinity; while two more of the remaining
part of the company would, at the mouth of the northwestern
inlet, be less than five miles distant. This arrangement would
dispose of six of the company, — two of them on the inlet last
mentioned, and four on the two rivers that entered the lake
together, — and leave one to remain on the Megantic, to take
charge of the head-quarters, or store-camp there, and hunt
anywhere he chose in its vicinity. But who the one to be
placed in this trust should be, was the next question to be decided.
Gaut Gurley, who had been secretly scheming for this
post ever since the arrangement which he saw must necessarily
create it was agreed on, and who had been insidiously making
interest for it, with all the company, except Phillips and Codman,
now proposed that the question should be decided by
ballot, and without discussion. And, the proposition being
seconded by Tomah and assented to by all, each took a small
piece of birch bark, marked with a coal the name of the person
he would vote for, and deposited it in a hat placed on their
stone table for the purpose. After all had voted, the hat was
turned and the votes assorted; when it appeared that four votes
had been thrown for Gaut Gurley and three for Mark Elwood,

-- 205 --

[figure description] Page 205.[end figure description]

making seven in all, and showing that all the company had
voted.

“Well, friend Elwood,” said Gaut, with a well-assumed air
of indifference, when the result was seen, “shall I resign in
your favor, or you in mine? This thing should be unanimous.”

Elwood looked up inquiringly at Gaut, when he read something
in the countenance of the latter which gave him to understand
what was expected of him, and he accordingly responded:
“I should suppose there could not be much question which
of the two, a minority or a majority candidate, should ask
the other to stand aside, — especially when, as in your case, the
majority candidate is clearly chosen. I voted, gentlemen, for
Mr. Gurley,” he added, turning to the rest of the company;
“and I hope those who voted for me will cheerfully acquiesce in
the choice of the majority.”

“I am a comparative stranger to you all,” remarked Carvil,
“and, though I voted for Mr. Elwood, I will yet very willingly
agree to the selection you have made.”

Gaut, knowing well enough who had thrown their votes
against him, now glanced at Phillips and Codman; but gathering
from their silence and demure and downcast looks that no
approving expression was likely to be drawn from either of
them, he interrupted the pause that followed Carvil's remarks,
by saying:

“Perhaps, then, I ought to accept the post thus assigned
me; and on some accounts it will come right all round. I
should be compelled, any way, to return once or twice to the
settlements during our campaign, on business, and I can attend
to that, and procure the fresh supplies of bread and other
things we shall need, all under one head. And, besides that, I
had already made up my mind I should select this stream, and
the coves on this lake, for my trapping and hunting for beaver
and other water animals, which I once knew how to take, in
preference to going any farther. So I will accept the post,
warrant the safe-keeping of the common property, and see

-- 206 --

[figure description] Page 206.[end figure description]

what I can do towards contributing my share to the stock of
furs.”

This point being thus regarded by the company as settled,
they next proceeded to the discussion of the more particular
duties which should devolve on their chosen camp-keeper;
which, at length, resulted in the arrangement that he should
go up with his canoe into the Oquossak, once a week, make
the circuit of the lake so far as to visit the nearest or lake-shore
camps of each or each pair of his companions, bring
them fresh provisions, and take back to head-quarters all the
furs each had caught in the interim, and be held responsible
for the good condition and safe-keeping of all the peltries, and
other common property of the company, thus placed in his
charge.

After this matter (which was destined to have an important
bearing on the fate and fortunes of more than one of the leading
personages of our story) was thus disposed of, they then, in
conclusion of the business of the evening, proceeded, by mutual
agreement, to apportion the different locations for hunting on
the upper lake, already fixed on, among the three pairs of
hunters the company would now make; decide what individuals
should join to form each pair; and what general plan of operations
they should adopt after they had got settled in their
respective places. By the amicable arrangement thus made,
Phillips and Claud Elwood were to form one of these pairs,
and fix their lake-camp at the mouth of the river already
named as coming in from the east; Carvil and Mark Elwood to
constitute another pair, and encamp at the mouth of the great
inlet entering at the same place; while Codman and the young
Indian, Tomah, who, from their mutual challenges in beavercatching,
had by this time become friends, and willing to hunt
from the same starting-point, were to have their camp at the
mouth of the river coming in at the northwest end of the lake.
By the plan now adopted, also, each of these three hunting
parties, after they had reached their respective destinations and

-- 207 --

[figure description] Page 207.[end figure description]

built their camps, were to explore the rivers ten or fifteen miles
upward through the forest, and to some suitable and convenient
terminus of their proposed trapping and hunting range; there
build a camp, in which to lodge on their outward jaunts; and
mark off, on their return, by blazing the trees, lines for setting
log-traps for sable, marten, stoat, or ermine, — for, whatever may
be said to the contrary, the noted ermine of Europe is a native
of our northern forests. These marked lines were to diverge
from the upper camps along the ridges on each side of the
river; sometimes running many miles apart, then turning down
to the stream, where indications of beaver and otter had been
discovered, so as to afford a chance for setting and tending steel-traps
for those animals; then running back again on to the high
hills and ridges; but finally converging in, and meeting at the
lake camp. And, these preliminary steps being taken, everything
would then be in readiness for setting the traps, and for
entering on the hopeful business of their expedition.

All these arrangements being now definitely settled and understood,
the consultation was broken up, and the company betook
themselves once more to their sylvan couches, calculating on an
early start the next day for their several destinations on the
Oquossak, the nearest of which was at least a dozen miles
distant.

Accordingly, with the first crack of dawn the next morning,
the loud and startling gallinaceous cachinnation of the droll and
wide-awake trapper aroused the woodsmen from their slumbers,
and warned them to be up and doing. And soon the whole
company were in motion, the kindled fire was crackling and
flashing up amidst the dry pine faggots, thrown on to feed and
start it into the steadier blaze and heat of more solid fuel, and
the process of cooking was going busily forward. In a short
time they were again gathered, in high spirits, round their stone
table, unconsciously partaking, as the event proved, the last
meal they were ever all to enjoy together in the woods. But
let us not anticipate.

-- 208 --

[figure description] Page 208.[end figure description]

As soon as they had dispatched their breakfast, the band
about to depart loaded their canoes with traps, guns, campkettles,
and the provisions needed for immediate use; and, wishing
Gaut Gurley a happy and successful time at his solitary
station, pushed merrily away into the broad lake, turned their
course northward, and sped on their voyage. A few miles'
rowing brought them to the great inlet, which, like the principal
inlets to the lakes below, was another reach of the Androscoggin,
flowing directly from the east through a channel, still
nearly a hundred yards in width and nearly three miles in
length, from its entrance into one lake to the point where it
debouches from the other. After a row of an hour up this
channel, made interesting and impressive by the magnificent
colonnades of princely pines, that, as far as the eye could reach,
stood towering away in lessening perspective along its banks,
they suddenly emerged into the bright and far-stretching waters
of the unmapped Oquossak, which lay nestling and inflected
among the dark green cliffs of the boldly intersecting mountains,
like some rough, unshapen gem, gleaming out from the
rubbish of a mine. And laying their course northeasterly, for
the distant bay receiving the waters of the confluent streams
before described, they now pulled away through the lake, in as
direct a line as its irregular form would permit. And now,
skirting long reaches of its deeply-wooded shores, from which
the old forest, never broken by the axe, and rarely ever trod
by the foot of the white man, was seen, stretching away back,
lift after lift, in pristine grandeur, to the tall summits of the
amphitheatric mountains, — now shooting athwart, under some
dark headland that stood out boldly disputing the empire with
the water, and now threading their way among the clustering
green islands that studded the bright and beautiful expanse, —
they rowed steadily onward for hours, and at length were gladdened
by the sight of the dim but well-remembered outlines of
the pointed bay, whose farthest shore was to be the home and

-- 209 --

[figure description] Page 209.[end figure description]

haven for most of their number, during their present sojourn
in this wild and remote fastness of the wilderness.

To row in, disembark their luggage, select sites for camps, to
build those camps, so far as to make them serve for shelters for
the night, and to prepare and eat their suppers, occupied the
company, who had all decided to remain there that night
through the remainder of the day till bed-time. The next
morning, after an early breakfast, Codman and Tomah took
leave of their companions, and proceeded on further up the
lake to their allotted station; leaving the two Elwoods, and
their respective hunting companions, to complete their camps,
which were situated in near vicinity, get all in readiness, and
the next day enter in earnest on the main business of the
campaign.

But it is not our intention to follow either of these pairs, or
now distinct parties, of adventurous woodsmen, in the general
routine of their camp life, — in their solitary and almost daily
marches among the tangled wilds, from their inner to outer
camps; their toils and fatigues on the way; their pleasant
meetings at the ends of their ranges at night, to recount the
adventures of the day, and lodge together; their heats and
their colds, their dark hours and their bright ones, their curious
experiences and startling encounters with wild animals; and
finally their varying success in realizing the objects of their
expedition, through the successive scenes of the next nine or
ten weeks, where



—“rifle flashed,
The grim bear hushed its savage howl,
In blood and foam the panther gnashed
Its fangs with dying howl;
The fleet deer ceased its flying bound,
Its snarling wolf-foe bit the ground,
And, with its moaning cry,
The beaver sank beneath the wound,
Its pond-built Venice by.”

-- 210 --

[figure description] Page 210.[end figure description]

Suffice it to say, that they were all blest with uninterrupted
health and increasing vigor, in realization of the favorite theory
of Carvil, in relation to the invigorating and fattening principle
of the super-abounding oxygen of the woods. They all highly
enjoyed their wild life, and were, even beyond their most sanguine
expectations, successful in their aggregate acquisitions of
peltries and all kinds of game. Gaut Gurley, whose unremitted
attention and apparent faithfulness in the duties of his post
soon disarmed the distrusting, came round punctually, every
week, supplied them with all they needed, and, while reporting
his own good success, in his short ranges in the vicinity of his
head-quarters encampment, seemed greatly gratified at the continued
successes of all the rest, and exultingly bore off their
furs for curing and safe storage with the rich and rapidly-increasing
collection at his camp; setting the mark of their collected
value, the last time he came round, at upwards of a
thousand dollars, and encouraging them with the hope that,
probably, before any change would occur in the weather
which would compel them to relinquish the business and return
to the settlement, a much larger sum would be realized from
their exertions. And, in view of this gratifying condition of
their affairs, the company at large — as winter at the farthest
could not be very distant — now began to anticipate, with much
satisfaction, the time when they should return to their families,
to gladden them with their welcome presence, and, from the
fruits of their enterprise, make such unlooked-for pecuniary
additions to the means of domestic comfort and happiness.

-- 211 --

p720-224 CHAPTER XV.

“As the night set in, came hail and snow,
And the air grew sharp and chill,
And the warning roar of a terrible blow
Was heard on the distant hill;
And the norther, — see, on the mountain peak,
In his breath, how the old trees writhe and shriek!
He shouts along o'er the plain, ho, ho!
He drives from his nostrils the blinding snow,
And growls with a savage will.”
C. G. Eastman.

[figure description] Page 211.[end figure description]

We will now take the reader to the wild and secluded banks
of Dead river, the great southwesterly tributary of the lordly
Kennebec, the larger twin brother of the Androscoggin, both
of which, after being born of the same parent range of mountains,
and wandering off widely apart, at length find, at the end
of their courses, like many a pair of long estranged brothers,
their final rest in a common estuary at the seaboard. At a
point on the banks of the tributary above named, where its
long southward sweep brings it nearest, and within twenty
miles of the Oquossak, and within a quarter of that distance
from the terminating camps of the outward ranges of the hunters,
two men in hunting-suits might have been seen, in the
fore part of one of the last days of November, in the season of
the eventful expedition we have been describing, intently
engaged in inspecting some fragments of wrought wood, which,
from the clue of some protruding piece, they had kicked up
from the leaves and decayed brushwood that had nearly concealed
them from view. One of these men was past the middle

-- 212 --

[figure description] Page 212.[end figure description]

age, of a hardy but somewhat worn appearance. The other
was in the prime of young manhood, of a finely-moulded form
and an unusually prepossessing face and countenance. But we
may as well let the dialogue that ensued between them disclose
their identity; the matter that was now engaging their attention;
and their reasons for thus appearing in this remote position.

“This piece,” said the elder, closely scanning the fragment
he held in his hand, “is evidently oak, and looks mightily as
if it was once the stave of an oak keg or half-barrel. Yes, and
here is another that will settle the question,” he continued, pulling
from its concealment a larger and sounder fragment.
“There! can't you trace the chine across the end of this?”

“Yes, quite distinctly, and I should not hesitate to pronounce
all these fragments the remains of an oak barrel that had once
been opened, or left here, if I could conceive how such a thing
could come here, in the heart of this extensive wilderness.
How do you solve the mystery, Mr. Phillips?”

“Well, Claud, I am as much at fault as you. Barrels don't
float up stream; and to suppose this came down stream, and
still farther from any inhabitants, wouldn't help on the explanation
any more; while to suppose it was brought here by
hunters through the woods, where they could have no use for it
even if they could get it here, is scarcely more probable.”

“True; but can't we get a clue from something else about
the place? This open space, hereabouts, wears something of
the aspect of a place from which the trees have been once cut
away, or greatly thinned out, for some great encampment, for
instance. Did you ever hear of any expedition of men through
this region, in such numbers as would require the transportation
of large quantities of provisions, drawn possibly by oxen,
or more probably by men on light sledges?”

“Well, now, come to think of it, I have. And I guess you
have blundered right smack on the truth, at the first go off;
which is more than I can claim for myself, I admit. Yes,

-- 213 --

[figure description] Page 213.[end figure description]

nearly fifty years ago, at the beginning of the old war, as you
must have often read, an army did pass somewhere through
the wilderness of Maine to Quebec. It was under the command
of that fiery Satan, Benedict Arnold, — the only man in
America, may be, who could have pushed an army, at that time
of the year, some weeks later in the season than it is now,
through a hundred and fifty miles' reach of such woods as
these are, between our last and the first Canadian settlement.
My father was one of that army of bold and hardy men. They
passed up the Kennebec some distance, and, then, according to
his account, left it, and, with the view of getting over the
Highlands on to the Great Megantic more easily, turned up a
branch, which must have been this very stream. Yes, I see,
now. You are right about the appearance of this spot. There
was once a great encampment here, and doubtless that of
Arnold's army, staying over night, and breaking open a barrel
of meat, conveyed here in some such way as you suggested.”

“It is an interesting discovery; for that was a remarkable
expedition, and must have been one of great hardship and suffering.”

“Hardship and suffering! Why, they fell short of provisions
long before they got out of the wilderness, and, besides the
hardships of cold and fatigue, came near starving to death! I
have heard my father tell how he was one of a party of thirteen,
who, with other like squads, were permitted to scatter
forward in search of some inhabitants, for food, lest they all
perished together; how, after going two days without putting
a morsel into their mouths, except their shoe-strings or the
inner bark of trees, they at length were gladdened by the sight
of an opening, with a log house, and a cow standing before the
door; how, the instant their eyes fell on the cow, they ran like
blood-hounds for the spot, seized an axe, brought the animal to
the ground, ripped up the hide on one thigh, cut off slices of
the quivering flesh, and, by the time the aroused family had

-- 214 --

[figure description] Page 214.[end figure description]

got out into the yard, were munching and gobbling them down
raw, with the desperate eagerness of ravenous beasts.”*

“Horrible! but they paid the poor people for their cow, I
trust?”

“Yes, twice over, but that did not reconcile them to the loss
of their only cow, where it was so difficult to get another. The
children screamed, and even the man and his wife wrung their
hands and cried as if their hearts would break.”

“That incident is to me a new feature among the horrors of
war, which I probably should have never heard of but for
coming here and making this curious discovery of one of the
relics of that terrible and fruitless campaign of our Revolution.
I am glad we concluded to come.”

“So am I; for that, and the other reason that I wanted to
see the lay of the country, round this river, where, as it happened,
I had never been. But my mind misgave me several
times, on the way.”

“Why so, pray?”

“I can hardly tell, myself, but I began to kinder feel as if
something wrong was going on somewhere, and that, though
this place could not be more than five miles from our upper
camp, where we stayed last night, we had yet better be making
our way directly back to the lake. Besides that, I haven't liked
the symptoms of the weather, to-day.”

“I don't know that I have noticed any thing peculiar in the
weather, except a chilliness of the air that I have not felt before
this season.”

“That's the thing,” rejoined the hunter, glancing uneasily up
through the treetops, to try to get a view of the sky. “But
there are other indications I don't fancy. There is a peculiar
raw dampness in the air, and a sort of low, moaning sound
heard once in a while murmuring along through the forest,

-- 215 --

[figure description] Page 215.[end figure description]

such as I have often noticed before great storms, and sudden
changes from fall to winter weather, this time of the year.
And hush! hark!” he exclaimed, suddenly cutting short his
remark, as the well-known, solemn, and quickly-repeated konk!
konk!
of wild geese, on their passage, greeted their ears.

They ran down to the water's edge to get a view of the open
sky, when, looking up, they saw a large flock of these winged,
semi-annual voyagers of the air, coming in view over the forest,
in their usual widespread, harrow-shaped battalions, and with
seemingly hurried flight, pitching down from the British highlands
toward the lower regions to the south. And that flock
had scarcely receded beyond hearing, when another, and yet
another, with the same uneasy cries and rapid flight, passed, in
quick succession, over the open reach of sky above them.

“How far do you calculate the nearest shore of the Gulf of
St. Lawrence is from here?” asked the hunter, musingly.

“O, not so very great a distance, — three hundred miles,
perhaps,” replied Claud, looking inquiringly at the other.

“Well,” slowly responded the hunter, “those God-taught
creatures know more about the coming changes of the weather
than all the philosophers in the world. These are but the advanced
detachments of armies yet behind them, already, doubtless,
on their way from Labrador, and even more northern
coasts beyond. In the unusual mild November we have had,
they never received their warning till this morning. And these,
being on the southern outposts of their summer quarters, the
Gulf of St. Lawrence, started at daylight, I presume, — about
four hours ago, just about the time I perceived a change in
the atmosphere myself. This, at the rapid headway you perceive
they are making, would give them time to get here by
this hour of the day.”

“Then you take this as an indication of the approach of winter
weather?”

“I do. And the evident hurriedness of their flight, and the
sort of quickened, anxious tone of their cries, show that they,

-- 216 --

[figure description] Page 216.[end figure description]

at least, think it is not far behind them. But let us put all the
signs together. I must get to some place where I can see more
of the sky. I noticed, as I was coming in sight of the river, a
short way back in the woods, a high, sharp hill, with a bare,
open top, rising from the river, about a hundred rods up along
here to the left. What suppose we pack up, and go and ascend
it? We can, there, besides getting the view we want of the
lay of the country, see, probably, the horizon nearly all round.
And, all this done, we will then hold a council of war, and decide
on our next movement.”

This proposal meeting the ready approval of the young man,
the two took their rifles, and proceeded to the foot of the eminence
in question, which they found to be a steep, conical hill, rising
abruptly three or four hundred feet above the general level
of the surrounding forest, with a small, pointed apex, from which
some tornado had hurled every standing tree except a tall,
slender green pine, that shot up eighty or ninety feet, as straight
as a flagstaff, from the centre. After a severe scramble up
the steeps, in some places almost perpendicular, they at length
reached the summit, and commenced leisurely walking round
the verge, looking down on the variegated wilderness, which,
with its thousand dotted hills and undulating ridges, lay stretched
in cold solitude around them. With only a general glance,
however, over the surrounding forests, the gaze of the hunter
was anxiously lifted upwards, to study the omens of the heavens.
The sun, by this time, was scarcely visible beneath the cold,
lurid haze which had for some hours been gradually stealing
over it; while around the horizon lay piled long, motionless
banks of leaden clouds, thick and heavy enough evidently to be
dark, but yet of that light, dead, glazed, uncertain hue, which
the close observer may have often noted as the precursor of
winter-storms. After a long and attentive survey of every
visible part of the heavens, the hunter, with an ominous shake
of the head, dropped his eyes to the ground, and said:

“I was right, but didn't want to believe it when I got up this

-- 217 --

[figure description] Page 217.[end figure description]

morning; and the wild geese are right. We are on the eve of
winter, and our best hope is that it may come gently. But
even that favor, I greatly fear, we shall not be permitted to
realize.”

“Well, sir, with that view of the case, in which I am inclined
to concur, what do you propose now?” asked Claud.

“Why, I propose, seeing we have all the fur pelts we took
from the traps yesterday put up in packs, and have left nothing
in our upper camp of any consequence, — I propose, that, instead
of going back to our nearest marked line, as we talked of, we
strike directly across the woods, by the nearest route, to our
lake camp; or, if you are willing to put up with two or three
miles additional travel, we will steer so as to take the upper
camp of your father and Carvil in our way. We might find
them there, perhaps.”

“Then let us steer for their camp; I can stand the jaunt.
But can you determine the direction to be taken to strike it?”

“Nearly, I think. Their camp, you know, is on the neck or
connecting piece of river, between two long ponds, lying about
southwest of us. I rather expected to be able to get a glimpse
of one of those ponds from the hilltop, but find I can't. I
presume I could, however, from the top of this pine tree.”

“Yes, but to climb it would be a long, and perhaps dangerous
task, would it not?”

“No, neither. We woodsmen are often compelled to resort
to such a course, to take our latitude and bearings. And, on
the whole, I think in this case it might be the cheapest way.
So I will up it, and you may be watching for wild geese, that
are still, I perceive, every few minutes, somewhere in sight.
Very likely some flock may soon come over us near enough for
a shot.”

So saying, the resolute and active hunter, casting aside coat,
cap, and boots, sprang up several feet on to the clasped trunk
of the pine, over whose rough bark he now, by means of the
vigorous clenches of his arms and legs, fast made his way

-- 218 --

[figure description] Page 218.[end figure description]

upwards. It was a hard struggle for him, however, till he reached
the lower limbs, some fifty feet from the ground, when, swinging
himself up by a grappled limb, he quickly disappeared among
the thick, mantling boughs, on his now doubly-rapid ascent;
and, in a few minutes more, he was heard by his companion
below, breaking off the obstructing tiptop branches, and, as he
gazed abroad from his dizzy height, shouting out the discoveries
which were the object of his bold attempt.

“Make ready there, below!” he startlingly exclaimed, all at
once, after a long pause, in which he seemed to be silently
noting the distant objects in the forest; “make ready there,
below, for a famous large flock of wild geese, just heaving in
sight over the hills, and coming directly to this spot.”

The next moment the expected flock, spread out in columns
answering to the two sides of a triangle, each a quarter of a
mile in extent, and the nearest nearly in a line with the summit
where the young huntsman stood, with raised rifle, awaiting
their approach, came in full view, making the forest resound
with their multitudinous and mingling cries, and the loud beating
of their long wings on the air, as they swept onward in
their close proximity to the earth. Singling out the nearest
goose of the nearest column, Claud quickly caught his aim, and
fired; when the struck bird, with a convulsive start, suddenly
clasped its wings, and, in its onward impulse, came down like
lightning into the bushes, within five rods from its exulting
captor.

“Done like a marksman, — plumped through and through
under the wing. You are improving, young man,” exclaimed
the hunter, who now, rapidly coming down, had reached the foot
of the tree, as Claud came forward from the bushes, with his
prize. “It is a fine fat one, ain't it?” he continued, glancing
at the heavy bird, as he was pulling on his boots. “We will
take it along with us for our supper.”

“Yes, rather a lucky shot,” returned the other,

-- 219 --

[figure description] Page 219.[end figure description]

self-complacently. “But what discoveries did you make up there, that
will aid us in our course, Mr. Phillips?”

“O, that is all settled,” answered the latter, putting on his
pack, and buttoning up, preparatory to an immediate start. “I
caught glimpses of both the ponds, noted all the hilltops, ridges,
and other noticeable landmarks, in the line between here and
there, and can lead you as straight as a gun to the spot, for
which we will now be off; and the sooner the better, as it is
fast growing colder and colder, and the whole heavens are
every moment growing more dark and dubious.”

They then, after making their way down the precipitous side
of the hill to its western foot, struck off, under the lead of the
hunter, in a line through the forest, preserving their points of
compass, when none of their general landmarks were visible,
by noting the peculiar weather-beaten appearance of the mosses
on the north sides of the trees, and the usual inclination of the
tips of the hemlocks from west to east. And for the next hour
and a half, on, on they tramped, in Indian file, and almost unbroken
silence, making headway with their long, loping steps,
notwithstanding the obstructing fallen trees, brushwood, and
constantly occurring inequalities of the ground, with a speed
which none but practised woodsmen can attain in the forest,
and which is scarcely equalled by the fastest foot-travellers on
the smooth and beaten highways of the open country.

At length they were gratified by an indistinct sight of some
body of water, gleaming dimly through the trees from some
point in front; and the walk of a few hundred yards more
brought them out, as it luckily happened, directly to the camp
of which they were in search. It was, however, tenantless;
their companions had already departed; but the bed of live
coals in the usual place, from which the thin vapor was still
perceptibly ascending, showed that they could not have left
more than an hour before. In glancing into the deserted
shanty, they descried a clean strip of white birch bark, lying
conspicuously on the ground, a few feet within the entrance.

-- 220 --

[figure description] Page 220.[end figure description]

On picking it up, they were soon enabled to read the following
words, traced with the charred end of a twig:

“Thinking something unusual to be brewing overhead, we
are off for the lake about 10 A. M.

Carvil.

“A very observing, considerate man, that Mr. Carvil,” said
the hunter, still musingly keeping his eyes on the unique dispatch.
“He is one of the few book-learned men I have ever
known, who could apply science to the natural philosophy of
the woods. I can see how justly he reasoned out this case:
knowing that we had some thought of a jaunt to Dead river
this trip, he judged we should notice the signs of the weather
just as we did, and, as it seems, he did; and that, in consequence,
when we got there, we should decide on the nearest
route back, which would bring us so near their camp that we
should be tempted to come to it; and so he left this notice for
us that they thought it wisdom to depart.”

While the hunter was thus delivering himself, as he stood by
the fire before the entrance, spreading out his hands over the
coals, Claud went inside, and, returning with two fine, fresh
trout, which the late occupants had, for some cause, left behind
them, held them up to his musing companion, and exclaimed

“Look here, Mr. Phillips, — see what they have left for us!”

“Good!” cried the hunter, rousing himself, “for, whether
they left them by design or mistake, they come equally well in
play at this time. You out with your knife and split them
through the back, and I will prepare the coals. We will roast
them for a lunch, which will refresh and strengthen us for the
ten or twelve miles walk that is still to be accomplished, before
reaching the lake.”

After dispatching the welcome meal, which in this primitive
fashion they had prepared for themselves out of the material
thus unexpectedly come to hand, and enjoying the half-hour's
rest consequent on the grateful occupation, they again swung on
their packs, and, striking into one of the marked lines of their

-- 221 --

[figure description] Page 221.[end figure description]

companions, set forth with fresh vigor on their journey. Their
walk, however, was a long and dreary one. Contrary to what
they had ever before experienced, in jaunts of this length
through the woods, not a single hunting adventure occurred, to
enliven the tedium of the way. For, although the heavens
above were made vocal with the screams of wild geese, still
pouring along in their hurried flight to the south, to escape the
elemental foe behind, like the rapidly succeeding detachments
of some retreating army, yet not a living creature, biped or
quadruped, was anywhere to be heard or seen in the forest beneath.
All seemed to have instinctively shrunk away and fled,
as from the presence of some impending evil, to their dens and
coverts, there to await, cowering and silent, the dreaded outbreak.
Slowly, but steadily, the lurid storm-clouds were gathering
in the heavens, bringing shade after shade over the darkening
wilderness. Low, hollow murmurs in the troubled air
were now heard, ominously stealing along the wooded hills;
and now, in the sharp, momentary rattling of the seared beechleaves,
the whole forest seemed shivering in the dead chill that
was settling over the earth. The cold, indeed, was now becoming
so intense as to congeal and skim over all the pools and
still eddies of the river, and make solid ice along the shores of
the rapid currents of the stream; while even the ground was
fast becoming so frozen as to clumper and sound beneath the
hurrying tread of our anxious travellers. By three in the
afternoon, it had become so dark that they could scarcely see
the white blazings on the sides of the trees, by which they were
guided in their course; and in less than another hour, they were
stumbling along almost in utter darkness, uncertain of their
way, and nearly despairing of reaching their destination that
night. But, while they were on the point of giving up the attempt,
the bright glare of an ascending blaze, shooting fiercely
through the thickets before them, greeted their gladdened eyes,
and put them on exertions that soon brought them rejoicing
into the comfortable quarters of their almost equally gratified

-- 222 --

[figure description] Page 222.[end figure description]

friends and comrades; where it was at once decided that, instead
of proceeding to their own camp, to build a fire and lodge,
they should turn in for the night.

After some time passed in the animated and cheery interchange
of inquiries and opinions, which usually succeeds on the
meeting of anxiously-sought or expected friends, Claud and
Phillips, having by this time warmed and measurably rested
themselves, took hold with Carvil and Mark Elwood in dressing
and cooking for supper and for breakfast the next morning,
Claud's goose, and a pair of fine ducks from a flock which the
two latter had encountered just before reaching camp that afternoon;
and, after completing this process with their good supply
of game, and the more agreeable one of eating so much of it as
served for a hearty supper, they drew up an extra quantity of
fuel for the large fire which they felt it would be necessary to
keep up through the night; and then, seating themselves in
camp, went into an earnest consultation on the measures and
movements next to be taken. When, in view of the lateness of
the season, coupled as it was with the alarming portents of an
immediate storm, which they had all noticed, it was unanimously
determined that they should embark, early next morning, for
head-quarters on the Maguntic, where Gaut Gurley, instead of
preparing to come round again, as was now nearly his usual
time to do, would, under the altered aspect of things, doubtless
be awaiting them, and making arrangements for the return
of all to the settlement. Then, building up a fire of solid logs,
for long burning, the tired woodsmen drew up their bough-pillows
towards the entrance of the camp, so as to bring their feet
near the fire, closely wrapped their thick blankets around them,
lay down, and were soon buried in sound slumber. And it was
well for them that they were thus early taking their needed
rest; for, soon after midnight, they were awakened by the
lively undulations of the piercing cold air that was driving and
whistling through the sides of their camp, and by the puffs of
suffocating smoke that the eddying winds were ever and anon

-- 223 --

[figure description] Page 223.[end figure description]

driving from their fire directly into their faces. One after another
they rose, and ran out to see what had caused the, to them,
sudden change that had occurred in the air since they went to
sleep. And they were not long in ascertaining the truth. The
expected storm had set in, with that low, deep commotion of
the elements, and that slowly gathering impetus, which, as may
often be noted at the commencement of great storms, was but
the too certain prelude of its increase and duration. The fine
snow was sifting down apace to the already whitened ground,
and the rising wind, even in their mountain-hemmed nook, was
whirling in fierce and fitful eddies about their camp, and shrilly
piping among the strained branches of the vexed forest around;
while its loud and awful roar, as it careered along the sides of
the distant mountains, told with what strength and fury the
storm was commencing over the country at large. In the situation
in which the company now found themselves, neither sleep,
comfort, nor quiet were to be expected for the remainder of
the night. They therefore piled high the wood on their fire,
and gathered round the hot blaze, to protect them from the cold,
that had now not only grown more intense, but become doubly
difficult to withstand, from the force with which it was brought
by the driving blasts in contact with their shivering persons.
And thus, — in alternately turning their backs and fronts to the
fire, while standing in one place, and often shifting places from
one side of the fire to the other; in now taking refuge within
their camp when the constantly veering gusts bore the smoke
and flame outward, and then fleeing out of it when the stifling
column was driven inward; but finding no peace nor rest anywhere,
among those shifts and commotions of the battling elements, —
they wore away the long and comfortless hours of that
dreary night, till the return of morning light, which, after many
a vain prayer for its speedier appearance, at length gradually
broke over the storm-invested widerness.

As soon as it was light enough to see objects abroad, or see
them as well as they can ever be discerned through the

-- 224 --

[figure description] Page 224.[end figure description]

fastfalling snow of such a driving storm, Phillips and Carvil sallied
out through the snow, already eight inches deep, and made their
way down to the nearest shore of the lake, about a quarter of
a mile distant, to ascertain the condition of the water before
embarking upon it in their canoes, as they had designed to do
immediately after breakfast. On reaching the shore, they
found the narrow bay, before mentioned as forming the estuary
of the two rivers on which they had been located, comparatively
calm, though filled with congealing snow and floating ice from
the rivers. But all beyond the line of the two points of land
inclosing the bay was rolling and tumbling in wild commotion,
madly lashing the rocky headlands with the foaming waters, and
resounding abroad over the hills with the deep, hoarse roar of
the tempest-beaten breakers of the ocean.

“Do you see and hear that?” exclaimed Phillips, pointing to
the lake.

“Yes, yes; but what was that I just caught a glimpse of, out
there in the offing, to the right?” hastily cried Carvil.

They both peered forward intently; and the next moment
they saw a canoe, containing a single rower, low bending to his
oar, shoot by the northern headland with the speed of an arrow,
strike obliquely out of the white line of rolling waves into the
bay, and make towards the point where they stood.

“Who can it be?” inquired Carvil, after watching a while in
silence the slow approach of the obstructed canoe.

“In a minute more we shall see,” replied the hunter, bending
forward to get a view of the man's face, which, being seen
the next moment, he added, with a shout: “Hallo, there, Codman,
is that you? Why didn't you crow, to let us know who
was coming?”

“Crow?” exclaimed the trapper, driving through the ice to
the shore; “did you ever hear a rooster crow in a time like
this? There! I am safe, at last,” he added, leaping out upon
the shore, and glancing back with a dubious shake of the head
towards the scene from which he had thus escaped. “Yes, safe

-- 225 --

[figure description] Page 225.[end figure description]

now, for all my fright; but I would not be out another hour on
that terrible lake for all the beaver in the province of Maine!
I started at daylight, got out a mile or two, tolerably, but after
that, Heaven only knows how I rode on those wild waves without
swamping! But no matter, — I am here.”

“But where is Tomah, the Indian?” asked the hunter.

“Tomah!” said Codman, in surprise. “Why, haven't you
seen him? He went off three days ago, saying he must return
to the settlement, to be training his moose to the sledge, so as to
start for Boston with him, the first snow. He said he should
leave it with Gaut Gurley to see to his share of the furs. I
supposed he would call at one of your camps. But come, move
on. I suppose you have a fire at camp, and something to eat; I
am frozen to death, and starved to death, besides being more
than half-dead from the great scaring I've had; but that's all
over now, and I'm keen for breakfast. So troop along back to
your camp, I say.”

To return to camp, take their cold and comfortless breakfast,
and decide on the now hard alternatives of remaining where
they were, to await the event of the storm, without provisions,
and with their imperfect means of protection from the
rigor of the elements, or of starting off through the cumbering
snow beneath their feet, and the driving tempest above their
heads, with the hope of reaching head-quarters by land, before
another night should overtake them, was but the work of half
an hour. To remain, with the foretaste of the past and the
prospects of the future, was a thought so forbidding that none
of them could for a moment entertain it; and to set out to
travel by land, with such prospects, over the mountains, by
the long, winding route on the eastern side of the lake, — which
was the only one left to them, and which could not be less than
fifteen miles in extent, — was a scarcely less forbidding alternative.
But it must be adopted. So, gathering in their steel
traps and iron utensils, they buried them all, except their lightest
hatchet, under a log, that they should not be encumbered

-- 226 --

[figure description] Page 226.[end figure description]

with more weight than was absolutely necessary; snugly packing
up the few peltries they had taken since Gaut Gurley had
been round, and putting the scanty remains of their food into
their pockets, for a lunch on the way, they set forth on their
formidable undertaking.

Led on and guided by the calm and resolute hunter, — who
at different times had been over the whole way, and in whose
skill and discretion, as a woodsman, for conducting them by the
nearest and easiest route, they all had undoubting confidence, —
they vigorously made their way onwards through the accumulating
snows and natural obstructions of the forest; now threading
the thickets of the valleys; now skirting the sides of the
hills; now crossing deep ravines; and now climbing high
mountains in their toilsome march. And, though the storm
seemed to rage more and more fiercely with the advancing
hours of the day, — whirling clouds of blinding snow in their
faces, hurling the decayed limbs and trunks of the older tenants
of the wood to the earth around them, in the fury of its blasts,
and rattling and creaking through the colliding branches of the
writhing green trees, as it swept over the wilderness, — yet,
for all these difficulties of the way and commotions of the elements,
they faltered not, but continued to move forward in
stern and moody silence, hour after hour, in the footsteps of
their indomitable leader, until they reached the extreme eastern
point of the lake, where their destination required them to turn
round it, in a sharp angle to the west. Here, at the suggestion
of their leader, who made the encouraging announcement that
the worst half of their journey was accomplished, they made a
halt, under the lee of a sheltering mountain, for rest and refreshment.
And, sitting down on a fallen tree, from whose
barkless trunk they brushed off the snow, they took out and commenced
chewing their stale and frozen bread, with a few small
pieces of duck-meat, remaining from their breakfast, and comprising
the last of their provisions. The animal heat, produced
by their great and continued exertions in travelling, had thus

-- 227 --

[figure description] Page 227.[end figure description]

far prevented them from suffering much from the cold, or perceiving
its actual intensity. But they had been at rest scarcely
long enough to finish their meagre repast, when they were
driven from their seats by the chill of the invading element, and
were eagerly demanding, as a lesser annoyance, again to be led
forward on their journey. The snow by this time had accumulated
to the depth of a foot and a half, and still came swiftly
sifting down aslant to the earth, without the least sign of abatement;
while the wind, which was before a gale, had now risen
to a hurricane, causing the smitten earth to tremble and shake
under the force of the terrible blasts that went shrieking and
howling through the bowed, bending, and twisting forests,
where



“The sturdiest birch its strength was feeling,
And pine trees dark and tall
To and fro were madly reeling,
Or dashing headlong in their fall.”

But, still undismayed by these manifestations of elemental
power around them, or the prospects before them, all terrific
and disheartening as they were, and nerved by the consciousness
that their only chance of escape from a fearful death depended
on their exertions, the bold and hardy woodsmen again
started out into the trackless waste, and labored desperately
onward, mile after mile, through the impeding snow; sometimes
taken to the armpits in its gathering drifts, and sometimes
thrown at full length beneath its submerging depths by stepping
into some hole or chasm it had concealed from their sight.
And thus resolutely did they beat and buffet their rough way
through the perplexed and roaring wilderness, and thus stoutly
did they bear up against the constantly thickening dangers that
environed them during the last part of that dreadful day. But,
as night drew on, their strength and spirits began to flag and
give way. The cold was increasing in intensity. The tempest
howled louder than ever over their heads, and the snow
had become so deep and drifted that furlongs became as miles

-- 228 --

[figure description] Page 228.[end figure description]

in their progress. And yet, as they supposed, they were miles
from their destination. At length, one after another, they faltered
and stopped. The strong men quailed at the fate which
seemed staring them in the face, and they were on the point
of giving up in despair. But hark! that cheery shout which
rises above the roaring of the wind, from their more hardy and
hopeful leader, who, while all others stopped, had pushed on
some thirty rods in advance. It comes again!

“Courage, men! We have struck the river, at whose mouth
stands our camp, now not half a mile distant.”

Aroused by the glad tidings, that sent a thrill of joy through
their sinking hearts, they sprang forward, with the revivified
energies which new and suddenly-lighted hope will sometimes
so strangely impart, and were soon by the side of the exulting
hunter; when together they rushed and floundered along down
the banks of the stream towards the place, in joyful excitement
at the thought that their troubles were now so nearly over, and
with visions of the comfortable quarters, warm fires, and smoking
suppers, which they confidently expected were awaiting
them at camp, brightly dancing before them. Joy and hope
lent wings to their speed; and, in a short time, they could discern
the open place and the well-remembered outlines of the
locality where the camp was situated. But no bright light
greeted their expectant eyes. They were now at the spot, but,
to their utter consternation, no camp was to be seen! Could
they be mistaken in the place? No; there was the open path
leading to the structure; there rose the steep side of the hill;
and there, at the foot of it, stood the perpendicular rock against
which it was erected! What could it mean? After standing
a moment in mute amazement, peering inquiringly at each
other, in the fading twilight, they started forward for the rock,
and, in so doing, came upon the two front posts, still standing
up some feet out of the snow. They were black and charred!
The sad truth then flashed over their minds. Their camp had
been burnt to the ground, and with it, also, probably, their rich

-- 229 --

[figure description] Page 229.[end figure description]

collection of furs, — nearly the whole fruit of all the toils and
fatigues of their expedition! O death, death! what shall save
the poor trappers, now?

“Great God! I have had a presentiment of this,” exclaimed
Phillips, the first to find utterance, in a voice trembling with
unwonted emotion.

“How could it have happened?” and “Where is Gaut
Gurley?” simultaneously burst from the lips of the others.

“Well may you ask those questions, and well couple them
together, I fancy,” responded the hunter, with bitter significance.
“But away with all speculations about that, now. We have
something that more nearly concerns us to attend to, in this
strait, than forming conjectures about the loss of our property:
our lives are at stake! If you will mind me, however,
you may all yet be saved.”

“Direct us, direct us, and we will obey,” eagerly responded
one and all.

“Two of you follow me, then, for something dry, if we can
find it, for a fire, and the rest go to kicking away and treading
down the snow under the rock, with all your might!” sharply
commanded the hunter, dashing his way towards the thickets,
with hatchet in hand.

With that ready obedience which a superior in energy and
experience will always command among his fellows, in emergencies
like this, the men went to work in earnest. In a short
time the snow was cleared away or beat down compactly over
a space some yards in extent along the side of the rock, while
the others soon returned with a supply of the driest wood to be
found, together with an armfull of hemlock boughs, to strew
over the beaten snow. The next thing requiring their attention
was the all-important object of starting a fire. But in this
they were doomed to sad disappointment. Their punk-wood
tinder had been so dampened by the snow sifting into their
coat-pockets, where they had deposited it, that it could not be
made to catch the sparks of the smitten steel. They then tried

-- 230 --

[figure description] Page 230.[end figure description]

the flashing of their guns; but they had no paper, and could
find no dry leaves or fleecy bark of the birch, and the finest
splinters or shavings they could whittle, in the dark, from the
clefts of the imperfectly dry pine, would not take fire from the
light, evanescent flash of the powder in their pans. Again
and again did they renew the doubtful experiment; but every
succeeding trial, from the dampness of their material in the
driving snow, and from the unmanageable condition of their benumbed
fingers and shivering frames, became more and more
hopeless, till at length they were compelled to relinquish wholly
the fruitless attempt.

“This is a calamity, indeed!” exclaimed the hunter. “I
feared it might be so from the first. Could we have foreseen
the want, so as to have been on the lookout for material coming
along, or have got here before dark, it might have been averted.
But as it is, there is one resort left for us, if we would live in
this terrible wind and cold till morning; and that is, to keep in
constant and lively motion. Whoever lies down to sleep is a
dead man!”

But he found it difficult to impress on the minds of most of
them his idea of the danger of ceasing motion. They began
to say they felt more comfortable now, and, being very tired,
must lay down to take a little rest. Sharply forbidding the
indulgence, the hunter sallied out, cut and trimmed two or
three green beech switches, and returned with them to his
wondering companions; when, finding Mark Elwood, in disregard
of his warning, already down and dozing on a bunch of
boughs under the rock, he sternly exclaimed:

“Up, there, in an instant!”

“O, let me lie,” begged the unconsciously freezing man: “do
let me lie a little while. I am almost warm, now, but very,
very sleepy,” he added, sinking away again into a doze.

Instantly a smart blow from the tough and closely-setting
switch of the hunter fell upon the outstretched legs of the
dozer, who cringed and groaned, but did not start. Another

-- 231 --

[figure description] Page 231.[end figure description]

and another, and yet another, fell with the quickness and force
of a pedagogue's rod on the legs of an offending urchin, till the
aroused, maddened and enraged victim of the seeming cruelty
leaped to his feet, and, with doubled fists, rushed upon the assailant,
who darted off into the snow and led his pursuer a
doubling race of several hundred yards before he returned to
the spot.

“There are some spare switches,” resumed the active and
stout-hearted hunter, as he came in a little ahead of the puffing,
reänimated, and now pacified Elwood; “take them in hand, and
do the same by me, if you see me going the same way; it is
our only salvation!”

But, notwithstanding all this preaching, and the obvious effects
of this wholesome example, others of the company, deceived
by the insidious sensation which steals upon the unsuspecting
victims of such exposures, as the treacherous herald of
their death, — others, in turn, required and promptly received
the application of the same strange remedy. But this could
not always last. The fatigue of their previously overtasked
systems prevented them from keeping up their exertions many
hours more; and, declaring they could bear up no longer, one
after another sunk down under the rock; and even their hitherto
indomitable leader himself now visibly relaxed, and at
length threw himself down with the rest, feebly murmuring:

“I know what this feeling means; but it is so sweet! let us
all die together!”

At that instant a shock, quickly followed by the loud, gathering
rumblings of an earthquake, somewhere above them,
suddenly aroused and brought every man to his feet. And
the next moment an avalanche of snow, sweeping down the
steep side of the rock-faced declivity above, shot obliquely over
their heads to the level below, leaving them unharmed, but
buried twenty feet beneath the outward surface.

“Now, God be praised!” cried the hunter, at once comprehending
what had happened, and starting forward to feel out

-- 232 --

[figure description] Page 232.[end figure description]

what space was left them between their shielding rock in the
rear and the wedged and compact slant snow-wall in front,
which, with the no less deeply blocked ends, formed the roof
and sides of their new and thus strangely built prison-house.
“This is the work of Providence! We are now, at least,
safe from the cold, as you will all, I think, soon have the pleasure
of perceiving.”

“You are right, Mr. Phillips,” responded Carvil; “and it is
strange some of us did not think of building a snow-house at
the outset. Even the wild partridges, that in coldest weather
protect themselves by burrowing in the snow, might have taught
us the lesson.”

“Yes, but it has been far better done in the way God has
provided for us. And we have only now to get our blood into
full circulation to insure us safety and rest through the night;
and let us do this by shaking out our boughs, and treading
down the snow, as smooth as a floor, to receive them for our
bedding.”

“It may be as you say about its being mild here, Mr. Phillips,”
doubtingly observed Mark Elwood; “but it seems strange
philosophy to me, that being inclosed in snow, the coldest
substance in nature, should make us warmer than in the open
air.”

“And still I suspect it is a fact, father,” said Claud. “The
Esquimaux, and other nations of the extreme north, it is known,
live in snow-houses, without fire, the whole of their long and
rigorous winters.”

“O, Phillips is right enough about that,” added Codman, now
evidently fast regaining his usual buoyancy of spirits; “yes,
right enough about that, whether he was about that plaguey
switching he gave us, or not. Why, I can feel a great change
in the air here already! warm enough, soon; safe, at any rate;
so, hurra for life and home, which, being once so honestly lost,
will now be clear gain. Hurra! whoo-rah! whoo-rah-ee!
Kuk-kuk-ke-o-ho!”

-- 233 --

[figure description] Page 233.[end figure description]

And the hunter was right, and the trapper was right. Their
perils and physical sufferings were over. They were not only
safe, but fast becoming comfortable. And, by the time they
had trod down the snow as hard and smooth as had been proposed,
and shaken out the boughs and distributed them for
their respective beds, the air seemed as warm as that of a mild
day in October. Their clothes were smoking and becoming
dry by the evaporation of the dampness caused by the snow.
Their limbs had become pliant, and their whole systems restored
to their wonted warmth and circulation. And, wrapping themselves
in their blankets, they laid down, — as they knew they
could now safely do, — and were soon lost in refreshing slumber,
from which they did not awake till a late hour the next
morning.

When they awoke, after their deep slumbers, they at once
concluded, from the altered and lighter hue of all around them,
as well as by their own feelings, that it must be day without;
and with one accord commenced, with their hatchets, cutting
and digging a hole through the wall of their snowy prison-house,
in the place where they judged it most likely to be thinnest.
After working by turns some thirty or forty minutes,
and cutting or beating out an upward passage eight or ten
yards in extent, they suddenly broke through into the open air.
The roaring of the storm no longer greeted their ears. The
terrible conflict of the elements, which yesterday kept the
heavens and earth in such hideous commotion, was over and
gone. Though it was as cold as in the depths of winter, the
sky was almost cloudless; and the sun, already far on his
diurnal circuit, was glimmering brightly over the dreary wastes
of the snow-covered wilderness. By common consent, they
then packed up, and immediately commenced beating their
slow and toilsome way towards the nearest habitation, which
was that of the old chief, now only about five miles distant, over
land, on the shore of the lake below. With far less fatigue
and other suffering, save that of hunger, than they had

-- 234 --

[figure description] Page 234.[end figure description]

anticipated, they reached the hospitable cabin of Wenongonet before
night. Here their wants were supplied; here an earnest discussion—
in which they were aided by the shrewd surmises
of the chief — was held, respecting the burning of their camp
and the probable loss of their common property; and, finally,
here, though the “Light of the Lodge” was absent at her city
home, they were agreeably entertained through the night and
succeeding day, — when, the lakes having become frozen over
sufficiently strong to make travelling on the ice as safe as it
was convenient and easy, they, on the second morning after
their arrival at his house, bade their entertainer good-by, and
set out for their homes in the settlement, which they respectively
reached by daylight, to the great relief of their anxious
and now overjoyed families and friends.

eaf720n4

* A historical fact, once related to the author by an old soldier who was
one of the party here described.

-- 235 --

p720-248 CHAPTER XVI.

“There was a laughing devil in his sneer,
That rais'd emotions both of hate and fear.”

[figure description] Page 235.[end figure description]

In the early part of an appointed day, about a fortnight
after the return of the imperilled and unfortunate trappers to
their homes, as described in the preceding chapter, an unusual
gathering of men was to be seen within and around a building
whose barn, open shed, watering-trough, and sign-post, showed
its aspirations to be a tavern, occupying a central position
among a small, scattering group of primitive-looking houses,
situated on the banks of the Androscoggin, five miles below
that lake, and where it might be considered as fairly under
way, as an uninterrupted river, in its devious course to the
ocean.

In the yard and around the door stood men, gathered in small
knots, engaged in low, earnest conversation; while, every few
minutes, some were seen issuing from the house and hastily departing,
as if dispatched on special messages, — the company in
the mean time being continually augmented by fresh arrivals of
the settlers, who came straggling in from both directions of the
great road, which, leading from the more thickly-settled parts
of Maine to the Connecticut, here passed over the Androscoggin.

Within the house, in the largest room, and behind a table,
drawn up near the wall at the farther end, sat a magistrate, in
all the grave dignity of a court, with pen in hand and paper
before him, as if in readiness to take such testimony in the
case on hand as should be presented for his consideration. On
his right sat Mark Elwood, Phillips, and Codman, appearing as

-- 236 --

[figure description] Page 236.[end figure description]

the representatives of the injured trappers or hunters, who
were the prosecutors in the case; while on his left sat Gaut
Gurley, in custody of the sheriff and his assistant, who had
arrested and brought him there to answer to the complaint of
the former. Gaut appeared perfectly unconcerned, glancing
boldly about him with an air of proud defiance; while his
former companions, the trappers just named, sat looking down
at their feet, compressing their lips and knitting their brows in
moody and indignant silence.

But, before proceeding with any further description of the
court, its parties or doings, let us briefly recur to what had
happened in the interim between the return of the trappers
and their present appearance in court, for redress for the outrages
that they supposed had been designedly committed upon
them, or at least for bringing to punishment the man who,
they felt morally certain, must be the perpetrator.

After the trappers had reached their homes, become fully
restored from the chill and fatigues they had undergone during
the terrible storm with which their expedition so disastrously
terminated, and attended to such domestic wants as demanded
their immediate care, they met at the house of Phillips, in
accordance with an appointment they made when they parted,
to report what evidence each might be able to collect relative
to the burning of their camp, and the suspected previous abstraction
of their furs; and thereupon to decide what measures
should be taken in the premises. Finding that Gaut Gurley
had been seen at home, or in the vicinity, some days previous to
the storm, and that he was not likely to come to them, they dispatched
a disinterested person to him, to notify him of their arrival,
and the condition in which they found matters at the store-camp,
left in his charge, and also of their wish that he would
attend their proposed meeting, and account for the catastrophe
which had so unexpectedly occurred. He pretended to know
nothing of the affair, and feigned great surprise at the news;
said he had left the camp and its stores, all safe, two days

-- 237 --

[figure description] Page 237.[end figure description]

before the storm, to come to the settlement for more provisions
believing that his companions would remain a fortnight longer
that, having procured his supplies, he was intending to return
to camp the day the storm came on; and finally that it devolved
on those last at the camp, and not on him, to account for what
had taken place. He therefore declined meeting them on the
business. As soon as they ascertained that Gaut had taken
this stand, which only added to their previous convictions of
his guilt, the different members of the company made journeys
to the nearest villages or trading-places in Maine and New
Hampshire, to see if any furs, answering in description to their
collection, had recently been sold in any of those towns. And
at length they found, in one of the frontier villages in Maine,
a small collection of peltries, which they thought they could
identify, and which the trader said he had lately purchased of
an unknown travelling pedlar, who, out of a large lot of peltries,
would sell only these at prices that would warrant the
purchasing. This small lot of furs they prevailed on the trader
to let them take home with them, for the purpose of making
proof in court. This was all the direct evidence they could
find to implicate Gaut; but they believed it would be sufficient.
For, at the meeting they then held, Mark Elwood found among
the furs a beaver-skin, that he could swear was of his own
taking, from a careless slit he remembered to have made in
the skinning. Codman found another, which he could safely
identify by a mangled ear which was caught in one end of the
trap, while the tail was caught in the other. And Phillips
found an otter skin, with a bullet-hole on each side, made, as
he well remembered, by shooting the animal through and
through in the region of the heart. On this proof they unanimously
decided on a prosecution; and accordingly Phillips
and Mark Elwood set off the next day for Lancaster, the shiretown
on the Connecticut, for legal advice, warrants, and a
sheriff to serve them. On reaching the place, they were told
by the attorney they consulted that they could not make out

-- 238 --

[figure description] Page 238.[end figure description]

larceny or theft against Gurley for taking the furs placed in
his trust, but for their private redress must resort to a civil
action of trover, or unlawful conversion of the common property.
A criminal process for arson, or the burning of the camp,
would probably be sustained. And the result of the consultation
was, that a complaint and warrant for arson should be
issued, and the arrest made by the sheriff, who should also have
in his hands a civil process returnable to the court of Common
Pleas, to serve on Gurley and his property, provided the proof
elicited at the court of inquiry on the criminal charge should
be such as to afford them any prospect of a recovery.

It was under these circumstances that Gaut Gurley had been
arrested for the burning of the camp, and brought before the
magistrate, who, with the lawyers employed on both sides, had
come to this place, as before described, for the hearing of the
case.

The magistrate now declared the court open, and directed
the parties to proceed with the case. The attorney for the
prosecution then rose, read the complaint, and briefly stated
what they expected to prove, to substantiate the allegations it
contained. Mark Elwood, Phillips, Codman, and the trader
who had purchased the furs of the pedlar, and who had been
summoned for the purpose, were then called to the stand, and
sworn, as witnesses on the part of the prosecution.

The trader, being first called on, testified to the identity of
the furs which had been produced in court with the lot he had
bought of the pedlar, as before mentioned; and he further
stated that the man had a large lot, which well answered the
general description given by the complainants of the lot they
had in camp; but where or how he obtained the lot, or who
he was, or where he went to when he left town, he did not
learn, and had no means of ascertaining. All he could say, was,
that these were the furs he purchased, and the only ones of the
whole lot on the prices of which he and the fellow could agree, so
as to effect a trade.

-- 239 --

[figure description] Page 239.[end figure description]

Phillips, next called, swore plumply that the bullet-pierced
otter-skin before him was taken by his own hand from the
animal he shot. He also added that there were several strings
of saple-skins in the lot before him, which he felt confident he
had seen among the furs of the company, and he especially
pointed out one strung together by a braid of wickape bark.
And in this last statement he was confirmed by Codman, who,
besides identifying one beaver-skin, had the same impression
in relation to the string of sable; but neither of them would
swear positively in the matter of the smaller furs.

Mark Elwood, the last of the witnesses to be examined, then
took the stand; and, contrary to what might have been expected
from one of his wavering disposition, and particularly
from one who had been so strangely kept under the influence
and fear of the man on trial, bore himself resolutely under the
menacing looks which the latter fixed upon him by way of intimidation.
For some time he had utterly refused to harbor
the idea of Gaut's guilt. He believed the burning of the
camp was accidental; that Gaut, in anticipation of the storm,
had taken all the furs home with him, and would soon call the
company together for the distribution. But when he heard of
the course Gaut was taking, and coupled it with the other circumstances,
he suddenly changed his tone, fell into the belief
of his companions, and more loudly and openly than any of
them denounced the crime and its author, — seemingly throwing
off, at once and forever, the mysterious spell which had so long
bound him. Accordingly he now swore confidently to the
beaver-skin in question, as one of his own taking, and, facing
him boldly, even went so far as to declare his full belief in
Gaut's guilt, not only in the burning of the camp, but in the
stealing of the furs.

This gratuitous assertion of a mere matter of belief in the
respondent's guilt, which was no legal evidence in the case, at
once aroused, as might have been expected, the ire of Gaut's

-- 240 --

[figure description] Page 240.[end figure description]

lawyer, who, with fierce denunciations of the conduct of the
witness, subjected him to a severe cross-examination.

“What reason, then,” asked the somewhat mollified lawyer,
now himself incautiously venturing on ground which, with a
better knowledge of the parties, he would have seen might
injure his cause, and on which his client evidently wished him
not to push inquiries. “What reason, then, could you have
for your extraordinary conduct in trying, against all rule, to
lug in here your mere ungrounded conjectures, to prejudice the
court and spectators against an innocent man?”

“Innocent?” here broke in Phillips, provoked by what, in
his exasperated state of feeling, he viewed as the cool impudence
and hypocrisy of the lawyer. “Innocent, hey? Well,
well, there are various ways of lying in this world, I see plainly.”

“What do you know about my client, whom you are all conspiring
to ruin?” exclaimed the excited lawyer, turning fiercely
on the interposing hunter.

“Know about him?” retorted the other. “I know enough,
besides this outrageous affair; I know enough to —”

“Beware!” suddenly exclaimed Gaut Gurley, with a look
that brought the speaker to a stand.

“I don't fear you, sir,” said the hunter, confronting the other
with an unflinching countenance. “But you may be right; it
may be I had better forbear; it may be your time is not yet
come,” he added, in a low, significant tone.

“Now, I will finish with you, sir,” resumed Gaut's lawyer,
turning again sternly to Elwood, from whom he — like many
other over-acting attorneys, who cannot see where they should stop
in examinations of this kind — seemed to think he could draw
something more that would make for his client. “When that
fellow interrupted me, just now, I was asking what reason, besides
some grudge or malice, you had for your unwarrantable
course in pronouncing the respondent guilty, without proof; for,
allowing the furs you swear to were once yours, you don't show,
by a single particle of proof, that he had any thing to do with it

-- 241 --

[figure description] Page 241.[end figure description]

more than yourselves, who were quite as likely to have taken
them as he. Yes, what reasons, — facts, facts, I mean; no more
guess-work here; so speak out, sir, like an honest man, if you
can.”

“I will, then,” promptly responded Elwood. “You shall have
facts, to your heart's content; I said what I did because I am
convinced he is guilty.”

“Convinced!” sneeringly interrupted the other; “there it is
again; thrusting in sheer conjectures for evidence! I must call
on the court to interpose with the stubborn and wilful fellow.
Didn't I tell you, sir, I'd have no more of your guess-work?
Facts, sir, facts, or nothing.”

“Well, you shall have them, then,” replied the other, in a determined
tone, “for I know enough facts to convince me, at least,
of his guilt. Both before and after we started on our expedition,
he threw out hints to me which I did not then quite understand,
but which, since this affair, I have recalled, and now
know what they meant. He hinted, if I would fall into his plan
and keep council, we might —”

“Might what?” sharply demanded the excited and alarmed
attorney. “Do you know you are under oath, sir? Might
what, I say?”

“Might get all the furs into our hands, and —”

“Traitor! liar! scoundrel!” exclaimed Gaut Gurley, in a
tone that sounded like the hiss of a serpent, as he bent forward
and glared upon Elwood, with an expression so absolutely
fiendish as to make every one in the room pause and shudder,
and as to be remembered and recounted, months afterwards, in
connection with events which seemed destined to spring from
this worse than fruitless trial.

“You was going to say,” said the attorney for the prosecution,
here eagerly pricking up and turning to the interrupted
and now evidently discomposed witness, — “you was going to
say, he proposed that he and you should take all the furs to
yourselves, and so rob the rest of the company!”

-- 242 --

[figure description] Page 242.[end figure description]

“I can't tell the words; but I think he meant that,” replied
Elwood, in more subdued tones.

“O ho,” exclaimed Gaut's lawyer; “you now think, that is,
you guess, he meant something that you didn't dream of his
meaning at the time he uttered it. Pretty evidence this; make
the most of it!”

“We will,” said the opposite counsel; “and I request the
court to take it all down, together with the prisoner's exclamations
of traitor, etc., which involves, indirectly, an admission that
I shall remark on in the argument. Yes, let all this be noted
carefully. It is important. It goes to show the previous design,
which, coupled with the identified furs, is, I trust the court
will see, sufficient to fix the crime on the respondent, beyond
all doubt or question.”

“We will soon show you how much you will make out of
your identified furs,” rejoined the other lawyer, with a confident
and defiant air.

“Have you witnesses to introduce on the part of the defence?”
asked the court.

“Yes, your honor; but our most important one has not yet
arrived. We are expecting him every minute.”

At that moment, a shout of surprise and laughter, together
with an unusual commotion in the yard, arrested the attention
of all in the court-room; and they mostly rushed to the door or
windows to ascertain the cause, when they were amused to behold
the young Indian, Tomah, driving into the yard, with his
moose harnessed to a pung or sledge, of his own rigging up, on
which — with reins and whip in hand — he sat as jauntily as a
coachman, and almost with the same ease, apparently, brought
his strange steed to a stand before the door.

“Our witness has come!” exclaimed Gaut's lawyer, exultingly.
“Mr. Sheriff, send out and bring him in. We will now
dispose of this miserable prosecution, in short metre.”

In a few minutes Tomah entered the room, and, readily comprehending, —
from a knowledge of the usages of courts he had

-- 243 --

[figure description] Page 243.[end figure description]

obtained during his residence in the villages of the whites, —
what was expected of him, now demurely advanced in front of
the magistrate, raised his hand, and received the oath of a witness.
He was then shown the lot of furs that had been identified
by the hunters present, his attention directed to the peculiar
marks by which part of them had been distinguished, and he
was asked if he had ever seen these furs, and noticed the
marks on them, before.

“Yes, think so,” replied Tomah, quietly, as he rapidly
handled every large skin, and each parcel of the smaller ones,
keenly noting the palpable marks shown him on the former, and
every tie confining together the latter. “Yes; here bullet-holes
on otter; slit on this beaver; cropt ear on that; little fat back
of fore-legs on rest of beaver; wickape strings on that bunch
sable; elm-bark tie on that; and beech twigs on that. Yes,
seen 'em all.”

“Where? And how do you know the furs? Tell the court
all about it,” said Gaut's lawyer, as an exultant smile played
over his sardonic features.

“Well, now,” calmly and with his usual passionless cast of
countenance replied Tomah, after a considerable pause; “well,
this lot of skins all taken from the great lot taken by our company
up round the great lakes, this fall. I come back to settlement,
three, four, five days, may be, 'fore the rest; to see to
moose, train him for Boston, and make sled; wanted my part of
furs to sell right off, to bear expenses, and get off on journey
soon. Mr. Gurley, then, after while, said he venture to divide
off to me greater part of what I would get for my share of
skins then got into the great camp. So he do it; and I take
my part, just this lot you show me here, and steer off with them
to Bethel; but, 'fore got quite there, come cross pedlar and
sold them cheap, for money, and go right back to Mr. Gurley's,
where moose was. Found Mr. Gurley home, too; said he left
all furs safe in camp; come for provisions to carry back, to
hunt one, two weeks longer; but storm come, and he stayed to

-- 244 --

[figure description] Page 244.[end figure description]

home, and soon heard all the men got home, too; big storm, bad;
I no start for Boston yet, but most ready; go soon, get heap
of money for moose, certain.”

The counsel for the prosecution and his clients—on hearing
such a piece of testimony from a witness whom they themselves
would have summoned, but for the belief that he would be so
much under the influence and training of Gaut, that little could
be drawn from him making against the latter — were taken so
completely by surprise, by the unexpected denouement, that
they all sat mute and dumb-founded for some moments; both
lawyer and clients being scarcely able to credit their own
senses, and each hoping that the other had discovered some
flaw in the testimony, by which it could be picked to pieces.
But no such flaw or discrepancy could be discovered; and the
testimony, after the severe and prolonged cross-examination to
which it was subjected by the rallying and desperate attorney,
remained wholly unshaken, in every material part, standing out,
in all its decisive force and effect, for the exclusive benefit of
the respondent. Every person in the room, indeed, at length
became convinced that the young Indian had told the truth,
and that he could know nothing of Gaut's guilt, though unconciously
made a witness in his favor; with the view, probably,
of meeting just such an exigency as had occurred in the present
prosecution.

The attorney for the prosecution, then, it being agreed to
submit the case on the testimony now in, made a long and ingenious
speech, abandoning the matter of the identified furs;
dwelling largely on Gaut's dimly-hinted proposals to Elwood to
join in the crime; and, on the ground that he was the only
person in a situation to burn and rob the camp, raising the
violent presumption that he must have perpetrated the double
crime.

Gaut's lawyer then rose, with a confident and exultant air,
and said he might, with the best reason in the world, make a
plea to the jurisdiction of the court, since he had discovered

-- 245 --

[figure description] Page 245.[end figure description]

that the camp which was alleged to have been burnt was situated
some miles within the boundary of Maine; that no New
Hampshire magistrate, of course, could take jurisdiction of the
case; and, that the respondent, on that ground alone, must be
at once discharged, if he wished it. But he did not wish it.
He courted a trial and decision, on the merits of the case;
which, after briefly urging the strong points of the defence, he
submitted to the court.

Tomah's testimony had settled the case; and, though nearly
every one in the room, probably, were deeply impressed with
suspicions of Gaut's guilt, yet all felt that the evidence was not
sufficient for a legal conviction. And they were not surprised,
therefore, when the court, after briefly commenting on the testimony,
pronounced the full discharge of the prisoner.

“Ha, ha!” exclaimed Gaut, with a laugh so inconceivably
devilish that his own lawyer, even, recoiled at the sound. “Ha,
ha!” he repeated, with a smile on his lips, made ghastly by the
fires of concentrated malice that shot from his eyes. “Wouldn't
my good friends, here, like to try this game again?”

“Yes,” boldly retorted the hunter. “Yes, and we shall, with
evidence Heaven will direct us where to find. Your time hasn't
come. But it will come! God ain't dead yet!”

-- 246 --

p720-259 CHAPTER XVII.

“Be still the unimaginable lodge
For solitary thinkings; such as dodge
Conception to the very bourn of Heaven,
Then leave the naked brain; be still the leaven
That, spreading in this dull and clodded earth,
Gives it a touch ethereal, a new birth.”
Keats.

[figure description] Page 246.[end figure description]

It is not to be supposed that a lawsuit, or prosecution, in so
new and remote a settlement, especially one that involved so
many interests, and whose result must have so many and complicated
bearings, as the one described in the last chapter, would
be suffered to pass away like any ordinary occurrence and be
forgotten. With the settlers, besides the novelty of having a
court held among them, for any cause, it was an extraordinary
occurrence that there should be any grounds for a prosecution
or lawsuit of this character, — extraordinary that any one
should be found base enough to violate the common faith and
honesty which the trappers and hunters had, up to that time, so
implicitly reposed in, and observed with each other, — and
doubly extraordinary that the perpetrator could not be detected
and brought to punishment. To them, such a flagitious betrayal
of trust was a new and startling event. They felt it deeply
concerned them all; and the sensation it produced was accordingly
as profound as it was general, in all that region of the
country.

But, if such was the effect of the unfortunate occurrence in
question, on the community at large, how much more deeply
would the effect be naturally felt by the parties immediately
concerned? By the loss of their stock of furs, three families,
at least, were deprived of the means on which they had relied

-- 247 --

[figure description] Page 247.[end figure description]

for supplying them with a large part of the necessaries of life,
through the ensuing winter; while, besides this, many a wife
and child were doomed to sad disappointment, in being thus
deprived of the fondly-anticipated purchases of articles of dress,
books, and various other little comforts, which had been promised
them on the division and sale of the peltries. Nor were
these the only interests and feelings affected by the event and
its concomitants. Friendships were broken, and even more
tender relations were disturbed, if, indeed, their further existence
were not to be terminated. By the open, and as was
supposed irreconcilable, quarrel between Mark Elwood and the
terribly vindictive Gaut Gurley, their children, Claud and Avis,
who were understood to be under mutual engagement of marriage,
were placed in a position at once painful and embarrassing
in the extreme. And Claud, especially, although he had
carefully abstained from all accusations of Gaut, had taken no
part in getting up the prosecution, and purposely absented himself
from the trial, yet felt very keenly the perplexing dilemma
into which he would be thrown, by continuing the connecting
link between two such deadly foes as he now found his
father, whom he could not desert, and Gaut Gurley, whom
he felt conscious he could not defend. And for this reason he
had, from time to time, deferred the visit to Avis, which he had
designed, and which she would naturally expect on his return
from the expedition. But still he could not see how a quarrel
between the fathers discharged him from his obligations to her;
and he grew more and more doubtful and uneasy in the position
he found himself occupying. He was soon, however, to be relieved.
One day, a short time after the trial, while he was
anxiously revolving the subject in mind, a boy, who had come
as a special messenger from the Magalloway settlement (for the
purpose, as it appeared), brought him the following letter:

Dear Claud, — You do not know, you cannot know, what
the effort costs me to write this. You do not know, you

-- 248 --

[figure description] Page 248.[end figure description]

cannot know, what I have felt, what I have suffered since I became
fully apprised of the painful circumstances under which
your late expedition was brought to a close; and especially
since I became apprised of the lamentable scenes that occurred
in the court, growing out of that unfortunate — O how unfortunate,
expedition! Before that court was held, and during the
doubtful days which intervened between it and your escape from
the terrible perils that attended your return, the hope that all
would, all must turn out right, in some measure relieved my
harrowing fears and anxieties; though even then the latter was
to the former as days of cloud to minutes of sunshine. But,
when I heard what occurred at the trial, — the bitter crimination
and recrimination, the open rupture, the menaces exchanged,
and the angry parting, — and, more alarming than all,
when I saw my father return in that fearful mood, from which
he still refuses to be diverted, the last gleam of hope faded, and
all became cloud, all gloom, — dark, impenetrable, and forbidding.
My nights, when sleep at length comes to close my
weeping eyes, are passed in troubled dreams; my days in more
troubled thoughts, which I would fain believe were dreams
also. O, why need this be? I have done nothing, — you
have done nothing; and I have no doubt of your faith and
honor for performing all I shall ever require at your hands.
But, Claud, I love you, and all

`Know love is woman's happiness;'

and all know, likewise, that the ties of love are but gossamer
threads, which a word may rupture, a breath shake, and even
the power of unpleasant associations destroy. Still, is there
not one hope, — the hope that this thread, hitherto so blissfully
uniting our hearts, subtle and attenuated as it is, may yet
be preserved unbroken, if we suffer no opinion, no word, no
syllable to escape our lips, respecting the unfortunate affair
that is embroiling our parents; if we wholly deny ourselves
the pleasure of that social intercourse which, to me, at least,

-- 249 --

[figure description] Page 249.[end figure description]

has thus far made this wilderness an Eden of delight? But
can it be thus preserved, if we keep up that intercourse, as in
the sunshine of our love, — those pleasant, fleeting, rosy months,
when I was so happy, O so very happy, in the feelings of the
present and the prospects of the future? No, no, it is not possible,
it is not possible for you to come here, and encounter my
father in such a mood, and then return and receive the upbraidings
of your own, that you are joining or upholding the house
of his foes. It is not possible for you to do this, and your
heart receive no jar, and mine no fears or suspicions of its continued
fealty. I dare not risk it. Then do not, dearest Claud,
O do not come here, at least for the present. Perhaps my
dark forebodings, that our connection is not to be blessed for our
future happiness, may be groundless. Perhaps the storm that
now so darkly hangs over us may pass harmlessly away.
Perhaps this painful and perplexing misunderstanding — as I
trust in Heaven's mercy it only is — may yet be placed in a light
which will admit of a full reconciliation between our respective
families. But, till then, let our relations to each other stand, if
you feel disposed to let them, precisely as we left them at our
last mournfully happy parting; for, till then, though it break
my heart, I could never, never consent to a renewal of our
intercourse. Have I said enough, and not too much? I could
not, under the almost insupportable weight of grief, fear, and
anxiety, that is distracting my brain, and crushing my poor
heart, — I could not say less, I dare not say more. O Claud,
Claud, why has this dreadful cloud come over us? O, pray that
it may be speedily removed, and once more let in, on our pained
and perplexed hearts, the sunshine of their former happiness.
Dearest Claud, good-by; don't come, but don't forget

Avis.

Claud felt greatly relieved, in some respects, by this unexpected
missive; in others, the contents caused him uneasiness
and self-condemnation. It relieved him from the sense of

-- 250 --

[figure description] Page 250.[end figure description]

obligation he had entertained, to make the dreaded visit to the
house of Gaut Gurley, — who, with every desire to arrive at a
different conclusion, he could no longer believe guiltless of the
basest of frauds, and the basest of means to conceal it. It
relieved him, indeed, on this point; but, as we have said, made
him sad and thoughtful on others. The great grief and distress
under which the fair writer was so evidently laboring, and the
deep-rooted love for him which was revealed in almost every
line, but which her pride, in the bright hours of their courtship,
had never permitted her to disclose, keenly touched his feelings,
and rose in condemnation of the comparative indifference,
which, in spite of all his efforts to correct its waywardness, he
felt conscious had been gradually stealing over his heart, since his
admiration, to say the least, had been raised by a rival vision
of loveliness. In the newly-awakened feeling of the moment,
however, he bitterly upbraided himself for his tergiversations in
suffering his thoughts to vacillate between the Star of the
Magalloway, who had his plighted faith, and Flower of the
Lakes, who had no claims to his special consideration. But
still, when his thoughts wandered over the scenes of the past
summer, which now, since trial and hardship had brought his
mind back within the dominion of reason and judgment, seemed
much more like dreams than realities, — when he thought of
the manner in which he became acquainted with Avis Gurley;
how he persisted in gaining her affections, and kindling into an
over-mastering flame his own fancy-lit love; and finally, how,
against the known wishes of his family, and the dictates of his
own sober judgment, he had urged her into an engagement of
marriage, which he could now see had, as his mother predicted,
in all probability led to a renewal of the intimacy between his
father and Gaut Gurley, and that last intimacy to the present
disaster, and a new quarrel, whose consequences might yet well
be looked for with uneasiness and apprehension, — when he
thought of all this, he deeply condemned his own indiscretion,
and could not help wishing himself clear from an engagement,

-- 251 --

[figure description] Page 251.[end figure description]

which, like every thing connected with the schemes of that dark
and dreaded man, who was now an object of suspicion through
the whole settlement, seemed destined to lead only to trouble
and disaster. Such was the maze of perplexity by which the
young man, now too late for an honorable retreat, found himself
on every side thickly environed. Yet, for all this, and in
despite of all these perplexities and misgivings, he resolved he
would not cease to play the man, but honorably fulfil all his
obligations in such manner as should be required of him.

So much for the love and its hapless entanglements, which
had been so deeply but so unsatisfactorily occupying, for the
last few weeks, the thoughts of Claud Elwood, who then little
suspected that there was another heart, besides that of the pure,
proud, and impassioned Avis Gurley, whose every pulse, in the
great unseen system of intermingling sympathies, beat in trembling
vibration to his own, — a heart that had been won uncourted
and unknown, — a heart that had secretly nursed, in
the favoring solitudes of these wild lakes, and brooded over, a
passion more deep and intense than words could well be found
to describe. There was such a heart; and that heart was now
wildly beating, in the agonizing uncertainties of a hoped reciprocation,
in the bosom of that peerless child of the forest, the
beautiful Fluella; and all the more intense were its workings,
because confined to its own deep recesses, where the hidden
flame was laboring constantly for an outlet to its pride-walled
prison, but as constantly shrinking in terror from the disclosure.
She had once, however, through the violence of emotions
which she could not control, accidentally betrayed the state of
her feelings; but it was to one in whose discretion and friendship
she was soon made to repose undoubting confidence, and
with whom, therefore, she at length became reconciled to let
her secret remain. The person who had thus become the
depositary of that secret was, as the reader may remember,
Mrs. Elwood. The consciousness that this lady knew all,
coupled as it was with the thought of the relation in which the

-- 252 --

[figure description] Page 252.[end figure description]

latter stood to the object of her secret idolatry, had irresistibly
drawn to her the yearning heart of the guileless maiden. She
had longed for another interview, but dare not seek it; longed
for some excuse for opening a communication with her, but
could not find one. At length, however, fortune opened the desired
avenue; and, after much hesitation and trembling, she
summoned up the courage to avail herself of the offered opportunity.
Phillips, in his determination to ferret out the outrage
which had been committed on him and his companions, and of
the author of which he still entertained no doubt, had, immediately
after the trial, commenced a series of rapid journeys to all
the nearest villages or trading towns in Maine and New Hampshire,
to ascertain if any lot of furs, answering to those caught
by his company, had been sold in those places. And one of
these journeys, for that and other purposes, he had extended
to the seaboard. On his return home, he immediately repaired
to his neighbor Elwood's, and, unperceived, slipped into the
hands of Mrs. Elwood a letter, which the wondering matron
soon took to a private room, curiously opened, and, with a deep,
undefined interest and varying emotions, commenced reading.
It ran thus:

Mrs. Elwood, my Friend, — Our Mr. Phillips has been
here, and told us all that has happened in your settlement.
Mrs. Elwood, I am greatly troubled at the loss your family
suffer, with the rest of the hunters, but still more troubled and
fearful for your husband and your noble son, about what may
grow out of the quarrel with that dark man. My father knew
him, time long past, and said there would be mischief done the
company, when we heard he was going with them. I hope Mr.
Elwood will keep out of his way; and I hope, Claud, — O, I
cannot write the thought. Mrs. Elwood, I am very unhappy.
I sometimes wish your brave and noble son had suffered me to
go down and be lost in the dark, wild waters of those fearful
rapids. By the goodness of my white father, whom I am proud

-- 253 --

[figure description] Page 253.[end figure description]

to hope you may some time see with me in your settlement, I
have all the comforts and indulgences that a heart at ease could
desire; warm, carpeted rooms, dress, books, company, smooth
flatterers, who mean little, it may be, together with real friends,
who mean much, and prove it by actions, which do not, like
words, ever deceive. And yet, Mrs. Elwood, they are all
now without any charms for me. My heart is in your settlement.
The grand old forest, and the bright lake, were always
things of beauty for me, before I saw him; but now, when associated
with him, — O, Mrs. Elwood, if I did not know you
had something of what I meant should forever be kept secret
from all but the Great Eye, in your keeping, and if you had
not made me feel you would be my discreet friend, and keep it
as safe from all as an unspoken thought, I would not for worlds
write what I have, and what I every moment find my pen on
the point of writing more fully. O, how I wish I could make
you understand, without words, what I feel, — how I grieve
over what I almost know must be vain hopes, and vainer visions
of happiness! You have sometimes had, it may be, very
bright, delightful dreams, which seemed to bring you all your
heart desired; and then you suddenly awoke, and found all had
vanished, leaving you dark and sad with disappointment and
regret. If you have, you may fancy what my thoughts are
undergoing every hour of the day. O, how my heart is drawn
away towards you! I often feel that I must fly up, like a bird,
to be there. I should come now, but for what might be thought.
I shall certainly be there in early spring. I can't stay away,
though I may come only to see what I could bear less easy
than these haunting, troubled fancies. Mrs. Elwood, adieu.
You won't show this, or breathe a word about it, — I know you
won't; you could not be so cruel as that. Mrs. Elwood, may
I not sign myself your friend?

Fluella.

On perusing this unexpected communication, Mrs. Elwood felt—
she scarcely knew herself what she felt, except a keenly

-- 254 --

[figure description] Page 254.[end figure description]

appreciating sense of the writer's embarrassed feelings, and except,
also, the pleasurable emotions which this timid and tender outpouring
of an unsophisticated heart somehow afforded her.
Ever since her singular interview with this remarkable girl, as
described in a former chapter, Mrs. Elwood had not ceased to
think of her as of some good angel, sent by an interposing
Providence, in answer to the agonizing supplications which immediately
preceded her unexpected appearance at the time, —
sent to be the means, in some unforeseen way, of extricating
her family from the fatal influences, as she viewed them, under
which they had insidiously been brought by their different connections
with the Gurleys. Especially had she been impressed
that this would prove the case, in all that related to her idolized
son, Claud; whom, in her disregard to all considerations of lineage,
when relieved by such excellence of beauty and character,
she would a thousand times rather have seen united to the
Indian girl than to the one he appeared to have chosen. She
was, therefore, besides being touched by the broken pathos of
the letter, gratified by its reception; for it seemed to come as a
sort of confirmation of her grateful presentiment, that her son,
at least, was to be happily disenthralled. Nor was she, at this
time, without the evidence which led her to hope that her husband,
also, had now finally escaped from the toils that had, once
and again, caused him such calamity and suffering. The sudden
and terrible outbreak of indignation, which, with equal surprise
and gratification, she had seen him exhibit against Gaut,
and the quarrel in court, which followed in consequence, must,
she thought, now forever keep them separate. If so, poorly
as her family could afford to suffer their part of the loss of the
avails of the fall's work, she would cheerfully bear it, and even
look upon the event in the light of a Heaven-sent mercy. But
even of this poor comfort she was destined soon to be deprived.
After the trial, Mark Elwood — who, however bravely
he bore himself at first, on that occasion, was finally seen to
quail under the terrible glances of Gaut — soon became strangely

-- 255 --

[figure description] Page 255.[end figure description]

silent respecting the prosecution and supposed perpetration of
the offence about which he had before manifested so much zeal
and indignation. And, in the active exertions which Phillips
and Codman, in the vain search for evidence or some clue to the
robbery of the furs, perseveringly kept up during the whole of
the long and dreary winter that followed, he could not be induced
to take any decided part. Nor would he, when they met him
at his own house, or that of Phillips, as they several times did,
that winter, to compare the discoveries and observations they
had made, and discuss the subject, any longer maintain the position
he at first so boldly took, respecting Gaut's guilt, or say
any thing in aid of their deliberations. He, indeed, as they
grew more decided and convinced, seemed to grow more wavering
and doubtful. Such was his demeanor and conduct in
company of his late companions; while, with his own family, he
appeared moody, irresolute, and restless, and even, at length, he
began to throw out occasional hints tending to defend or extenuate
the conduct of the very man whom, a few weeks before,
he had so confidently denounced as a thief and a robber.
Alarmed at these indications of returning weakness and fatuity
in her husband, Mrs. Elwood soon put herself on inquiry, to
ascertain the cause; and she was not long in making discoveries
that more than justified her worst fears and suspicions.

It appeared that Gaut Gurley, after his arrest, and after his
escape from the punishment of the law, through the means, as
was now generally believed, which he had cunningly provided
before he entered on the commission of the offence charged,
remained almost constantly at home, during nearly the whole
winter, brooding, in savage mood, over his own dark thoughts
and varying schemes for advantage and revenge, keeping his
family in continual awe of him, and causing all who approached
him to recoil, shuddering, from his presence, and mark
him as a dangerous man in the community. Towards spring,
however, he appeared suddenly to change his tactics, or, at
least, to undergo a great change in his deportment and conduct.

-- 256 --

[figure description] Page 256.[end figure description]

All at once, he came round in his usual manner. The dark
cloud had been banished from his brow. He civilly accosted
every acquaintance he met, appeared cheerful and good-humored,
and desirous of prolonging the conversation with all
with whom he came in contact, without seeming to notice, in
the least, the evident inclination of most of the settlers to avoid
his company. He came down, every few days, to the little
village before named as the place where the court was held,
and lounged for hours about the tavern; which, during the
winter season, was the common resort of the settlers. Here
he soon encountered his old companions, Phillips, Codman, and
the Elwoods, all of whom, notwithstanding the cold and demure
manner with which the two former, at least, turned away from
him, he saluted with careless ease, and as if nothing had happened
to disturb their former social relations. And, having thus
surmounted the somewhat difficult task of breaking the ice with
them, without receiving the open and absolute repulse which,
however disposed, they did not deem it wise to give him, he, at
the next meeting, ventured to broach the subject of their late
quarrel, affecting to laugh at their mutual exhibitions of folly in
getting so angry with each other in court, under the belief, on
his part, that they had got the furs, and, on their part, that he
had made way with them; when neither of them were guilty,
and ought not to be charged with the offence. For himself, he
said, he was now satisfied, on thinking the matter over, who
were the real culprits. They were a couple of “cussed runagate
Indians,” that had strolled over from Canada, and, having
discovered his camp, had laid in wait for his absence. He had
seen the tracks of two different-sized moccasins in the sand on
the lake-shore, but two days before he left; but the circumstance
was forgotten, or he should not have left the camp unguarded.
It was a great loss for them all; but it would not
help the matter to mourn now. It must be borne; and he
knew of no way to make it up but to try their luck in another

-- 257 --

[figure description] Page 257.[end figure description]

expedition. He should, for his part; for he had no notion of
giving up so.

Such was the drift of his conversation at this interview;
and, seeming to think he had ventured far enough for one experiment
on their credulity, he dropped that subject and struck
off on to others. But the next time he met them he contrived
to turn the conversation upon the same theme; when, telling
them with a confidential air that, a few days before he left
camp, he discovered, on a stream coming in at the upper end
of the Megantic, a succession of freshly-constructed beaver
dams, which, from the number of houses and other indications
around each, he thought must be occupied by one of the largest
colonies of beavers ever collected on one stream in that part of
the country, he directly proposed to them to join him, when the
spring opened, in an expedition to secure this extraordinary
collection of the valuable animals that were, unquestionably,
still all there, and as unquestionably might be captured.

This story, with the accompanying proposal, presented, as
Gaut well knew, the most tempting inducement that could be
offered, to trappers. But it made no impression on Phillips
and Codman. They deeply distrusted the man, his whole story,
and the motives which they believed moved him to concoct it.
Spurning in their hearts, therefore, the bait that had been so
artfully laid for them, they would have nothing to do with him
or his proposal. And, both then and thereafter, they remained
unmoved, and stood proof against all the arguments his taxed
ingenuity and devilish cunning could invent and bring to bear
upon them.

With the infatuated Mark Elwood, however, the case
seemed to be almost wholly reversed. He again listened, —
was again lost. He, restless, uneasy, and evidently apprehensive
of something he did not disclose, from continuing under
the terrible displeasure which Gaut had so significantly manifested
towards him, — he had appeared, from the first, to hail
with pleasure the indications of the relenting mood of the other,

-- 258 --

[figure description] Page 258.[end figure description]

and seemed but too glad to be again noticed with favor. He
could see no reason to distrust the man's sincerity, he said,
when others raised the question; and he was much inclined to
adopt his version of the robbery and burning of their camp.
When, therefore, the proposal of a new expedition was made,
under the circumstances we have named, the blinded Elwood
seemed fully prepared to accept it; and he would have openly
and without reserve done so, but for the restraining presence
of his companions, who, he felt conscious, would disapprove and
deprecate his conduct. Gaut had noticed all this, and was not
long in bringing about a private interview with his dupe and
victim, which resulted, as might be supposed, in settling the
matter in just the way he intended.

From that time, the conduct of Mark Elwood became wholly
inexplicable to all his friends and acquaintances in the settlement.
He commenced with defending Gaut Gurley, thus
giving the lie to all he had said, and ended with declaring an
intention of accompanying him in another trapping expedition
to the upper lakes, to be entered upon on a given day in
April, then near at hand. And, in spite of all the advice and
warnings of his late associates in the former disastrous campaign;
the remonstrances of his son, who shared in the apprehensions
of the others; and the agonizing tears and entreaties
of his wife, he strangely persisted in his purpose, and, like the
fated one of the Scriptures, steadily “set his face” towards
his contemplated destination.

“The man is hurried!” said Phillips to Codman, as they
left Elwood's on a second and last visit, made with the sole
object of dissuading him from a step which they shrank from
themselves, — that of going into the distant forest with such a
desperate fellow as they now deeply suspected Gaut Gurley to
be, — “the man is evidently hurried. When I saw that look
Gaut gave Elwood in court, I knew he was marked for destruction,
more especially than the rest of us, who are doubtless
both placed on the same list. And Elwood would see it

-- 259 --

[figure description] Page 259.[end figure description]

himself, if he was right-minded. Yes, he is hurried, and can't help
it. He will go, and God grant my fears may not be realized.”

And he did go, but not alone. As soon as Claud became
fully satisfied that his father's purpose was not to be shaken,
he began earnestly to debate in mind the question whether he
himself should not, as a filial duty, become a participant in the
expedition, with the view of making his presence instrumental
in averting the apprehended danger. And, although he perceived
that his mother's distress, all troubled and doubtful as
she was in deciding between her conflicting duties of affection,
would be enhanced by the step; and, although his mind had
been still more staggered by a brief confidential note from
Avis Gurley, advising him, if not too late, to find means to
break up the project of the expedition entirely, yet he finally
made up his mind in the affirmative. And, accordingly, on the
morning of the appointed day, both father and son, after a
leave-taking with the despondent wife and mother, more ominously
sad and mournful than had ever before marked their
family trials, set forth again for the wild wastes of the lakes,
with their now doubly questionable companion.

-- 260 --

p720-273 CHAPTER XVIII.

“But there was weeping far away;
And gentle eyes, for him,
With watching many an anxious day,
Were sorrowful and dim.”
Bryant's Murdered Traveller.

[figure description] Page 260.[end figure description]

It was the second week in May; and spring, delightful
spring, sweet herald of happiness to all the living creatures
that have undergone the almost literal imprisonment of one
of the long and dreary winters of our hyperborean clime, was
beginning to sprinkle the green glories of approaching summer
over the reänimated wilderness. In the physical world, all
seemed light and laughing around:


— “the green soil with joyous living things
Swarm'd, the wide air was full of joyous wings.”
The sun, no longer feebly struggling through the dark, obstructed
medium of a northern winter's atmosphere, was throwing
abroad his clear, unstinted floods of living light, bathing
with soft radiance the diversified face of the basking forest,
and gleaming far and brightly over the soothed waters of the
sleeping lake. The mild and genial zephyrs were discoursing
the low, sweet, melancholy music of their æolian harps, among
the gently-wavering tops of the whispering pines. The choral
throng of feathered songsters were filling every grove, glade,
or glen, of field and forest, with the glad strains of their merry
melodies. And all nature seemed crying aloud, in the fulness
of her happiness,

“The summer is coming; rejoice ye, rejoice!”

-- 261 --

[figure description] Page 261.[end figure description]

So smiled every thing, animate and inanimate, in the visible
physical world, as circumscribed to this secluded settlement, on
the morning when opened the first scene in the closing act of
our story's changeful drama. But in the moral world, so far
as the interests and feelings of most of our leading personages
were involved, the skies were overcast with contrasted clouds
of doubt and darkness.

On that morning, at the Elwood Landing, on the western
shore of Umbagog, stood a collected group of excited people,
of different ages and sexes, gazing anxiously across the lake
in the direction of the great inlet, as if expecting the appearance
of some object or person from that quarter. But, before
naming the cause of their assembling and the objects of their
present solicitude, we will leave them a moment for a brief—
but, for the understanding of the reader, necessary — recurrence
to what had transpired, in the interim between the departure
of the two Elwoods and Gaut Gurley, and the present occasion.

For nearly a month after her husband and son left home,
Mrs. Elwood had been wholly unable to obtain any tidings of
them, or any information even of their locality on the upper
lakes. And gloomily, O how gloomily, with her, passed the
long and dreary days and sleepless nights of that dismal period!
Little had occurred to vary the monotony of her harrowing
anxieties; and that little tended rather to increase than relieve
them. For, even from the limited intercourse she had with
families of the settlers, — although their conversation, out of
regard to her feelings, was restrained and guarded, when the
subject nearest her heart was introduced, — she gathered the
fact that she was not alone in her fears and anxieties, but that
they were shared, to a greater or less extent, by the people of
the whole settlement; among whom the subject was being daily
discussed, at every fireside, with avowed apprehensions that
some fearful fate was awaiting one or both of the Elwoods, in
their sojourn in the forest, in whose dark recesses there would
be no witnesses to restrain the evil-doer from the purposes of

-- 262 --

[figure description] Page 262.[end figure description]

robbery and revenge which they generally believed he secretly
entertained. But, among all the settlers, no one had exhibited
so much anxiety and restlessness as the hunter, Phillips. He
had been almost continually absent from home, evidently to
distant places, but where and with what objects he declined to
make known. The direction and object of one of these secret
journeys, however, was inferred from the unexpectedly early
return of Fluella, the lovely maid of the forest, who had no
sooner reached her old home than she flew to the Elwood cottage,
to mingle her tears and sympathies with those of the
anxious and troubled matron; who, in the circumstances, could
have received no more acceptable visit. With the opening
of the season, also, other absentees had returned to the settlement.
Carvil had come back, to ascertain what had been
effected in relation to the supposed robbery of the furs, the fall
before, having intrusted his interests to the care of Phillips;
and now feeling, with the others, apprehensive for the result of
the new expedition, he was anxiously awaiting the return of
the absent trappers. Tomah, the eccentric young Indian, likewise
had surprised the settlers by his sudden reäppearance
among them, in a suit of superfine broadcloth, hat and boots
to match, gold watch, showy seals, and all the gewgaw etceteras
that go to make up the animal they call a city dandy. He had
sold his moose, it appeared, for four hundred dollars, and
brought nearly the whole of it home on his bedizened person, —
with the object, as he soon admitted, of dazzling the hitherto
obdurate Fluella.

“Yes, — catch her sartain, now,” he said, with a complaisant
glance over his dashing rig, on departing for the chief's, as
soon as he ascertained the fair object of his pursuit had returned
to her father's. But he soon came back, in a great miff, and
offered to sell the whole of his fine new outfit for just one half
what it cost him. Contrary to expectation, he declared he
would have nothing more to do with Gaut Gurley; concerning
whom he had seen something, about the time of the trial, to

-- 263 --

[figure description] Page 263.[end figure description]

awaken his suspicions, and against whom he now evidently
stood ready to array himself, with the rest, on the next occasion.

With these few incidents, April passed away, and the first
day of May, the usual limit of the fur season, had arrived;
but with it the absent trappers had failed to make their appearance.
Another week passed, and still they came not. “What
could it mean?” was on every tongue. Men ominously shook
their heads, and women and children began, in the connection,
to talk in suppressed voices of the dark character of Gaut
Gurley.

At this juncture, word came that Gaut had returned, and
had several times been seen about his home. A man was immediately
dispatched to Gaut's residence, for inquiries about the
Elwoods; but the messenger returned and reported that Gaut
said he parted with them on the Maguntic, — he to go over the
mountains to his home, on the Magalloway, and they, in their
canoe, that had been frozen up in Oquossak, the fall before, to
go to Bethel to sell their furs. Further than this, he knew
nothing about them.

“I don't believe a word of it!” exclaimed the hunter, who
with many others had anxiously awaited, at the tavern, the
messenger's return; “not one word of it! They would not
have gone off to Bethel after such an absence, before returning
home; or, if they had, they would have been here before this
time. But the story shall be investigated without twelve hours
delay. It is time we were moving in the business. Who will
furnish me with a good saddle-horse?”

The horse was furnished; and within half an hour the excited
hunter was speeding his way to Bethel.

He returned early the next morning, in a state of still greater
excitement and concern than before; having ridden all night, in
his anxiety to reach the settlement by the time people were
up, so that immediate measures might be put afoot to scour the
country in search of the missing Elwoods, whose continued absence
had now become doubly mysterious and alarming, by the

-- 264 --

[figure description] Page 264.[end figure description]

discovery he had made, as he feared he should, that they had
not gone to Bethel at all, nor been seen or heard of anywhere
in that direction.

The news of Gaut's return alone, his improbable story, and
the discovery of its almost certain falsity, spread like wild-fire
over the settlement; and the people, already prepared to believe
the worst by their previous suspicions of Gaut's evil designs,
rose up as one man, instinctively shuddering at the thought of
the apprehended crime, and feeling irresistibly impelled to attempt
something to bring about that fearful atonement which
Heaven demands of every man who wilfully sheds the blood
of his fellow-man. So deep and absorbing was this feeling,
indeed, in the present instance, that men dropped their hoes in
the field, left their axes sticking in the trees, and threw aside
all other kinds of business, and, with excited and troubled looks,
hurried off to the scene of action, to see, hear, and join in whatever
movement the exigencies of the case might require to be
made. And before night nearly the whole of the settlers, residing
within a circuit of a dozen miles of the surrounding
country, had assembled at the tavern in the rustic hamlet,
which, as before mentioned, they made, on all extraordinary
occasions, the place of their common rendezvous. Here, after
conversing a while in scattered groups, exchanging in low, hurried
tones, and with many an apprehensive glance around them,
their various opinions and conjectures, they gradually gathered
in one room in the tavern, formed themselves into something
like an organized meeting, and began their deliberations. But,
before they had settled on any definite course of action, their
attention was suddenly turned from the channel their minds
were all evidently taking, by a new and unexpected occurrence.

Two young men, who had that day been across the lake to
the Great Rapids, for the purpose of fishing, returned to the
village about sunset, with the news that they had discovered, at
the foot of the most dangerous pass of the rapids, wedged in

-- 265 --

[figure description] Page 265.[end figure description]

among the projecting flood-wood of the place, a partiallywrecked
and stove canoe, which they both recognized as the
one kept by the Elwoods at their landing last summer, and, of
course, the one they took away with them in their succeeding
fall expedition. This fact, all at once readily perceived, might
throw an entirely new aspect over the whole of the mysterious
affair; and they soon decided on dispatching the same young
men, at daybreak the next morning, across the lake, to examine
carefully both shores of the inlet up to, and some distance beyond,
the place where they found the canoe, to see if they could
find any thing else, or discover any indications going to show
that anybody had been wrecked and drowned there; then to
return, as quickly as possible, with the wrecked canoe in tow,
and whatever else they might find, to the Elwood landing;
where the company would assemble, by the middle of the forenoon,
to receive them, hear their report, examine the canoe,
and take action according to the circumstances.

It was done; and this was the occasion of the assembling at
the landing of the mingled and anxious group which we began
to describe near the commencement of this chapter, and to
which we will now return.

Foremost in the mingled group of people which we have
thus brought to view, was the agonized wife and mother of the
missing or lost men; whose doubtful fate was also engrossing,
though less intensely, every thought and feeling of the sympathizing
company around her. She had gradually worked herself
down to the extremest verge of the low shore, and had
unconsciously placed one foot in the edge of the water, as if
irresistibly drawn to the farthest possible limit in the supposed
direction of those two objects of her affection, who, alive or
dead, were still her all-in-all of this world; and there she stood,
slightly inclined forward, but motionless, mute, and pale as a
marble statue, with lips painfully compressed, and eyes, glazed
and watery, intently fixed on the opposite shore of the lake
to which she was looking for relief, at least from the terrible

-- 266 --

[figure description] Page 266.[end figure description]

suspense under which she was suffering. By her side, a little
back, stood the wife of the hunter, and two or three other
women of the vicinity, who had more particularly interested
themselves in her troubles, — some shedding sympathetic tears,
and some offering an occasional word, which they hoped might
in a slight degree divert her sorrows or console her in her anguish.
But, alike regardless of their falling tears and soothing
remarks, she gazed on, in unbroken silence, hour after hour,
taking no note of time, or any object around her, in the all-absorbing
intensity of her feelings. Little, indeed, was said by
any of the company. The younger portion stood in hushed
awe at the sight of grief in the older, and at the thought of
what might the next hour befall. And the men, though visibly
exercised by strong emotions, and occasionally revealing a
trembling lip or starting tear, as they glanced at the face of
the chief sufferer, yet offered scarce a remark to relieve the
pervading gloom of the sad and anxious hour. The whole
group, indeed, might have been taken for a funeral cortége,
awaiting on the shore the expected remains of some deceased
friend.

After standing in this manner till nearly noon, the company
caught sight of a scarcely-perceptible object on the water,
in the direction of the great inlet. And, although for some
time it appeared like a speck, as seen against the low, green
fringe of the opposite and far-distant shore, yet it at length so
enlarged on the vision that the form of a canoe and the gleam
of flashing oars became distinctly discernible. Soon a little
variation in the line of approach brought not only the canoe
and the rowers, but another canoe in tow, plainly in view; and
then all knew that their painful suspense was about to be ended.
Another half-hour had to be passed by the company, who still
stood there in trembling expectation, awaiting the approach of
the canoes; when, as the latter now came within hailing distance,
the impatient hunter stepped down to the water's edge,
and called out:

-- 267 --

[figure description] Page 267.[end figure description]

“What news do you bring?”

“None! but we have brought the canoe.”

“I see; but have you made no discoveries?”

“None whatever.”

“No caps, packs, or bunches of furs washed up anywhere?”

“No, nothing. We examined thoroughly both shores of the
rapids, and found nothing, and no mark or sign of any thing
about which any conclusion could be formed respecting the
manner the canoe got there.”

“But the oars?”

“We found them in the same flood-wood with the boat, and
they appeared as if they were thrown out of the canoe when it
struck.”

The canoe, which was the object of scrutiny, and which had
been injured much less than had been supposed, a break in
the upper part of the bow being the only ruptured part, was
now drawn up on the shore; when Phillips, Codman, and
Tomah took upon themselves to go into a minute and careful
inspection of every part of its outer and inner surface, together
with every appearance from which any inference having the
least bearing on the question at issue could be drawn by these
experienced and observing canoe-men.

“Men no leave oars in canoe, when go over falls,” at length
observed the Indian, standing back with the air of one who has
satisfied himself with an examination, — “no leave oars that
way; have them out to use; and then, when upset, drop 'em in
the river; where get scattered, go down, wash up different
places, mile apart, may be, — not together, right close side of
canoe, likely. Don't believe so much story, like that come to.”

“Spoke like a man who knows something,” said the trapper,
the next to offer comments. “And here is a loosened slip-knot
in the end of this bark boat-rope, which I have been looking
at. See! it has been drawn into a fixed knot, that hasn't been
altered since it has had considerable use and steady pulling
through it, as I see by the chafed bark inside the small hole

-- 268 --

[figure description] Page 268.[end figure description]

within the knot. The hole is too small to have been brought
into this shape by hitching it to a stake or projecting limb of a
tree on shore. It looks exactly as if a tie attached to some
other canoe had been passed through it, to draw this canoe
along by; and here is a slight mark of a knife, where that
tie has been cut out, owing to the difficulty of untying. This
canoe must have been hitched behind some other canoe, and
towed down to the head of the rapids, and there sent adrift.”

“Yes,” responded the hunter, who had been particularly confining
his attention to the outer and top edges along the sides
of the boat; “yes; and here is the moss or scurf that had gathered
on these upper edges, on both sides, during the snows and
thaws of winter, still remaining entire and unbroken, in every
part of this delicate weather coating, which even a thumbnail,
as you see, can't pass over without marring it or leaving a
mark. No man could have rowed this canoe twenty rods without
grazing these edges and leaving marks on them. Yes,
you are both right. This canoe, which I suppose you all agree
was Mr. Elwood's, has not been rowed since he left it hauled
up on the shore of the Oquassah last fall, to be buried by the
great snow-storm; and the Elwoods are both safe, for all being
wrecked and drowned from that boat, or any other, I presume.”

The countenance of Mrs. Elwood, who stood at some little
distance from the spot where the examination of the canoe had
been going on, but near enough to hear most of what was said,
visibly brightened at this announcement. The hunter saw the
expression, and a shade of anguish passed over his face, as,
turning to those immediately around him, and speaking in a low,
subdued, and commiserating tone, he resumed:

“I cannot find it in my heart to dampen the new-lighted
hope which this turn of the affair seems to give that poor,
wretched wife and mother. But, to my mind, all this makes it
doubly certain that the Elwoods have met with foul play. It
looks exactly like one of Gaut's devilish schemes of finesse, to

-- 269 --

[figure description] Page 269.[end figure description]

cause this canoe to be sent down the rapids, and be so found
as to lead folks to suppose the owners were drowned, and to
put the public on a false scent. Yes, friends, you may depend
there has been foul play, — I dare not guess how foul. I have
felt it the last fortnight, as if some unseen hand was writing
the dreadful secret on my heart. I feel it still, now stronger
than ever. And I call God to witness my resolution, that I
will know no rest or relaxing till I see the dark deed laid open
to day, and its infernal author brought to justice. Will you
all join me in the work, without flinching or flagging?”

The low but firmly-responded “Yes, yes, all of us,” told the
hunter that he would know no lack of efficient aid in carrying
out his resolution.

“Let us, then,” he said, “leave the women and boys, a few
minutes, and retire back here a few rods, out of their hearing,
to determine on the first steps to be taken.”

In accordance with this suggestion, the men withdrew, by
themselves, to a convenient place on the site of an old campingground,
within the forest, a few rods farther up the lake, leaving
Mrs. Elwood and her female attendants slowly retracing
their steps back to her house, from which they had accompanied
her to this spot, and the boys amusing themselves in seeing
who could throw a stone farthest into the lake. The men, now
relieved from the fear of causing Mrs. Elwood needless alarm,
and of having their remarks reported by others of the mingled
company, — to the injury, perhaps, of the investigation on hand,—
at once gave vent to their smothered convictions, and feelings
of indignation and horror, in an exciting debate; which soon resulted
in the determination to dispatch, the next morning, four
men in two canoes up the lakes, in search of the missing, or
such traces of them as might lead to a discovery of their fate;
while the rest should remain in the settlement, to watch for
new indications there and keep a vigilant eye on the movements
of the bold but wary villain, whom they all believed to
be the perpetrator of the supposed outrage. But, before they

-- 270 --

[figure description] Page 270.[end figure description]

had fully settled the details of their plan, their attention was
arrested by a shouting from the boys, who announced that a
strange canoe was approaching them from the other part of the
lake. Hearing this, and thinking the new-comer might have
perhaps arrived from the upper lakes, and could give them important
information, the men immediately suspended their consultation,
and came out to the landing to hail him, or to await
his approach. They soon discovered that the rower was an
Indian, and it was not long before the trapper began to recognize
the canoe, from some peculiarity about the bow, to be his
own, and the one he had left with the boats of his companions
on the Oquossak the season before. This, if true, might lead
to important developments; and the company kept their eyes
keenly fixed on the rower, to see if he would manifest any disposition
to avoid them. But he kept steadily on towards the
landing, and, in another minute, was within near hailing distance.

“Hillo! my red friend, where did you get that canoe?” cried
the trapper.

“Tell you soon, — you make me believe you right to know,”
quietly replied the native, without appearing to be in the least
disturbed by the question, or any inference which might naturally
be drawn from it.

“Well, I can make you believe I have a right to know, if
you are willing to believe; for I can swear the canoe is my
own, and prove it, too, by some of these gentlemen,” returned
the trapper, with warmth.

“May be, — we see soon,” responded the other, an intelligent,
good-looking, middle-aged Indian, now slipping ashore and
firmly confronting the company.

“Now tell us where you got it, sir,” again sharply demanded
the trapper. “I have offered to swear to my ownership, and
prove it; so tell how you came by it, unless you would have us
believe you stole it.”

“Stole it?” reproachfully said the Indian. “Ask that man,”

-- 271 --

[figure description] Page 271.[end figure description]

he added, pointing to Carvil, whom he appeared to have previously
recognized,—“ask him, if me do thing like that?”

“Moose-killer, is this you?” exclaimed Carvil, who had
been eying the stranger Indian with a hesitating air. “I
thought, from the first, I knew you, but couldn't quite decide.
Moose-killer, I am glad you have come. We are just at this
time trying to search out a dark affair, which we fear has happened,
and with which this boat you came in may possibly be
connected. We should be glad to make a few inquiries of you,
when you are ready to hear them. There need,” he added,
turning to the trapper and the others, “there need be no fear
but this man will tell a true story; I have met him on the
Great Megantic, where he goes by the name I have called him,
on account of his well-known expertness in moose-killing.”

The Indian started at the significant allusion which had been
made to the subject that was then engaging the attention of
those present, and its possible connection with his canoe; and,
with unusual promptness for one of his demure and slowspeaking
race, announced himself ready to tell his story.

“Moose-killer is about to speak,” said Carvil, looking round
on the eagerly expectant company. “We will all listen.
What he will say will be true.”

“Hear, in my country,” thereupon began Moose-killer, in
the abbreviated, broken, and sententious language peculiar to
the Red Man,—“hear, in my country, beaver bring more this
side the mountains; so come over, and been to Bethel-town to
sell 'em. Come over mountains, down piece, the river you call
Magalloway, — then strike off down to big lake, Megantic.
Then follow shore long way; but stop sudden, — start back!
See much blood on the leaves, — trail all along down to the
water. Then go back, look again, — find where man fall, bleed
much, — die, — lay there till dead quite. Man, because see
where hands catch hold of moss, leaves, — feet kick in ground.
All dead, because feet limber and no catch in brush dragging
to shore, — find where canoe hitch to shore, — dead man put in,

-- 272 --

[figure description] Page 272.[end figure description]

rowed away, sunk in lake, likely. Look all over ground again,
much time, — then come on long way, and find that canoe, hid
in bushes, — take it, go sell beaver,— then come here quick to
tell story, see who missing.”

We will not undertake to describe the intense excitement
which this brief but pregnant story of the Indian produced on
the company, who; though hoping to gather something from
him that might be of use in the inquiry on hand, were yet little
expecting a development so startling as this. They — especially
those but little acquainted with the Indian character—
could, at first, hardly believe that a story of such horrors,
if true, could be told so quietly, and with so little apparent feeling,
as the narrator had exhibited during his recital; and they
immediately subjected him to a long and close cross-examination.
Nothing, however, was elicited to weaken his story, but
some things to confirm it. Among these was a faint stain of
blood, which Moose-killer pointed out to the company, in the
bow of the canoe, and which was evidently but lately made;
while the size and height of the man, supposed to be murdered,
which the Indian judged of by a similar curious process with
that by which he reached his other conclusions, were seen to
correspond with the dimensions of the elder Elwood; who was
believed to be the man thus indicated, though it left the fate of
Claud still shrouded in mystery.

“Poor Mark Elwood!” exclaimed the hunter, with a sigh,
as they closed their examination of the Indian. “He is dead;
whatever may have become of his son, for whom there is still
some hope, he, at least, is dead! murdered in cold blood! and
who need doubt the identity of the accursed author of the
deed?”

“This is, certainly, something like tangible evidence,” responded
Carvil, whose former studies enabled him to speak
more understandingly, in the matter of legal evidence, than his
companions. “And, though it is still only circumstantial, yet,
when taken in connection with Gaut's false story, and all other

-- 273 --

[figure description] Page 273.[end figure description]

of the attending circumstances, it stands out most remarkably
significant against the man; and, even without any additional
proof, it would, I think, warrant us in arresting him.”

“In God's name, then, let it be done, before he escapes from
the country!” cried the hunter, with startling emphasis. “But
we must all keep the discoveries we have made to-day, as well
as the movements we may now make, as secret as death, lest
he hear of them and take the alarm.”

An earnest consultation was then held, and a plan of operations
soon adopted. By this it was arranged that Moose-killer—
who, when he had gathered what was known of Gaut Gurley,
and obtained a description of his person, entered into the
arrangements with an unexpected alacrity — it was arranged
that Moose-killer, Carvil, Tomah, and two of the settlers,
should start immediately up the lakes, in further search for the
body of Mark Elwood (whose fate was now treated as settled),
and, also, for a more general search round the two upper lakes
for his son, Claud; who, it was hoped, had by some means been
separated from his father, and suffered to escape, despite the
improbability that he would remain so long absent, if nothing
had befallen him. Phillips also concluded to accompany them
as far as the next lake above, to see the chief and his daughter,
to confide to them the discoveries of the day, and put them
on the lookout for further indications. The rest of the company
were to return quietly and separately, as far as could conveniently
be done, to the village, and there remain till after
dark; when two of their number were to ride, as fast as horses
could carry them, to Lancaster, for warrants, a sheriff, and his
posse, to be on the ground as early as possible the next morning;
while others were to proceed up the Magalloway, and lurk
round in the woods within sight of the house of Gaut Gurley,
as spies on his movements.

The company then separated on their several destinations;
and, during the remainder of the afternoon, nothing occurred
in the settlement which need here be mentioned, except the

-- 274 --

[figure description] Page 274.[end figure description]

secret and cautiously-made preparations for the proposed action
of the night, that, though imperceptible to the uninitiated, were
yet actively going on at the village. About sunset, however,
the hunter returned from his visit to the chief's; but in a state
of no little perplexity and concern, at an event which he unexpectedly
found had there occurred. This was the unaccountable
absence of Fluella, who, without apprising her father of
her intentions, had secretly left home several days before. As
the hunter had depended considerably on the girl's acuteness
and means of observation at the commanding point of her residence,
he was both disappointed and puzzled at her absence.
And, as he had been debating with himself, on his way across
the lake, whether he had not better call on Mrs. Elwood, and
take the first step towards gradually preparing her mind for the
worst, in regard to her husband, he now resolved to do so, with
the further object of getting her version of Fluella's absence
at such a juncture. Accordingly, he called at the house; and,
seeing the afflicted woman's entreatingly expectant looks, he at
once entered on his painful task by hinting his fears for the fate
of her husband; when, somewhat to his surprise, she cut him
short by sadly remarking:

“I know it all.”

“How? — what have you heard?” eagerly asked the hunter.

“I don't know it by what I have heard,” she replied, in the
same sad accents; “for I have heard less, perhaps, than you;
but I knew it would be so, from the hour he departed. And, a
few days ago, my heart received a shock. It was from the
same blow that killed him. Yes, poor Mr. Elwood is dead!
I have buried him! But my son Claud — O, my son Claud!”
The astonished hunter then told her of the singular absence of
Fluella; when, again to his surprise, she started up, and joyfully
exclaimed, “He lives! — though in danger, perhaps, he
lives, and I shall see him again!”

Wondering whether her reason was not unsettled, the hunter
departed, and hurried on to the village.

-- 275 --

p720-288 CHAPTER XIX.

“What justice ever other judgment taught,
But he should die who merits not to live.”
Spenser.

[figure description] Page 275.[end figure description]

About the middle of the afternoon, on the day next succeeding
the eventful one which was marked by the occurrences narrated
in the last chapter, a cavalcade of about a dozen men on
horseback, followed by a single wagon, containing some fire-arms,
two or three pairs of iron handcuffs, and a few other articles
of luggage, came clattering down the road from the west, towards
the tavern with which the reader has already been made
familiar. The men, who had been dispatched for the shiretown
of the county, had ridden hard all night, reached the place
at daylight, drummed up the officers of justice, got them started
at an early hour, and urged them on with such speed that, within
twenty hours, they had arrived at the scene of action. After
the halt of an hour at the tavern, for rest and refreshment, and
a brief consultation with the settlers, the sheriff, and his posse,
now swelled by volunteers from the settlement, set forth, under
the guidance of Phillips, for the residence of the supposed
criminal, calculating to reach there about dusk, — the hour they
deemed most favorable for making the arrest. After proceeding
in silence about two-thirds of the way to their destination,
they halted, to make their final preparations and arrangements
for the onset; when, knowing the great strength and desperate
character of the man with whom they would have to deal, they
first carefully prepared their fire-arms, and then detailed a half-dozen
of their number, most conversant with the locality, to go
forward, spread themselves around the borders of Gaut's

-- 276 --

[figure description] Page 276.[end figure description]

clearing, and cautiously advance to the house, so as to head off
any attempt he might make to escape, when the main body
made their appearance. All the time spent in these precautions,
however, as well as this whole jaunt thus far up the river,
was destined to be mostly lost; for, as the company were again
beginning to move forward, they were met by the scouts, dispatched
the night before, hurrying back, most of them in a disabled
condition, and with the report that Gaut had escaped
about an hour before. They had lain in their coverts all day,
and in the fore part of it nothing had been seen to excite their
suspicions; but, towards night, they noticed him cleaning his
rifle and pistols, as near as they could judge, and then, soon after,
bringing out a pack and placing it by the side of his rifle at the
door; and scarcely had they time to concentrate before he came
out, shouldered his pack, took his arms, and proceeded towards
a canoe moored on the bank of the river. They then instantly
resolved to intercept him; and, running for the spot, came up to
him just as he had laid his rifle in the boat; when he turned
upon them with the suddenness and fury of a pursued tiger;
seized the foremost, who had laid his hands on the canoe, and,
with giant strength, threw him headlong into the river; hurled
the second with stunning effect on the ground; knocked down a
third with his fist; leaped into his canoe, sent it swiftly across
the stream, ran up the opposite bank, and disappeared in the
woods, before they had recovered from their confusion, or
thought of having recourse to their rifles to stop him.

“Slipped through our fingers and gone!” said the sheriff,
with an air of chagrin and disappointment.

“Yes, for this onset,” said Codman, the next to volunteer
remarks in the provoking nonplus in which they now all found
themselves. “Yes, but I should like mightily to know how he
got wind of our movements? If the devil didn't tell him, I
don't think he done as well by his friend as he ought.”

“Perhaps,” rejoined the sheriff, after the laugh of some and
the approving glances of others, which had followed the

-- 277 --

[figure description] Page 277.[end figure description]

characteristic remark of the trapper, had passed away, — “perhaps
he, or some of his family, caught a glimpse of these scouts
round their clearing during the day; or perhaps he has an
accomplice, or tool, whom he had engaged to watch public movements,
and bring him word.”

“I have thought of some such thing, myself,” remarked
Phillips. “In the case of his robbing our camp, last fall, I felt
quite confident he must have had some accomplice, or some
secret agent, to take off the furs for him. If he has such an
one now, I think it must be a Jesuit priest, as I have heard
that such a looking personage has, once or twice, been seen at
Gaut's house since he moved into the settlement.”

“Well, if the villain has such a character as that in tow, he
would be devil enough for all common purposes,” responded the
sheriff. “But, however all that may be, I fear he has struck a
line for Canada, and this is the last we shall ever see of him in
this country.”

“Not for Canada,” confidently said the hunter; “for I know
enough about him to make me feel quite sure that he will never
again trust his head within reach of British authority.”

“Ah!” exclaimed the sheriff, “what is it you know?”

“I think it had better not be told just yet,” answered the
other, decisively. “Let us first see whether he can't be caught
and hung here, for his last crying offence.”

“But do you think he can yet be overtaken, and arrested?”
asked the former.

“Certainly I do,” returned the hunter, with earnest confidence.
“He must, and shall, be taken! God's curse is on the
man; and he will never, I tell you, never be suffered to escape
us.”

“Well, then,” resumed the sheriff, thoughtfully, “what course
do you think he will take, and where secrete himself, so that he
can be found? I, on my part, stand ready to do every thing in
my power to bring the miscreant, of whose guilt I think there
can now be but little doubt, to immediate justice. Now, as you

-- 278 --

[figure description] Page 278.[end figure description]

are said to be a man of observation and energy, Mr. Phillips,
let us have the benefit of your opinion and advice in the
matter.”

“It is my opinion,” said the hunter, in response, after dropping
his head a moment in study, “it is very clearly my opinion
that the fellow will now aim to reach some of the eastern
cities, — over the Umbagog, most likely, in a canoe that he keeps
concealed somewhere on the western shore, which is only a mile
or two over this ridge, that rises from the other bank of the
river, here against us. He will not be likely to come back to
his house, or the river, where he will still suppose we are on
the watch; nor will he start out on the lake till after dark, lest
he be seen, and his course traced; but lie concealed till that time
in some of the difficult rocky steeps that shut down to the
lake.”

“Your ideas of his probable aims and movements appear
reasonable, Mr. Phillips. Now, what are the steps you would
advise to be taken for his apprehension?” asked the sheriff.

“Well, my plan would be something like this,” replied the
hunter, musingly. “I would post half a dozen men, for the
night, — to be relieved in the morning, — a half mile or so apart,
along this river, above and below here, to be walking back and
forth, and occasionally firing a gun. The others go back, and
a sufficient number get on to the lake before dark to have
canoes in station every quarter of a mile along the western
shore. Codman, you will be a good hand to manage this company.
As for myself, I will wade the river somewhere hereabouts,
go over through the woods to the lake-shore, be mousing
round the shore a little, in search of his canoe, and, if I find it,
be out on the water by the time you get there; if not, I will be
within call of some of you, and give, for a signal, the cry of a
raccoon, which I can imitate tolerably, I believe.”

“But you don't propose to go alone?” asked several, anxiously.
“It might be dangerous business, if you should happen
to encounter him with no help within call.”

-- 279 --

[figure description] Page 279.[end figure description]

“Yes, I think I will go alone,” quietly replied the hunter.
“If he can see me before I do him, he will do better than I
think he can. And, if I do get my eye on him first, he will
stop and yield, or die, as sure as my rifle is true to its old trust;
for I should feel it my bounden duty to stop him by bullet, if
need be, in case he should attempt to flee, as much as I should
to shoot a painter carrying off one of my own children.”

By the approval of the sheriff, and the concurrence of all,
the hunter's plan of operations was immediately adopted. And,
accordingly, the designated numbers were told off to man the
river, and at once set in motion to perform the duty; while the
rest retraced their way to the village, except the hunter, who,
seeking a shoal place, waded the river, and was soon out of
sight among the thickets of the opposite bank.

On the return of the company to the tavern, every boat to
be found on the river, from that place to the lake, was immediately
put in requisition, for the service of the night. And by
early twilight, eight canoes, each containing two or three well-armed
men, led on by the trapper, in a single canoe, were seen
emerging from the outlet into the broad lake, and slowly filing
off along its western border. Coasting in closely to the shore,
so as to keep within the shadow of the woods, they pursued
their noiseless way up the lake, to a point where the low,
marshy land lying between the lower part of the Umbagog and
the Magalloway rises into the gradually-swelling ridge, which,
a mile or two farther on, becomes a rocky, precipitous mountain,
whose beetling cliffs, overhanging the deep, dark waters
beneath, were crowned with their primeval growth of towering
pines. Here they paused long enough to station one of their
canoes, near a small point, commanding a view across the corresponding
coves on either side; and then cautiously proceeded
onward, dropping a canoe, in like manner, every five or six
hundred yards, till the extremity of the western coast was
reached, the line efficiently manned, and the trapper left to
cruise alone over the cordon of boats thus stretched along the

-- 280 --

[figure description] Page 280.[end figure description]

shore, to carry any needed intelligence, and make independent
observations. It was now dark, and, being a moonless night,
all within the shade of the mountains, especially, was wrapt
in almost impenetrable gloom; so that the ear, rather than the
eye, must now be depended on for whatever discoveries were
to be made. Nothing as yet, to the disappointment and increasing
anxiety of the company, had been seen or heard of
the hunter.

“He cannot have been killed, so soon, can he?” whispered
the sheriff, in one of the last-stationed canoes, as the trapper
glided alongside, to hold communication with the officer.

“No,” was the low-toned reply; “that could not have happened,
if there were any fear of such a thing, without one or
more rifle-shots, which, in this calm evening, and this favorable
locality for conveying sounds to a great distance, we must have
heard, even down to the tavern. No, I will risk him. I think
he must have got on to the fellow's trail, and, if near the lake,
lies in some spot where he can't move away without danger of
alarming the game. We have nothing to do but wait patiently.
Phillips knows we are here in waiting, and he will report himself
as soon as he can.”

They did not, however, have to wait long. In a few minutes,
a small, shrill, quavering cry, which few could have distinguished
from that of a raccoon, rose from a thicket on the
shore, a short distance below.

“Ah! that is he,” softly cried the trapper; “I know the
thicket he is hailing from. If you will remain just where you
are, I will scull my canoe down to the spot, take him in with me,
if he has not found a boat, — or at any rate bring him here to
make his report.”

Like the gliding of a fish, shrinking away from sight, the
light canoe, under the invisible impulse of the dexterously
handled oar of the trapper, passed noiselessly away, and disappeared
in the darkness. But, long before the expectant officer,
who had been vainly listening for some sound, either of the

-- 281 --

[figure description] Page 281.[end figure description]

going or the coming of the absent canoe, had thought of its return,
it was again at his side, with the anticipated addition to
its occupants.

“Here is the man, to speak for himself,” said the trapper,
putting out a hand to guard off and prevent the canoes from
grazing.

“Well, Mr. Phillips,” said the sheriff, in the same cautious
under-tone by which all their communications had been graduated,
“we are all looking to you, — what is your report?”

“In the first place, that he is here.”

“Where?”

“Sixty or seventy rods to the north of us, in a secure retreat
up among the rocks, about a dozen rods from the shore.”

“Are you sure of that?”

“Yes.”

“How did you make the discovery?”

“I will tell you. When I came over, I struck down to the
lake, nearly abreast the lower end of the ridge, and cautiously
moved along the shore, upwards, in search of the suspected
boat; without discovering it, however, till I came to the rocky
pass I have alluded to, a short distance above here; when,
peering out into the approaching darkness, I caught sight of it
run under a treetop lying partly in the water. Your boats had
not got on there; and thinking, if I took the boat out on to the
water, as I had proposed, he might discover the loss too soon,
take the alarm, and conclude to escape through the woods
round the upper lakes, I varied my plan, and stationed myself
back a few rods, to see if he would not come down to escape by
his canoe. I had trailed him to the top of this rocky eastern
slope, before I struck down to the lake, and knew he must be
somewhere near; so I cocked my rifle, for instant use, and stood
ready for his approach. And in a short time I caught the
sound of his movements, sliding cautiously down the rocky
steeps from the spot above, where I suspected he had housed
himself. But, before he reached the bottom of the short ravine

-- 282 --

[figure description] Page 282.[end figure description]

he must come down, or could be seen where I stood, a dry stick
unluckily broke under my foot, and the sound, as I perceived at
once, brought him to a stand. And, though he did not know,
and don't know yet, whether the sound was caused by the step
of man or beast, yet he soon seemed to think it safest to retreat;
and my ear could distinctly trace his movements, as he clambered
and pulled himself along back up the ledges to his retreat.
I then went down to the shore; and perceiving, from the
slight agitation of the water and the faint sound of its gurgling
under oars, that you had got on to the ground, I stole down the
shore a piece, and gave the signal, as you heard.”

“Are you familiar with the place where you think he lies
concealed?”

“Yes, nearly as much so as with my own door-yard.”

“What sort of a place is it, and how many ways are there to
reach it or to escape from it?”

“It is the most curious place in all these parts, and there is
but one way, I ever could find, to get to it; and that is, by
climbing up the ledgy shelf of the face of the hill, through a sort
of ravine that opens from it down to the lake, where there is scarce
room enough, on either side, to pass along the shore between
the perpendicular cliffs and the water. It is an old bear's den,
in fact, passing horizontally into the rocks twelve or fifteen feet,
of varying breadth, and, after you get in, from three to six feet
in height. I have taken at least a half-dozen fine bears from
it, in my day, and supposed I was the only one knowing of it;
but Gaut must have discovered it before this; for I at once
found by his trail that he steered directly for the spot, on leaving
the Magalloway.”

“He did?” interposed the trapper; “he find it, when he has
been here in the settlement less than a year, and knows little
about the woods; and I, who have been here a dozen years,
knew nothing about it? He never found it without help, and
that, too, from the same character that let him know we were

-- 283 --

[figure description] Page 283.[end figure description]

coming to his house, to-day. I tell you, the Old Boy is in
that man!”

“Then we will hang him and the Old Boy with one rope,”
resumed the hunter, “for we are now sure of him.”

“I hope so,” said the sheriff; “but can he be taken to-night?”

“He might, possibly, if we were willing to run risks enough,”
replied the hunter, doubtfully. “But I should hardly think it
advisable to make the attempt. He could not be drawn from
the cave, if we made the onset; while, if we entered it, he
could easily kill several of us before he could be secured.”

“What shall be done, then?”

“I have been studying on that, and the best thing I can
think of, is, to post men enough to guard him securely through
the night; and then have on force enough in the morning to unburrow
him, by some means or other, which we will contrive
when the time comes.”

“But will he not come down, to escape in his boat, to-night?”

“I rather expect not. After hearing the noise I made, and,
then coupling it with my signal, which he will then be suspicious
of, as well as of the sounds that most likely have reached or
will reach his ears from some of our boats; after all this, he will,
probably, be afraid of falling into a trap, and would prefer taking
his chances of escape by daylight. But, if he should come
down, I will arrange things so that we will have him, to a dead
certainty.”

The suggestions of the hunter were again adopted; and he
was again requested to take the lead in putting the proposed
plan into execution.

Accordingly, after directing the trapper to concentrate those
stationed in their canoes above with those in one or two below,
he entered the boat with the sheriff and his associate; and, taking
an oar, slowly rowed along towards the place he had designated
as the retreat of the desperate outlaw, on whose seizure
they were so resolutely determined.

-- 284 --

[figure description] Page 284.[end figure description]

After reaching the spot, and waiting till the expected boatcrews
arrived, the hunter quietly landed, and stationed two of
the men in the narrow pass north of the gorge, with orders to
keep a sharp lookout through the night, hail whoever might
approach, and shoot him down before suffering him to escape.
He next led two more up round the nearest approaches of the
cave, and posted one on each side, a little above it, to prevent
all possibility of escape over the rocks and ledges in that direction;
and then, returning down to the shore, selected the trapper
to occupy with him the southern pass to the gorge, thus reserving
for himself, and the man on whom he believed he could
best rely in an emergency, the post where an encounter would
be most likely to occur. After completing these arrangements,
and landing a pair of handcuffs from the sheriff's boat, he
dismissed the officer to collect all the rest of the company, not
thus retained, and return to the village for the night, and for a
fresh rally the next morning.

It was now ten o'clock at night; and from that time, for the
next six hours, the stillness and darkness of death brooded over
the slumbering waters of the lake. The mute men on guard,—
to whom the slowly-passing hours seemed doubly long and
gloomy, from the oppressive sense of the duty of silence, —
stood immovably at their posts, alternately employing themseves
in guessing at the hour of the night, and intently listening
to catch some sound which should indicate the presence of the
dreaded object of their watch. But, through the whole night,
no such sound or indication reached their strained senses; and
most of them, at length, were brought to the belief that either he
had never been there, or that he had, by some unknown means,
effected his escape. The hunter, however, never for a moment
permitted his faith to waver. He not only felt confident that
Gaut was still in his dark cage in the rocks, but that, the next
day, safe means would be found to uncage him, and deliver him
over to hands of justice, to undergo the penalties of his crimes.
And, as soon as the anxiously-awaited daylight began to make

-- 285 --

[figure description] Page 285.[end figure description]

its appearance in the east, he began gradually to work his
noiseless way into the mouth of the gorge, and then up over the
steeps and ragged ledges, till he had gained a stand under cover
of a tuft of clinging evergreens, where he could obtain an unobstructed
view of the mouth of the cavern, some six rods above.
Here, low crouched behind his bushy screen, with rifle cocked
and levelled at the entrance, he lay, silently awaiting the approach
of daylight, expecting that Gaut would then, at least, be
peering out to ascertain the state of affairs on the shore below.
And the event soon showed the correctness of his reasoning.
As the brightening flushes of morning fell on the water, and began
to throw the reflected light on the face of the mountain, so
as to bring its darker recesses to view, the hunter's practised
ear soon detected a movement within the cave; and presently
the head, and then the shoulders, of the wary outlaw rose gradually
in sight against the rocks, immediately over the low
entrance.

“Yield yourself a prisoner, or die!” suddenly broke from
the lips of the concealed hunter.

Gaut cast a startled glance around him, and then instantly
threw himself to the ground, but barely in time to escape the
bullet of the exploding rifle below, which struck the rock in the
exact spot that a half-second before was darkened by the shade
of his head and shoulders.

“Went through the hair on top of his head, I think, but missed
his skull by something like an inch, probably,” said the hunter,
quickly gliding down a few feet over the edge of the shelf,
where he lay so as to put a rock between him and the mouth
of the cave. “But, on the whole, I am glad of it; for I had
rather see him go by the hand of the hangman than my own.”

The hunter then quietly reloaded his rifle, and went down
among his excited companions; who, the ban of silence being
now removed by his example, came forward to talk over this
unexpected and startling incident of the morning, which had
served the double purpose of demonstrating to the former that

-- 286 --

[figure description] Page 286.[end figure description]

Gaut would never surrender himself a prisoner, and to the latter,
the doubted fact that the object of their search was there,
as represented to them the evening before. With the whole of
them, indeed, the affair had now assumed a new aspect.
Phillips and Codman put their heads together, and began to
start and discuss various expedients for dislodging the intrenched
fugitive; while the others, in their excitement and
agitation, walked hurriedly about in their confined positions
speaking or thinking of the desperate and dangerous struggle now
likely soon to ensue in the attempted capture, and anxiously
awaiting the arrival of the sheriff and the additional force, which,
it was understood, he would rally and bring on with him.

“They are coming!” at length cried one of the men from the
cliff above; “they are coming in troops, and in all directions.”

The men on shore now eagerly ran down to the farthest projecting
rocks, or on fallen trees extending into the water, to
obtain unobstructed views of the company thus announced to
be approaching in the distance; when, instead of the few they
had expected, they beheld a whole fleet of canoes emerging
from the distant outlet below, and rowing with all speed towards
them; while, at the same time, another company of
boats was seen approaching from the settlement around the
upper end of the lake.

It appeared that, when the sheriff with his attendants reached
the village the evening before, and announced the exciting
tidings that the desperate man, whom all were so intent on
hnnting down, had been driven to a stronghold among the rocks
of the mountain up the lake, where it might require a large
force to take him, men started off in all directions, and rode all
night with the news; which, flying like wind over this and the adjoining
settlements, threw the whole country, for thirty or forty
miles around, into commotion, and put scores of bold men immediately
on the march for the scene of action. And the upshot
was that, by sunrise the next morning, more than fifty
men, hurrying in from all quarters, had assembled at the

-- 287 --

[figure description] Page 287.[end figure description]

village, and having appropriated all the boats on the rivers, for
many miles above and below, had joined the company of the
sheriff, and under his lead were now on their way to the great
point of attraction; together with many others entering the lake
from other quarters.

In a short time the long retinue of canoes came clustering to
the shore; when the motley company, preceded by the sheriff
and his immediate attendants, all landed, and, crowding around
the hunter and his associates, listened, with many a half-suppressed
exclamation, indicative of the deep excitement that
agitated the mass, to the recital of the discoveries and incidents
of the morning.

“I cannot believe,” said the sheriff, who had been listening
with keen interest to the hunter's account of his bold but fruitless
attempt to compel the submission of the desperado, “I cannot
believe, after all, that the fellow will be so foolhardy as to
persist in his refusal to surrender, when he knows there is now
no longer any chance for him to escape. I will try him faithfully
before resorting to extreme measures.”

“That may be well enough, perhaps,” remarked the hunter,
demurely, feeling a little rebuked for his own hastiness in firing
on the man, by some of the expressions of the officer; “yes,
that will be well enough. But, if you succeed in drawing
him out to be taken by means of words alone, I will try the
experiment on the very next wolf or painter I drive into his
den.”

“Nevertheless, it shall be tried,” returned the officer.

And accordingly, having called to his side a small band of
well-armed assistants, he proceeded with them up the gorge, till
he had gained the shelf which afforded the hunter a covert in
the previous assault; when he stepped fearlessly out in full view
of the mouth of the cavern, and, with a loud voice, calling the
name of Gaut Gurley, “commanded him, in the name and by
the authority of the State of New Hampshire, to come out and

-- 288 --

[figure description] Page 288.[end figure description]

surrender himself a prisoner, to answer, in court, to the charges
set forth in a warrant then ready to be produced.”

The officer now paused; and all listened; but no sound came
from the cave. The summons was then repeated, in a still
louder and more determined tone of voice. And this time a
sound, resembling the growl of a chafed tiger, was heard within,
belching out a volley of muttered curses, and ending with
the distinguishable words of defiance:

“If you want me, come and take me; and we will see who
dies first.”

“Your blood be on your own head, then, obstinate wretch!”
exclaimed the excited officer. “Men, prepare to throw a volley
of bullets into that cavern. Ready — aim — fire!”

The single report of a half-dozen exploding muskets instantly
followed the word, ringing out and reverberating along the
mountain like the shock of a field-piece; while, with the dying
sound, a hoarse shout of derisive laughter from the cave greeted
the ears of the awe-struck and shuddering company around.

“There is no use in that,” said the hunter, who had followed
and posted himself a little in the rear of the besieging party,
under the apprehension that the besieged might make a rush
out of his retreat, in the smoke and confusion consequent on
the firing, — “there is no use in any thing of that kind. The
entrance, after the first four or five feet, suddenly expands into
quite a large space, into one of the corners of which he could
easily step, as he doubtless did just now, and be safe against a
regiment of rifles from without.”

“Then we will smoke him out!” fiercely exclaimed the
sheriff, recovering from his astonishment at finding the culprit
had not been annihilated, and beginning to be enraged at seeing
himself and his authority thus alike despised; “we will smoke
him out, like a burrowed wild beast, and soon convince the
scoffing villain that we are not to be foiled in this manner.
Hillo, there, below! gather and bring up here at least a cartload
of dry and green boughs.”

-- 289 --

[figure description] Page 289.[end figure description]

With eager alacrity the throng below sprang to do the bidding
of the officer; and, in a short time, they came clambering
up the steeps, with their shouldered loads of mingled material,
to the post occupied by the advanced party; who took, and,
keeping as much as possible out of the range of the entrance,
carried them up, and threw them over the next shelf on to the
little level space lying around the mouth of the cavern. This
process was briskly continued, till a pile as large as a haycock
was raised against the upright ledge through which the cave
opened by a low narrow mouth at the bottom. A fire was then
struck, a pine knot kindled, and held ready for the intended
application; when the sheriff, proclaiming to the desperate object
of these fearful preparations what was in store for him,
commanded him once more, and for the last time, to surrender.
But, receiving no reply, he then, ordering the men to stand
ready with poles to scatter the material the moment the victim
should cry for mercy, seized the flaming brand and hurled it
into the most combustible part of the pile before him.

Within the space of a minute the appearance of the quickly-catching
blaze, now seen leaping in a thousand dimly-sparkling
tongues of flame, from layer to layer and from side to side,
through the crevices of the loosely-packed mass, gave proof
that the whole pile was becoming thoroughly ignited. And
the next moment the cave, and the whole visible range of rocks
above, were lost to sight in the dense cloud of smoke that deeply
wrapt and rolled over them. Expecting every instant to hear
the agonized cries of the victim, now seemingly enfolded in the
very embrace of the terrible element, calling aloud for mercy
and offering submission, the whole company, crowding the
gorge below, or peering over from the surrounding cliffs,
climbed for the purpose, stood for some time mute and appalled
at the spectacle, and the thought of the fearful issue it involved.
No sound or sight, however, except the crackling of the consuming
fagots and the flaring sheet of the ascending flames,
greeted their expectant senses.

-- 290 --

[figure description] Page 290.[end figure description]

“Pretty much as I have long thought it would turn out, in
the end,” said the trapper, the first to break the silence, as the
fire was seen to be slacking away, without any thing yet being
heard from the dreaded inmate of the cave. “His master is
taking him off in a winding-sheet of smoke and flame. I
shouldn't be surprised at a clap of thunder or an earthquake to
wind up with.”

“At any rate,” observed another of the crowd, “he must be
suffocated by this time.”

“Yes,” responded a third, “dead, dead as a door-nail; so,
there is an end of the incarnate Beelzebub that we have known
by the name of Gaut Gurley.”

“I am not so clear about that,” now interposed the hunter,
who had stood intently watching the varying aspects of the
fire and smoke about the cave. “I thought, myself, that this
operation must put him on begging terms, if any thing would;
and the question is, whether it wouldn't now, before he found
himself in any danger of smothering. I don't understand it; but
stay, — what is that rising from the top of the rocks, some distance
back from the front of the den? Mr. Sheriff, do you
see it?”

“See what, sir?”

“Why, that slender column of smoke rising gently out of the
top of the rocks, directly over the cave, and growing more
visible every moment, as the smoke from the fire down here in
front becomes light and thin in the clear blaze.”

“I do see what appears, here, to be something of the kind
not proceeding directly from the fire, — yes, plainly, now.
What does it mean, Mr. Phillips?”

“It means that the rascal has a chimney to his house, or
what, for his safety, is the same. The rocks forming the top
of the cavern are piled up so loosely that the smoke rises
through them almost as easy and natural as from a chimney.
He had nothing to do but to throw himself on the bottom, to be
out of its way, and breathe as good air as the best of us.”

-- 291 --

[figure description] Page 291.[end figure description]

“By Heavens, Phillips, I believe you are right! And that is
not all there is to it, either: if our smoking-out experiment
has failed, it has shown a better one. The same looseness of
the rocks that permitted the escape of the smoke so freely, will
permit, also, their being removed or torn away. We will now
uncage him by digging down into his den. Ho there! my
merry men below, go to cutting heavy pry-poles, and look up
your crow-bars, picks, sledge-hammers, and shovels. There is
work for you all.”

As soon as the unexpected discoveries which had led to
these new orders, and consequent change of the whole plan of
attack, were understood and fully comprehended by all, the
solemn and revolting character of the scene was instantly converted
into one of bustle and animation. As the plan thus indicated
by the sheriff required the scene of operations to be
transferred to the top of the rocks above the cave, to which
there was no means of access from the gorge in front, he,
leaving a strong guard in the pass now occupied, took the
hunter and came down to the shore; when the latter, followed
by the officer and a score of resolute, strong-armed men with
their various implements, led the devious way back through the
woods, and up round the ledgy and precipitous face of the
mountain, till they reached a point a little above the level of
the cave. Here they paused, and sent the hunter out along a
lateral shelf of the declivity, to search for the most accessible
path to their destination. While the company were pausing
here for this purpose, their attention was suddenly arrested by
the heralding shouts of another company of men, evidently
approaching from the other side of the mountain. And, soon
after, a band of a dozen well-armed, hardy-looking fellows,
headed by a tall, powerfully-framed man, made their appearance,
pushing their way down the brush-tangled steeps from
above.

“Turner!” exclaimed the sheriff, addressing the leader of
the approaching band, who was at once recognized to be an

-- 292 --

[figure description] Page 292.[end figure description]

ex-sheriff of the county, and one of the most daring and successful
felon-hunters ever known in northern New-Hampshire;
“General Turner, of all men you are the one I should have
most wished to see, just at this time. We have a tough case
on hand; but how did you get here?”

“The only way left for us. When we reached the tavern
down here on the river, not a boat was to be had; and so we
steered up the Magalloway, and came over by land, as you see.
I had heard of this desperate character, and your dealings with
him, before the present outrage, and have now come to help
you put him through. Now tell us the state of the siege, — some
idea of which we got from a man we met, a mile back on our
way.”

The sheriff then related all that had transpired, and named
the new plan of operations, of which they were then proceeding
to test the feasibility.

“We will have him!” said Turner, with a determined look.
“If we can't tear away the rocks with bars and sledges, we will
send off for a barrel of gunpowder to blow them open; and if
that fails, I will go into the cave, myself, and if I don't snake
him out before I've done with him, he must be a harder customer
than it has ever yet been my lot to encounter.”

By this time the hunter had returned, and now pointed out
the best way to the place of which they were in quest; when
the sheriff, ex-sheriff, and their respective followers, preceded
by their guide, commenced forcing their passage along the
craggy cliffs; and, within ten minutes, they found themselves
standing on the off-set forming the rocky roofing of the cavern.
The appearance of the place was much more favorable for the
proposed attempt at excavation than any of them had anticipated.
From the front face of the rock, which was pierced by
the mouth of the cave at the bottom, and which presented a
perpendicular of about fifteen feet, the topmost stones rapidly
fell off to a depression over the centre of the cave, which, it
was at once seen, must greatly reduce the depth of rock to be

-- 293 --

[figure description] Page 293.[end figure description]

removed or broken up, before reaching the interior. And, in
addition to this encouraging discovery, the rocks in and around
this depression, through which the smoke was yet visibly oozing,
appeared to be detached from the main ledge, and, though
heavy, such as might be removed by appliances at command.
Still, there was a formidable mass to be disrupted and removed
before an entrance could be effected in that direction. But the
men, impatient of inaction, and eager to be doing something to
forward the common object, — like all bodies of excited people
anxious to coöperate, but unable to decide on a course of action,—
scarcely waited to be told what was wanted, before they all
sprang to the work with that resistless union of faith and exertions
which requires no intervention of miracles to remove
mountains. The moss, earth, decayed wood, and all else of
the loose covering of rocks, quickly disappeared under their
busy hands or rapidly-plied implements. The smaller stones
and broken fragments, as soon as loosened or beat off by the
bars and sledges, were seized and hurled in showers over the
surrounding ledges; the larger ones, when started from their
beds by the long heavy prys, were grappled with the united
strength of all that could get to them, rolled up, pitched over
the precipice in front, and sent bounding and crashing down the
gorge below. And the whole forest resounded with the din of
their heavy blows and the mingling sounds of their varied
labors.

While all who could find room to work on the excavation
were thus briskly pushing forward their operations, a smaller
party were engaged in beating down the rocky battlement in
front; and so vigorously and successfully were the efforts of
these also directed, that, in a short time, the top was so lowered,
and the seamy rocks so split down, that, with the mass of
stones thrown over, a path of easy descent was formed from
the top, down to the shelf below, on one side of the mouth of
the cave; which was now securely blocked up, and closely

-- 294 --

[figure description] Page 294.[end figure description]

invested by the party previously stationed in near vicinity to
guard it.

Thus bravely, and with no token of faltering at the obstacles
which they frequently encountered, and which sometimes
required their greatest exertions to overcome, did these strong-armed
and determined men push on their herculean labors, for
the space of nearly two hours; when suddenly a shout of exultation
rose from those at work lowest down in the excavation,
and the next moment the voice of the ex-sheriff was heard
exclaiming to those around him:

“Courage, men! the game is nearly unkenneled. I have
driven my bar through, and the hole is so large that the bar
has slipped from my hands and gone to the bottom!”

The excitement now became intense; and all crowded round
the rim of the excavation, and, with uneasy looks and hushed
voices, eagerly peered down into the dimly-visible perforation
at the bottom; while those already within the excavated basin
began, with beating hearts, carefully loosening and pulling out
the shivered and detached stones, lying around the small aperture
just effected, and continued the process until all the outer
edges of the broad, thin rock, which the crow-bar had perforated,
and which appeared to form the lower or interior layer
of the roofing of the cavern, were fully laid bare, and brought
within the reach of the outstretched arms of those bending
down to grasp them. A dozen brawny hands were then seen
securing their gripe on one side of the rock; when, at the word
of the sheriff, a sudden pull was made with a force that raised
the whole mass nearly a foot from its bed.

“It comes bravely!” said the sheriff. “Now fix yourselves
for another pull; while two or three of you above there come
forward with your rifles, and stand with them levelled at the
hole, as we open it, lest the desperate dog make a rush before
we are prepared. Now altogether, — there, now!”

The effort was made, and the sheeted rock was brought to a
perpendicular; when it was grappled by the men with might

-- 295 --

[figure description] Page 295.[end figure description]

and main, lifted clear from its bed, and thrust aside, letting the
sunlight down upon the bottom of the cave through a chasm
nearly large enough to permit two men to jump in abreast.
There was now a dead pause; and all eyes were turned on the
chasm in silent and trembling expectation. But nothing appearing,
the hunter and ex-sheriff crept down prostrate to the
brink of the chasm, and worked their heads cautiously below, to
get a fuller view of the interior. After looking, with slightly
varied positions, about a minute, they both rose and came up on
the bank; when the ex-sheriff, turning to the hunter, softly said:

“He is there. I caught sight of his legs standing in a corner
near the mouth of the cave. Did you get a view?”

“Yes, a better one than that; I saw his legs, and as much of
his body as I could without bringing my own head within the
line of his eyes. He stands there on the watch, with cocked
rifle pointing to this opening, while he has a dirk within his
left hand grasping the rifle, and I think a pistol within his
other hand, held in a similar manner. I can read his plan.”

“What is it, as you read it?”

“To take the first that enters with his rifle, pistol the second,
make a rush through the rest, and stab as he goes.”

“About the truth, probably. But what is to be done? Shall
you and I leap down, make a spring upon him, and stand our
chance?”

“Why, — yes,” replied the hunter, with a little hesitation;
“yes, if we can't do better than throw away one good life, at
least, for a bad one. But if we could contrive to divert his
attention suddenly to the mouth of the cave —”

“You are right! Stay here a moment, and I will put matters
in train to carry out your suggestion,” eagerly interrupted
Turner, taking the sheriff confidentially aside.

In a few minutes the determined ex-sheriff, followed by four
or five stout, resolute men, whose special assistance he had
bespoken for the occasion, returned to the side of the hunter,
and said:

-- 296 --

[figure description] Page 296.[end figure description]

“Get down there in your old position, where you can watch
his movements. They have gone down to unblock the mouth
of the cave outside, and make a feint of entering. If they
succeed in drawing his fire, I will take that as a signal, — if
not, then you give me the word, at the right moment, when his
head, and with it naturally his rifle, is turned to the supposed
new point of attack, and I will leap down and make a spring
to get within the line of the muzzle before he can fire; and,
the instant I disappear, you and these men follow, and be close
on my heels for the grapple.”

The hunter then edged down to his former place of observation,
where he lay, while Turner sat crouching on the brink
ready for the leap, narrowly watching the movements of the
dreaded foe within, who was seen to be still standing motionless
in the same position as before. Presently the movements of
those outside the old entrance of the cavern, as they began
cautiously to remove the blockading stones, became clearly
audible, and soon a few straggling rays of light began to gleam
into the interior from that direction. On perceiving these indications,
the wary desperado began, for the first time, to
exhibit signs of uneasiness. Slightly changing his position,
he glanced rapidly from the already half-cleared entrance in
front to the chasm just opened through the top in the rear.
But neither seeing or hearing any thing that led him to expect
any assault, except from the front, and evidently supposing it
was now the intention of his assailants to drive him up through
the top opening, to be seized as he came out, he drew back a
step, and, turning the muzzle of his rifle towards the mouth of
the cave, stood ready to fire upon the first who should make
his appearance. This movement was not lost on the keenly-watching
hunter, who saw that it afforded a fair chance for a
successful surprise; and he once parted his lips to give the
signal for the onset. But, perceiving from the incoming light
that the mouth of the cave was cleared from its obstructions,
he ventured to await the effect of the feint now momentarily

-- 297 --

[figure description] Page 297.[end figure description]

expected from that quarter. He had judged wisely. The
delay was not in vain. A rustling sound, seeming to come
from some one squeezing through the entrance, was now heard;
and soon a dark object, resembling the head and shoulders of
a man, making slow and cautious advances, was fully protruded
into the cavern; when, suddenly, the whole ledge shook
with the stunning report of a rifle, and the next moment,
Turner, Phillips, and their chosen backers, had all disappeared
in the cloud of smoke that came pouring up through the chasm.
Quick, heavy, muffled sounds, as of fiercely-grappling tigers,
instantly came from within. And within another minute, the
stentorian voice of the daring leader of the onset was heard,
shouting for the hand-cuffs and fetters.

The fierce siege was over. The desperate intentions and
giant strength of the besieged, after a brief but terrible struggle,
had been thwarted and overcome by the intrepidity and
equal strength of the ex-sheriff; and he, now firmly clenched
round the body, and held down, with every limb in the viselike
grasp of his iron-fisted captors, lay disarmed, helpless, and
panting on the ground.

“There!” sternly cried the victorious leader of the hazardous
assault, as he rose to his feet, after he had seen the heavy
irons securely locked on the wrists and ankles of the silent and
sullen prisoner, — “there! drag him out, feet foremost, into the
open light of day, where he and his dark deeds have all now
got to come, to meet the vengeance of an outraged community!”

It was done, and with no gentle hand; when a long, wild
shout of exultation fiercely broke from the closely-encircling
throng, thrilling the trembling forest around with the din, and
rolling away to the farthest shores of the lake, to proclaim
that the first murderer of the settlement — the black-hearted
Gaut Gurley — was now a prisoner, and in the uncompromising
hands of public justice.

The animated spectacle which now ensued, of trundling,

-- 298 --

[figure description] Page 298.[end figure description]

pushing, and tumbling the chafed and growling prisoner down
to the shore, amid the unrestrained demonstrations of the exulting
multitude; the noisy and bustling embarkation on the
lake; the ostentatious display of mimic banners, formed by raising
on tall poles, handkerchiefs, hats, coats, and whatever would
make a show in the distance, as the long line of canoes, with
the closely guarded prisoner in the centre, filed off in gorgeous
array, through the glitter of the sun-lit lake, on their way to
the great outlet; the pause and concentration there; the
rapid descent down the river to the village, where a board of
magistrates were waiting to sit on the case of the expected
prisoner; and, finally, the loudly heralding kuk-kuk-ke-o-hos of
the overflowing trapper, to announce, over a two-mile reach of
the stream, the triumphant approach, — this animated and here
extraordinary spectacle, we must leave to the delineation of the
reader's imagination. Our attention is more strongly demanded
in a different direction, to bring up other important incidents of
our story, before proceeding any farther with the actors who
have figured in this part of the narrative, or taking note of the
examination to which they were now hurrying the prisoner.

-- 299 --

p720-312 CHAPTER XX.

“By thine infinite of woe,
All we know not, all we know;
If there be what dieth not,
Thine, affection, is its lot.”

[figure description] Page 299.[end figure description]

Deep in the wilderness of woods and waters encircling the
mouth of a small inlet, at the extreme northwestern end of the
picturesque Maguntic, there lay encamped, at the point of a
low headland, on one of the first nights of May, the three trappers,
whose expedition had been the subject of so many gloomy
speculations, and whose unexpectedly prolonged absence had
caused, as we have seen, so much anxiety in the settlement to
which they belonged. They had extended their outward journey
more than double the distance contemplated by the Elwoods,
at least when they left home; the mover of the expedition, Gaut
Gurley, having proposed to make the shores of the Maguntic,
and its feeding streams only, the range of their operations.
But when they arrived there, as they did, on the ice, which was
still firm and solid on the lakes, Gaut pretended to believe that
the rich beaver-haunts, to which he had promised to lead them,
could not be identified, much less reached, until the ice had broken
up in the streams and lake. He, therefore, now proposed that
they should first proceed over to the chief inlet of the Oquossak,
stay one night in the camp, which was left in the great snow-storm
of the fall before, dig out the steel-traps buried there,
and, the next day, slide over the boats, also left there, on the
glare ice, — as all agreed could easily be done on some light and
simple contrivance, — and land them on the west shore of the
Maguntic, where they could be concealed, and found ready for

-- 300 --

[figure description] Page 300.[end figure description]

use when the lake opened. He would then, he said, lead them
to a place among the head-water streams of the Magalloway,
only a day's journey distant, where he once “trapped it” himself,
and where, as the rivers there broke up early, he could
promise them immediate success.

All this had been done; and the party, having spent nearly
three weeks among the lakelets and interweaving streams going
to make up the sources of the Magalloway and Connecticut
rivers, with occasional recourse to the nearest habitations on the
upper Magalloway, for provisions, but with very indifferent
success in taking furs, had now, on the urging of young Elwood,
returned to the Maguntic, — which, after a hard day's journey,
they had reached, at the point where we have introduced them,
about sunset the day but one preceding, thrown up a temporary
shanty, and encamped for the night. On rising the next morning,
Gaut had proposed that Claud remain at camp that day,
to build a better shanty, and hunt in the near vicinity; while
he and Mark Elwood should explore the stream, to a pond
some miles above, where his previously discovered beaver-haunts,
he said, were mostly to be found, and where, the snow
and ice having wholly disappeared, they could now operate to
good advantage. With this arrangement, however, the young
man, whose secret suspicions had been aroused by one or two
previous attempts made by Gaut to separate him from his
father, plausibly refused to comply; and the consequence was,
that they had all made the proposed explorations together, returned
to camp without discovering any indications of the promised
beaver, and laid down for the night, with the understanding,
reluctantly agreed to by the moody and morose Gaut, that
they should proceed down the lake to their boats the next morning,
and embark for an immediate return to their homes, where
the Elwoods felt conscious they must, by this time, be anxiously
expected.

Such were the circumstances under which we have brought
this singularly-assorted party of trappers to the notice of the

-- 301 --

[figure description] Page 301.[end figure description]

reader, as they lay sleeping in their bough-constructed tents, —
Gaut and Mark Elwood under one cover, and Claud under
another, which he had fixed up for himself on the opposite
side of their fire, — on the ominous night which was destined
to prelude the most tragic and melancholy scene of our variously
eventful story.

It was the hour of nature's deepest repose, and the bright
midnight moon, stealing through the gently-swaying boughs
of the dark pines that rose heavenward, like pinnacles, along
the silent shores around, was throwing her broken beams fitfully
down upon the faces of the unconscious sleepers, faintly
revealing the impress which the thoughts and purposes of the
last waking hours had left on the countenance of each. And
these impresses were as variant as the characters of those on
whose features they rested: that lingering on the sternly-compressed
lips and dark, beetling brows of Gaut Gurley, ever sinister,
was doubly so now; that on the face of Mark Elwood, whose
vacillations of thought and feeling, through life, had exempted
his features from any stamp betokening fixed peculiarity of character,
was one of fatuous security; and that resting on the
intellectual and guileless face of Claud Elwood was one of
simple care and inquietude.

But what is that light, shadowy form, hovering near the
sylvan couch of Claud, like some unsubstantial being of the
air; now advancing, now shrinking away, and now again flitting
forward to the head of the youthful sleeper, and there pausing
and preventing the light from longer revealing his features?
Yes, what is it? would ask a doubting spectator of this singular
night-scene. A passing cloud come over the moon? No,
there is none in the heavens. But why the useless speculation?
for it is gone now, leaving the sleeper's face again visible, and
wearing a more unquiet and disturbed air than before. His
features twitch nervously, and expressions of terror and surprise
flit over them. He dreams, and his dream is a troubled
one Let the novelist's license be invoked to interpret it.

-- 302 --

[figure description] Page 302.[end figure description]

He was alone with his father on a boundless plain, when
suddenly a dark, whirlwind tempest-cloud fell upon the earth
around them, and soon separated him from the object of his
care. As he was anxiously pressing on through the thickly-enveloping
vapors, in the direction in which the latter had disappeared,
he was suddenly confronted by a monstrous, black,
and fearful living apparition, who stood before him in all the
horrid paraphernalia ascribed to the prince of darkness, apparently
ready to crush him to the earth, when a bright angel
form swiftly interposed. Starting back, with the rapidly-chasing
sensations of terror and surprise, he looked again, and the
fiend stood stript of his infernal guise, and suddenly transformed
into the person of Gaut Gurley, who, with a howl of dismay,
quickly turned and fled in confusion. The amazed dreamer
then turned to his deliverer, who had been transformed into the
beauteous Fluella, whose image, he was conscious, was no
longer a stranger among the lurking inmates of his heart. A
sweet, benignant smile was breaking over her lovely features;
and, under the sudden impulse of the grateful surprise, he
eagerly stretched out his arms towards her, and, in the effort,
awoke.

“Where, where is she?” he exclaimed, springing to his feet,
and glaring wildly around him. “Why!” he continued, after
a pause, in which he appeared to be rallying his bewildered
senses, — “why! what is this? a dream, nothing but a dream?
It must be so. But what a strange one! and what could have
caused it? Was there not some one standing over me, just
now, darkening my face like a shadow? I feel a dim consciousness
of something like it. But that, probably, was part
of the same dream. Yes, yes, all a mere dream; all nothing;
so, begone with you, miserable phantoms! I will not
suffer —”

But, as if not satisfied with his own reasoning, he stopped short,
and, for many minutes, stood motionless, with his head dropped
in deep thought; when, arousing himself, he returned to his

-- 303 --

[figure description] Page 303.[end figure description]

rude resting-place, and laid down again, but only to toss and
turn, in the restless excitement which he obviously found himself
unable to allay. After a while spent in this tantalizing
unrest, he rose and slowly made his way down to the edge of
the lake, a few rods distant, where, scooping up water with his
hands, he first drank eagerly, then bathed his fevered brow,
and then, rising, he stood some time silent on the shore, —
now pensively gazing out on the darkly-bright expanse of the
moon-lit lake; and now listening to the mysterious voices of
night in the wilderness, which, in low, soft, whispering undulations
of sound, came, at varied intervals, gently murmuring
along the wooded shores, to die away into silence in the remote
recesses of the forest. These phenomena of the wilds he had
once or twice before noted, and tried to account for, without,
however, attaching much consequence to them. But now they
became invested with a strange significance, and seemed to
him, in his present excited and apprehensive state of mind, portentous
of impending evil. While his thoughts were taking
this channel, the possibility of what might be done in his absence
suddenly appeared to occur to him; and he hastened
back to camp, where he slightly replenished the fire, and, taking
a recumbent position, with his loaded rifle within reach, kept
awake, and on the watch, till morning.

After daylight Claud arose, as if nothing unusual had occurred
to disturb him, bustled about, built a good fire, and began
to prepare a morning meal from the fine string of trout he
had taken during yesterday's excursion. The noise of these
preparations soon awoke the two sleepers; who, complimenting
him on his early rising, also arose, and soon joined him in partaking
the repast, which, by this time, he had in readiness.

As soon as they had finished their meal, which was enlivened
by no other than an occasional brief, commonplace
remark, the thoughts of each of them being evidently engrossed
by his own peculiar schemes and anxieties, the trappers,
by common consent, set about their preparations to depart;

-- 304 --

[figure description] Page 304.[end figure description]

and, having completed them, leisurely took their way down
the western shore of the lake towards the spot at which they
had hauled up and concealed their canoe, and which, if they
followed the deep indentures of the shore in this part of the
lake, must be four or five miles distant.

For the first mile or two of their progress nothing noticeable
to an indifferent observer occurred to vary the monotony of
their walk, as they tramped steadily and silently forward, in
the usual, and, indeed, almost the only practicable mode of travelling
in the forest, appropriately denominated Indian file. But
young Elwood, whose feelings had been deeply stirred by the
fancies of the night, which, to say the least, had the effect to
make him more keenly apprehensive and vigilant, had noted
several little circumstances, that, to him, wore a questionable
appearance. Gaut, who at first led the way, soon manœuvred
to get Mark Elwood, the next in the order of their
march, in front; and then urged him forward at a much faster
pace than before, at the same time often casting furtive glances
behind him, as if to see whether Claud, who seemed inclined
to walk more slowly than the rest, would not fall behind,
and soon be out of sight. And, when the latter quickened
his pace, he showed signs of vexation, which had not
passed unnoticed. All this Claud had noted, together with the
singular expression which Gaut's countenance assumed, and
which filled him with an undefinable dread, and a lively suspicion
that the man was on the eve of attempting the execution of
foul purposes. Consequently he resolved to follow up closely,
having no fears for himself, and believing his presence would
prevent any attempt that might be meditated against his father.
This precaution, for some time, the young man was careful to
observe; but, as he was passing over a small brook that
crossed his path, his eye caught the appearance of a slight trail,
a few rods up the stream, and curiosity prompted him to turn
aside to examine it. When he reached the place, he soon detected
indications which convinced him that some person had

-- 305 --

[figure description] Page 305.[end figure description]

recently been there; and, forgetful of his resolution, in the interest
the circumstance excited, he commenced a closer inspection,
which resulted in discovering a fresh imprint, in the soft
mud on one side of the brook, of a small moccasined foot. This
curious and unexpected discovery, uncertain as were its indications
of any identity of the person, or even of the age or
sex of the person, by whom that delicate footprint was made,
at once diverted his attention from the particular care by which
it had been engrossed, and started that other of the two trains
of thought, which, for the last month, but especially since his
singular awakening the past night, had constituted the chief burden
of his mind, — his increasing apprehensions for his father's
safety, and his lurking but irrepressible regard for the chief's
beautiful daughter, whose image, since his dream, had haunted
him with a pertinacity for which a resort to reason alone would
fail to account.

“If music be the food of love,”

dreams, we apprehend, whatever the immortal bard might
have thought of the matter, have often proved the more exciting
stimulus of the tender passion; many of whose happiest
consummations might be traced back to an origin in some peopled
scene of a dreaming fancy, whose peculiar effect on the
sympathies has frequently been felt by the sternest and most
sceptical, though never very clearly explained in any of our
written systems of the philosophy of the soul and its affections.

In the pleasing indulgence of the feelings and fancies which
had been thus freshly kindled, Claud stood, for some minutes,
quite unconscious of the lapse of time, though it had been long
enough to place his companions far out of sight and hearing.
From this reverie he was suddenly aroused by the sharp report
of a rifle, bursting on his ear from the woods, about a quarter
of a mile off, in the direction just taken by his companions.
Starting at the sound, which sent a boding chill through his

-- 306 --

[figure description] Page 306.[end figure description]

heart, and bitterly taxing himself for his inadvertent loitering,
he sprang back to the trail he had left, and made his way along
over it towards the place indicated by the firing, with all the
speed which excited nerves and agonizing anxiety could bring
to his aid. But, before reaching the spot at which he was
aiming, and just as he was beginning to slacken his pace, to look
around for it, Gaut Gurley burst through the bushes, a few rods
ahead, and, running towards him with all the manifestations of
a man in hasty retreat before a pursuing foe, eagerly exclaimed:

“Run, Claud! run for your life! We have just been beset
by hostile Indians, who fired on us, and, I fear, have killed your
father. I have misled them a little; but they will soon be on
our trail. Run! run!” he added, seizing the other by the arm
to start him into instant flight.

“What!” exclaimed the astonished young man, hanging
back, and by degrees recovering from the surprise with which
he was at first overwhelmed by the strange and startling announcement.
“What! hostile Indians? — hostile to whom,
to my father, or to me, that I should run from them? Gaut
Gurley, what, O what does this mean?”

“Why, it means,” said the other, keeping up all the motions
and flourishes naturally used by one urging another to flee, —
“it means, as I say, our lives are in danger. Let us escape
while we can. Come, come, there's not a moment to lose!”

“I will know,” said Claud, with a quick, searching glance
at the face of the other, — “yes, I will know for myself what
has happened,” he sternly added, suddenly breaking from the
grasp on his arm, and bounding forward to execute his purpose
with a quickness and rapidity that made pursuit useless.

“Hold!” cried Gaut, in an increasingly fierce and angry
tone, “hold, instantly, — on your life, hold! I warn you, sir, to
stop, instantly to stop!”

But, heeding neither the entreaties nor the threats which,
his ear told him, were strangely mingled in the tones of the

-- 307 --

[figure description] Page 307.[end figure description]

words thus thundered after him, Claud, in his agony of apprehension,
eagerly rushed on towards the forbidden scene, which
could not now be thirty rods distant, and had proceeded, perhaps,
forty yards; when, just as he was straightening up, after
stooping to pass under an obstructing limb of a tree, extending
across his path, he became conscious of the sound of the sudden
hitting of the limb, and partly so of the concussion of a shot, still
farther in his rear. But he neither heard nor knew more;
and, the next moment, lay stretched senseless on the ground.

When he awoke to consciousness, after, he knew not what
lapse of time, he found himself in a different place; lying, as
he felt conscious, badly wounded, on a soft, elastic bed of
boughs, within a dense thicket of low evergreens, through
which his opening eye caught the gleams of widely-surrounding
waters. A ministering angel, in the shape of the peerless
daughter of the wilds, who had lately so much occupied his
thoughts, was wistfully bending over him, with a countenance
in which commiseration and woe had found an impersonation
which no artist's pencil could have equalled.

“Fluella!” he feebly murmured, — “how came you here,
Fluella?”

She saw that the effort to speak caused him a pang, and,
without replying to the question, motioned him to silence;
when, being no longer able to master her emotions, she sat
down by his side, and, covering her face with both hands, began
to grieve and sob like a child. Poor girl! who could
measure the depth of her heart's anguish? She could not answer,
had she deemed it best. We must answer the question
for her. But, to do so, to the full understanding of the reader,
we must again recur to the events of the past, — her troubled
past, at least, — during the three or four days preceding the
time of her appearance as an actor in the sad scene before us.

She had learned from Mrs. Elwood that Claud had pledged
himself to her that he would return from his expedition within
the month of April; and to Fluella, with her undoubting

-- 308 --

[figure description] Page 308.[end figure description]

confidence in his word, a failure to redeem that pledge would be
but little less than certain intelligence that some evil had befallen
either him or his father, in their unknown place of sojourn
in the wilderness. Consequently her solicitude — growing out
of her secretly nourished but overmastering love for him —
became, as the time approached which was to relieve or realize
her fears for the result of an expedition undertaken under such
dreadful auspices, each day more deep and absorbing. And,
the last morning but one of the expiring month, she went out
early on to the rock-bound shore of the lake, on which her
father's cabin was situated, and commenced her watch from the
most commanding points, for the appearance of the expected
party, on their way homeward from the upper lakes. And
during that anxious day, and the still more anxious one that
followed, she kept up her vigils, with no other cessation than
what her brief absences for her hastily-snatched meals at the
house required; sometimes standing, for an hour at a time, in
one spot, intently gazing out into the lake, and sometimes moving
restlessly about, and hurrying from cliff to cliff, along the
beetling shore, to obtain a better observation. But, no appearance
or indications of their coming rewarding her vigils
during all that time, she retired from the shore, at the approach
of night, on the last day of April, sad and sick at heart from
disappointment, and painfully oppressed with apprehension for
the fate of one for whose safety she felt she would have given
her own worthless life as a willing sacrifice. But, her feelings
still allowing her neither peace nor quietude, she left the house
after supper; and, in the light of the nearly full moon, that was
now throwing its mellow beams over the wild landscape, unconsciously
took her way to the lake-shore, where she had
already spent so many weary hours in her fruitless vigils.
Here, climbing a tall rock on the bluff shore, she resumed her
watch, and long stood, straining both eye and ear to catch sight
of some moving thing, or the sound of some plashing oar, out
on the lake, that might indicate the coming, even at this late

-- 309 --

[figure description] Page 309.[end figure description]

hour, of the objects of her solicitude. But no such sight or
sound came up from the sleeping waters, to greet and gladden
her aching senses. All there was as motionless and silent as
the plains of the dead.

“The time is past!” she at length despairingly muttered,
slowly withdrawing her gaze, and standing as if to collect her
thoughts and ponder. “Yes, passed by, now. He will not
come!”

And her ideas immediately reverted to the other alternative
for which she had before made up her mind, in case the party
did not return within the month; but which, having been kept
in the background of her thoughts, by her hope of their coming,
now occurred to her with startling effect. She fancied Claud
the victim of outrage or misfortune, — perhaps wounded and
dying, by the same hand that might have previously struck
down his father, — perhaps taken sick on his way home alone,
and now lying helpless in the woods, where none could witness
his sufferings or hear his cries for assistance. The thought
sent a pang through her bosom, the more painful because, being
something like a legitimate conclusion of her previous reasoning,
she could not divest herself of it. She stood bewildered
in the woes of her thick-coming fancies. The images thus conjured
up from her distracting anxieties and excited brain, all
heightened by the natural inspirations of the place and the
hour, soon became to her vivid realities. And her burning
thoughts at once insensibly ran into the form and spirit of one
of the many beautful plaints of England's gifted poetess:



“I heard a song upon the wandering wind,
A song of many tones, though one full soul
Breathed through them all imploringly; and made
All nature, as they pass'd, — all quivering leaves,
And low responsive reeds and waters, — thrill,
As with the consciousness of human prayer.
— the tones
Were of a suppliant. `Leave me not' was still
The burden of their music.”

-- 310 --

[figure description] Page 310.[end figure description]

“I will not leave you!” she exclaimed, startling the silent
glens and grottos around by the wild energy of her tones, and
eagerly stretching out her hands towards the imagined scene,
and the suppliant for her ministering services. “O Claud, I
will come to you. My love, my life, my more than life, I
will soon be with you! Go after him?” she resumed, after a
sudden pause, to which she seemed to be brought by recalling
her thoughts to their wonted channel, and being startled at the
sober import of her own words. “Go in search of him in the
woods! Yes,” she added, after another long and thoughtful
pause, — “yes, why not? I cannot, O, I cannot stay here
another day, with these but too prophetic words, I fear, ringing
in my ears. To be in the same wilderness with him were
a pleasure, to the insupportable suspense I must suffer here.
If I discover all to be well, I need not show myself; but, if it
be as I fear, O, what happiness to be near him! Yes, it is decided;
I will start in the morning.”

And, hastily descending from her stand, with the firm,
quick step and decisive air of one whose purpose is fixed, she
struck off directly for the house; where, after a few hasty
preparations, she retired to her bed, and, happily, after the exhausting
cares of the day, was soon quieted into sound and refreshing
slumber.

In accordance with her still unaltered resolution, she rose
early the next morning; and with an indefinite intimation to
her family of her intention to be absent among friends a day or
two, swung to her side a small square basket of nutritious provisions,
took a thick shawl to protect her from the damps of the
night, proceeded directly to her canoe at the landing, embarked,
and struck out vigorously along the winding shore, on
her way to the next upper lake. A steady but quiet row of a
couple of hours took her out of the great lake on which she
had embarked, up the principal inlet, and into the Maguntic,
whose western shores, she had understood, were to be the base
of the operations of the absent party. Here she turned short

-- 311 --

[figure description] Page 311.[end figure description]

to the left, and, drawing in close to land, rowed slowly and
cautiously along the western shore, following round all the numerous
indentations, and continually sending her searching
glances up its wooded shores, that no appearance of the trail
of human beings might escape her observation.

After rowing two or three miles in this manner, and without
noticing any thing that particularly attracted her attention, she
reached the first of the three headlands, making out from this
side a considerable distance into the lake, beyond the average
line of the shore. As she was rounding this point, her eye fell
on a dark protuberance, in a dense thicket a few rods in-shore,
which appeared of a more oblong and regular form than is
usual in such places. And, scanning the appearance more
closely, she soon discerned a small piece of wrought wood, reresembling
a part of the blade of an oar, slightly projecting from
one side of the apparent brush-heap. Starting at the sight,
she immediately ran her canoe ashore, and proceeded at once
to the spot; when, closely peering under the brush-wood, she
discovered three canoes, with their oars, concealed beneath a
deep covering of boughs, surmounted by a scraggy treetop
lying carelessly over them, as if blown from some neighboring
tree.

This, to her, was an important discovery; for it told her —
after she had carefully examined the place, and found that no one
had been to the boats since they were concealed, which she
thought must have been done several weeks before — it told
her, at once, that the trappers had gone to some distant locality
among the streams and mountains, to the west or north, from
which they had not yet returned to the lake; but doubtless
would so return before proceeding homeward, provided the
Elwoods had not both been slain or disabled by their suspected
companion. The discovery, notwithstanding the light it had
thrown on the first movements of the trappers, and much as
it narrowed the range of her search for them, but little relieved
her harrowing apprehensions; and she resolved to proceed

-- 312 --

[figure description] Page 312.[end figure description]

up the lake with her observations, which might now as well be
confined to this side of it, and the larger streams which should
here be found entering it, and down some of which the company,
if they came at all, would probably now soon come, on
their way to the canoes. And, accordingly, she again set forth
on her solitary journey. But, being conscious that the trappers
might now at any time suddenly make their appearance,
she proceeded more cautiously, keeping as far as possible out of
the views that might be taken from distant points of the lake,
and from time to time turning a watchful eye and ear on the
shores around and before her. Thus, slowly and timidly advancing,
she at length reached and rounded the second headland in
her course, where another and still more interesting discovery
was in store for her. As she came out from the overhanging
trees beneath which she had shot along the point, she unexpectedly
gained a clear view of the extreme end of the lake,
with what appeared to be the mouth of a considerable stream,
and suddenly backed her oar, to pause and reconnoitre; when
she soon noticed one spot, near the supposed inlet, which wore
a different hue from the rest, and which, a closer inspection told
her, must be imparted by the lingering of undissipated smoke,
from a fire kindled there as late, at least, as that morning. Her
heart beat violently at the discovery; for she felt assured that
the trappers had reached the lake, had encamped there the
night before, and could not now be many miles distant. Fearing
she should be seen, if she remained longer on the water,
she at once resolved to conceal her canoe in some place near
by, and proceed by land through the woods to the spot of the
supposed encampment, or near enough to ascertain how far her
conjectures were true, and how far her new-lit hopes were to
be realized. All this — after many a misgiving and many an
alarm, from the sudden movements of the smaller animals of the
forest, started out from their coverts by her stealthy advance —
had been by her, at length, successfully accomplished; the
camp detected from a neighboring thicket; cautiously

-- 313 --

[figure description] Page 313.[end figure description]

approached, finally entered, and the joyful discovery made that
three persons had slept there the night before. Hieing back,
like a frighted bird, into the screening forest, she selected a
covert in a dense thicket on an elevation about an hundred
yards distant, where, unseen by the most searching eye, she
could look down into the camp; and there she lay down and
anxiously awaited the approach of night, and, with it, the expected
return of the party, who, she felt confident, could be
no others than those of whom she was in search. And it was
not all a dream with Claud, when he fancied some one standing
by his couch of repose. A flitting form had, that night, indeed,
for a moment hovered over him, looking down, with the sleepless
eye of love, on his broken slumbers, and trying to divine,
perhaps, the very dreams which, through some mysterious
agency of the mental sympathies, her presence was inciting.

Although the maiden had now the unspeakable satisfaction
of knowing that none of her fears had thus far been realized,
yet she felt keenly sensible that the danger was not over; and
she therefore determined that she would not lose sight of the
objects of her vigilance and anxiety, at least until she had seen
them embarked for home on the opon lake, where deeds of
darkness would be less likely to be attempted than in the
screening forest. She had, therefore, started from her uneasy
slumbers, the next morning, at daybreak; watched from her
covert, with lively concern, the movements in the camp; and no
sooner seen them packed up for a start, and headed towards
their boats, then she shrank noiselessly away from her concealment,
which was situated so as to give her considerably the
start of them; and fled rapidly down the lake, in a line parallel
to the one along the shore which the trappers would naturally
take, and so near it that, from chosen stands, she could see them
as they came along. And thus, for miles, like the timid antelope,
she hovered on their flank, — now pausing to get a glance
of them through the trees as they came in sight, and now
fleeing forward again, for a new position, to repeat the

-- 314 --

[figure description] Page 314.[end figure description]

observation. Up to this time she had kept considerably in advance of
the moving party; but now, suddenly missing Claud, she sought
a covert, and stood watching for him, till Mark Elwood, followed
by Gaut Gurley, came abreast of the spot she occupied; when,
suddenly, the forest shook and trembled from the report of a
gun, bursting from the bushes, seemingly, almost beneath her
feet. A single wild glance revealed to her appalled senses
Gaut Gurley, clenching his smoking rifle, and, with the look of
an exulting fiend, glaring out from behind a tree, towards his
prostrate, convulsed, and dying victim. On recovering from
the deeply paralyzing effect of the horrid spectacle, her first
thought was for Claud; and, with the distracting thought, her
eye involuntarily sought for the murderer of his father, who had
shrunk back from his position, but whom she soon detected
hastily reloading his rifle, and then starting, with a quick step,
along back the path in which he had just come, — in search, as
her alarmed heart suggested, of another victim for his infernal
malice. With a sharp, smothered cry of anguish, she bounded
out from her covert, and flew back, in a line parallel with that
of the retreating murderer, till she saw him meet the alarmed
young man hurrying forward to the rescue; when she suddenly
paused, and listened with breathless interest to the dialogue we
have already related as occurring between them. She heard—
and her heart bounded with pride as she did so — she heard the
manly and determined language of the young man; she saw him
rush by the wretch who was trying to mislead him, to conceal
his own crime. But she saw, also, the next moment, with a
dismay that transfixed her to the spot, the murderous rifle raised,
and the retreating, unconscious object of its aim stumble forward
to the ground; then the monster, as if uncertain of the
execution of his bullet, rush forward, with gleaming knife, apparently
to finish his work; and then disappear in the direction
of the concealed canoes, now less than a half-mile beyond. All
this she had witnessed, with an agony which no pen can describe;
and then, with the last glimpse of the retiring assassin,

-- 315 --

[figure description] Page 315.[end figure description]

flown to the side of his second victim, badly but not fatally
wounded; staunched, as she best could, the blood pouring from
his wounds; hurried off for her canoe, luckily hid near by;
brought it up to the shore, within a few yards of the spot where
he had fallen; drawn him gently down to it, and got him into it,
she knew not how; and then, after obliterating the trail, entered
herself, and rowed off to the thickly wooded little island,
a furlong to the northeast, but hid by an intervening point
from the view of the foe, now supposed to be on his way to the
boats. Here she had contrived to draw Claud up, in the light
canoe, on the farthest shore, and, by degrees, got both him and
the boat on the dry, mossy ground, safely within a thicket
wholly impervious to outward view. Still fearful of Gaut's return,
she crept to the south end of the island, which she had
scarcely reached when she saw him come round the point,
land, drag down the body of Mark Elwood, take it out some
distance from the shore, and sink it, by steel-traps and stones tied
to it, deep in the lake. She then, with lively concern, saw him
return and proceed towards the spot where Claud had fallen, but
soon reäppear, evidently much disturbed at not finding the body,
yet not seeming to suspect how it had been disposed of, though
several times coming down to the edge of the water and peering
anxiously up and down the lake; but she was soon relieved
from her fears by seeing him take to his boat, row rapidly
round the point, there take in tow two other canoes, — which,
it appeared, he had brought up and left there, — and then
row down the lake, in the direction of the great outlet; under
the belief, doubtless, that Claud had revived, struck down
through the woods for the upper end of the lake below, where,
if he had not before sunk down and died of his wounds, he
might be waylaid and finished. Thus relieved of this pressing
apprehension, she hurried back to her charge, and carefully examined
his wounds; when she found that the bullet, whose
greatest force had been broken by the obstructing limb, had
struck near the top of his head, and ploughed over the skull

-- 316 --

[figure description] Page 316.[end figure description]

without breaking it; that, of the two stabs inflicted, one had been
turned by the collar-bone, making only a long, surface wound,
the other had passed through the fleshy part of the arm and
terminated on a rib beneath, producing a flow of blood, which,
but for the timely and plentiful application of beaver-fur, pulled
from a skin which she saw protruding from his pack, must have
soon terminated his life. With the drinking-cup she found
slung to his side, she brought water, washed the wounds, laid
the ruptured parts in place, and, with plasters of cloth cut from
her handkerchief, and made adhesive by balsam taken from a
tree at hand, covered and protected them; and thus, by the application
of a skill she learned from her father, placed them in
a situation where nature, with proper care, would, of herself,
complete the sanatory operation. She then resumed the process
of bathing his head and face, and, within another hour, was
thrilled with joy in witnessing his return to consciousness, in
the manner we described before leaving him for this long
but necessary, digression.

After giving vent to her painfully laboring emotions a while,
the maiden softly arose, and, creeping down under the overhanging
boughs to the edge of the water, sat down on a stone
and bathed her throbbing brow, for some time, in the limpid
wave; after which, having in a good measure regained her
usual firmness and tranquillity, she returned to the side of her
wounded friend, whom she found wrapt in the deep slumber
generally produced by exhaustion from loss of blood. After
gazing a while on his face, with the sad and yearning look of a
mother on a disease-smitten child, a new thought seemed suddenly
to occur to her, and she noiselessly stole away to her
former lookout, at the south end of the island, where, with a
brightening eye, she caught sight of the loathed and dreaded
homicide, just entering the distant outlet. Waiting no longer
than to feel assured that he had disappeared with the real intention
of descending the stream, she returned to her still sleeping
charge, slowly and carefully slid the canoe down into the water,

-- 317 --

[figure description] Page 317.[end figure description]

headed it round with her hands, gained her seat in the stern,
and pushed out into the lake, shaping her course obliquely
down it towards the mouth of a small river entering from the
eastern side, at the lower end of the lake, but still nearly a
mile distant from the outlet in which the murderer had disappeared.
Softly and smoothly as a gently-rocking cradle, the
light canoe, under the skillfully plied oar of the careful maiden,
glided through the waveless waters on her destined course, and,
for more than an hour, steadily kept on its noiseless way, without
once appearing to disturb the repose of the slumbering
invalid. But, as the hitherto low-looking forest bordering the
eastern shore began to loom up, and thus apprise the fair rower
that she was now nearing the point to which she had been directing
her course, she noticed, with concern, that the lake was
beginning to be agitated, even where she then was, from a gathering
breeze; while a long, light, advancing line, extending
across the lake in the distance behind her, plainly told of the
rapid approach of wind, which must soon greatly increase the
disturbance of the waters, and the consequent rocking of the
canoe. Knowing how injuriously such motion of the boat
might affect the invalid, she put forth her utmost strength in
propelling the canoe forward to reach the quiet haven before
her, in season to escape the threatened roughness of the water.
But her best exertions could secure only a partial immunity
from the trouble she thus sought to avoid. The wind struck
her long before gaining the place; when, in spite of all her
endeavors to steady it, the canoe began to lurch and toss among
the gathering waves; while the almost immediate awakening
of the disturbed invalid, his twinges of pain and suppressed
groans, told her, as they sent responsive thrills of anguish
through her bosom, how much he was suffering from the motion.
To her great relief, however, she now soon reached and shot
into the still waters of the stream, and this trouble, at least, was
over. Here, after passing in out of sight of the lake, she drew
up her oar, and paused to reflect and conclude what should

-- 318 --

[figure description] Page 318.[end figure description]

be her next movement; when Claud, whose head was pillowed
in the bow of the boat, and whose eye was resting tenderly on
her downcast countenance, soon read her perplexity, and again
asked to be informed of all that had happened, and the object
of her present movement. She told him, — with such reservations
as maidenly modesty and pride suggested, — she told him
all she had seen, and in conclusion proposed, as their enemy
might ambush them, and as it was now drawing towards night,
and the lake would not be quiet enough for some hours, at least,
to permit them to proceed, that they should row up the river
till they found an eligible spot, and encamp for the night. To
this Claud readily assented; and they again set forth up the
gentle stream, that, as before intimated, here came in from the
southeast; and, after proceeding some distance, the anxious
eye of the maiden fell on a place on the left bank, where a temporary
shelter could easily be rigged up, under the wide-spreading
and low-set limbs of a thick-topped evergreen, which, of
itself, would be ample protection against the dews of heaven.
Drawing up the canoe on land near the tree, in the same manner
as at the island, she proceeded to gather large quantities
of fine hemlock boughs, and dry, elastic mosses, arrange them
under the tree, in the form of bed and pillow, and over the
whole to spread Claud's blanket; thus making a couch as safe
and comfortable as ever received the limbs of a suffering invalid.
Upon this, partly by his own exertions and partly by
her assistance, he was then, without much difficulty, soon transferred
from the canoe; when, with his light hatchet (she having
brought all his implements along with him in the boat), she soon
erected neat, closely-woven wicker walls of boughs, from the
ground to the limbs above, on both sides, providing within one
of them a space for herself. She then brought fuel, kindled a
small fire in front, and took her position at his side, to be ready
for such ministering offices as his case might seem to require.
She found that he had again fallen into a profound slumber,
which she at first regarded as a favorable omen; and, in the

-- 319 --

[figure description] Page 319.[end figure description]

conscious security of the spot, in the belief that he had received
none of the injuries she had apprehended from the motion of
the boat, and, above all, in the indulgence of that overweening
pride of affection which covets all pains and sacrifices for the
loved one, she felt a satisfaction which was almost happiness, in
her situation. But it was not destined to be of very long duration.
She at length began to perceive a gradual reddening of
his cheeks, and then, soon after, an increasing shortness of respiration,
and a general restlessness of the system. Alarmed at
these symptoms, she felt his pulse, and at once discovered that
he was in a high fever, supervening from his wounds, and
caused, or much aggravated, doubtless, by the jostling of the
boat on his way hither. Starting back, as if some unexpected
calamity had suddenly fallen upon her, she stood some minutes
absorbed in earnest self-consultation. What should she do?
She could not, dare not, even were it daytime, leave him to go
miles away for her father, or others, for aid or advice. No; she
must stay by him. And, having seen the alleviating effects of
cold water in fevers and inflammations, and knowing that there
were no other remedies within reach, she at once decided on its
application. Accordingly, with her cup of water at her side,
and a piece of soft, clean moss in her hand, she began sponging
his face, neck, and the flesh around his wounds; and repeating
this process at short intervals, she continued the tender assiduities,
with only occasional snatches of repose, till the welcome
morning light broke over the forest. She then rose, and, with
a miniature camp-kettle found among her patient's effects, prepared
some gruel from the pounded parched corn which she
had brought with her. This he mechanically took from her
hand, when aroused for the purpose, but immediately relapsed
again into the same state of unconsciousness and stupor in
which he had lain through the night. Through the day and
night that followed, but little variation was discernible in his
condition, and as little was made in his treatment, by his fair,
anxious nurse. Through the next day and night it was still

-- 320 --

[figure description] Page 320.[end figure description]

the same; but towards night, on the third day after his attack,
he began to show signs of amendment, and before dark his
fever had entirely subsided. Perceiving this, the rejoiced
maiden prepared him some more stimulating nourishment, in
the shape of broth made from jerked venison. Having partaken
freely of this, he then, with a whispered “I am much
better, Fluella,
” sank back on his couch, and was soon buried
in a sweet and tranquil slumber. Having carefully adjusted
his blanket around him, and added her own shawl to the covering,
and being now once more relieved of her most pressing
fears for his fate, the exhausted girl laid down on her own
rude couch, and, before she was aware, fell into a slumber so
deep and absorbing that she never once awoke till the sun was
peering over the eastern mountains the next morning. Her
first waking glance was directed to the couch of the invalid.
It was empty. Starting to her feet, with a countenance almost
wild with concern, she hurriedly ran her eye through the forest
around her; when, with a suppressed exclamation of joyful
surprise, she soon caught sight of his form, slowly making his
way back from a short walk, which he had, on awakening, an
hour before, found himself able to take, along a smooth and
level path on the bank of the river.

But we have not the space, nor even the ability, to portray
adequately the restrained but lively emotions of joy and the
charming embarrassment that thrilled the tumultuously-beating
bosom of the one, and the deep gratitude and silent admiration
that took possession of the other, of this singularly situated
young couple, during the succeeding scenes of Claud's now rapid
convalescence. Suffice it to say, that, on the afternoon of the
second day but one from this auspicious morning, they were on
their happy way down through the lakes and the connecting
river, to the chief's residence, where they safely arrived some
hours before night, and where they were greeted with demonstrations
of delight which told what anxieties had been suffered
on their account. Here, for the first time, they learned that the

-- 321 --

[figure description] Page 321.[end figure description]

murderer had been taken and carried to the village for his preliminary
trial; that the examination had been postponed, to
allow the prisoner time to send for his counsel; and that the hearing
was to commence that very evening, though the hunter, who
had that day made a hurried journey to the chief's, to see if
Fluella had returned or Claud been heard from, had expressed
great fears that the evidence yet discovered might not be deemed
sufficient to convict him of murder, and perhaps not to imprison
him for a final trial. Claud, perceiving at once the importance
of Fluella's testimony, as well as of his own, proposed that they
should immediately proceed that evening down the lakes to the
place of trial. But neither the chief nor his daughter would
suffer him to undertake the journey that night. At her earnest
suggestion, however, it was at length arranged that she, accompanied
by her half-brother, a lad of fifteen, should go down that
evening, and that the chief, with Claud, should follow early the
next morning.

In pursuance of this arrangement, the resolute girl and her
attendant, as soon as she had changed her dress and refreshed
herself with a meal, embarked on the lake, and, at the end of
the next hour, they reached the Great Rapids, leading, as before
described, down into the Umbagog. Here her brother,
whose eye and ear, ever since they started, had often been turned
suspiciously to a dark, heavy cloud, which, seeming to hang
over the upper portions of the Magalloway, had been continually
sending forth peals of heavy thunder, hesitated about proceeding
any farther, and warned his unheeding sister of their
liability of being overtaken by the thunder-storm. But, finding
her determined to proceed, if she was compelled to do so
alone, he yielded, and, landing their canoe at the usual carrying
places, they shot rapidly down the stream, and in less than another
hour came out on the broad Umbagog, just as darkness
was beginning to enshroud its waters, and cut off their view of
the distant shores for which they were destined. But for the
light of day they found an ample substitute in the electric

-- 322 --

[figure description] Page 322.[end figure description]

displays, which, lighting up the lake to the blaze of noonday,
were every instant leaping from the black, angry clouds, now
evidently passing off, with one almost continued roar of reverberating
thunders, but a few miles to the north of them. A
rapid row of about three miles now brought them to the foot
of the lake, where the maiden had proposed to enter the river,
and row down it to the swift water, a short distance above the
village, and then proceed by land. Here, however, her course
was unexpectedly impeded by one of those paradoxical occurrences
which is peculiar to the spot, and which often happens
on great and sudden rises of the Magalloway, that, though entering
the Androscoggin a mile down its course, thus becomes
higher than the level of the Umbagog, and pours its surplus
waters along up its stream in the channel of the river last
named, with a strong, rushing current into the lake. And our
adventurers now found that masses of tangled trees, mill-logs,
and all sorts of flood-wood, were driving so strongly and thickly
up this channel that it would be in vain for them to attempt to
proceed in that direction. But the purpose of the heroic girl
to reach the village, by some means or other, was not to be thus
shaken. She directed the boat to be rowed back to the Elwood
Landing, where, leaving it, she with her attendant took the path
to the cottage; and reaching this, and finding all dark within
she boldly led the way down the long road to the bridge, miles
below, with no other light than the still lingering flashes of
lightning afforded to her hurrying footsteps. But it was not till
after an exhausting walk, and some time past midnight, that she
reached the bridge leading over the river to the tavern, where
the trial was proceeding; and then only to encounter another
great obstacle to her progress. On coming up to the bridge,
she perceived, with astonishment and dismay, that one-half of
the structure, with the exception of a single string-piece, the
only connection now remaining between the two sides of the
river, had been swept away by the sudden flood, or the revolving
trees it bore on its rushing surface. She also ascertained,

-- 323 --

[figure description] Page 323.[end figure description]

from a woman still up, watching with a sick child, in a house
near by, that every boat on that side the river had been either
carried off by the unexpected freshet, or taken since the
bridge went off, by persons still coming in, to get over to the
exciting trial, which, it was understood, would occupy the whole
night. After pausing a moment, the still unshaken maiden borrowed
and lighted a lantern, when, without disclosing her purpose,
she left the house and proceeded directly to the end of
the string-piece. She first examined it carefully, and finding it
broad, level, and fixed in its bed, she then mounted the dizzy
beam, and stood for a moment glancing down on the wild rush
of roaring waters beneath. Her movements, to which the light
she carried had attracted attention, were by this time seen and
comprehended by the crowd around the tavern, on the opposite
side, who now came rushing to the other end of the bridge,
to deter her from the bold attempt. But she heeded them not;
and in a moment more was seen, with a quick, firm step, gliding
over the awful chasm; in another, she had reached the
end, and stood in safety on the planks beyond, — where she was
greeted by the throng, who had witnessed with amazement the
perilous passage, in a shout of exultation at her escape, that
rose loud and wild above the roar of the waters around them.

-- 324 --

p720-337 CHAPTER XXI.

“So those two voices met; so Joy and Death
Mingled their accents; and, amidst the rush
Of many thoughts, the listening poet cried,
O! thou art mighty, thou art wonderful,
Mysterious Nature! Not in thy free range
Of woods and wilds alone, thou blendest thus
The dirge note and the song of festival;
But in one heart, one changeful human heart, —
Ay, and within one hour of that strange world, —
Thou call'st their music forth, with all its tones
To startle and to pierce! — the dying Swan's,
And the glad Sky-lark's, — Triumph and Despair!”

[figure description] Page 324.[end figure description]

Our tale is running rapidly to a close; and we must no
more loiter to gather flowers by the wayside, but depict the
events which now come thickly crowding together, to make up
the mingled catastrophe.

When the sheriff and his scores of exulting assistants reached
the village with their prisoner, — the desperate villain, whom
they had, with so much difficulty and danger, dislodged and
seized in his rocky den in the mountains, — the latter requested
a postponement of his examination till the afternoon of the
next day, that he might have time to send for, and obtain, his
lawyer. This request was the more readily granted, as the
party sent up the lakes with Moose-killer, for more evidence,
had not yet returned, and as their expected discoveries, or at
least their presence with those already made, might and would
be required to fasten the crime, in law, on the undoubted
criminal. The court, therefore, was adjourned to an indefinite
hour the next afternoon; and the crowd, except the court, its
officers, and those from a distance, dispersed to assemble, the

-- 325 --

[figure description] Page 325.[end figure description]

next day, with increased numbers, to witness the final disposal
of one who had now become, in the minds of all, the monster
outlaw of the settlement. The prisoner was then taken to an
adjoining old and empty log-house, a straw-bed laid on the
floor for him, and a strong guard placed over him, both within
and around the house without; so that, being constantly under
the eyes of vigilant, well-armed men, there should be no possibility
of his escape, either by his own exertions, or by the
aid of secret accomplices. And these precautions being faithfully
observed, the night wore away without alarm, or any
kind of disturbance. The fore part of the succeeding day also
passed, though people soon began to pour into the village from
all quarters, with singular quietness, — all seeming to be oppressed
with that deep feeling of hushed expectation which
may often be seen to predispose men to a sort of restless
silence, on the known eve of an exciting event. And, through
the whole of it, no incident or circumstance transpired affecting
the great interest of the occasion, till about noon; when the
news spread that the anxiously-awaited party from the upper
lakes were approaching. As they came up to the tavern, the
now excited crowd quickly closed around them, and eagerly
listened to their report. Of Claud Elwood, whom they had
unknowingly passed and repassed, on their way up and down
the lakes, while he was lying helpless in the secluded retreat
to which his fair and devoted preserver had conveyed him,
they had heard nothing, seen nothing, and discovered no clues
by which his locality or fate could be traced or conjectured.
But they had visited, and carefully examined, the place pointed
out by Moose-killer as the one where Mark Elwood was supposed
to have been slain; and, although they had failed to find
the body on the land, or in the lake, with the best means they
could command for dragging it, and although time had measurably
effaced the traces by which the sagacious Indian had
judged of the suspected deed, yet every appearance went to
confirm the strict accuracy of his previous account. And, in

-- 326 --

[figure description] Page 326.[end figure description]

addition, they at last found, slightly imbedded in the bark of a
tree, in the range of the path, and a short distance to the south
of the spot, a rifle bullet, which had evidently been, before
striking the tree, smeared with a bloody substance, and also
slightly flattened, as it might naturally have been, in striking a
bone, on its way through a man's body. This seemed to
establish, as a fact, the commission of a murder; but on whom
committed was still left a debatable question. The movers
of the prosecution had hoped, through this mission up the lakes,
to obtain evidence which would conclusively establish the guilt
of the prisoner. But, to effect this, and thus insure his conviction,
something more conclusive was still obviously wanting.
And it was then that the indefatigable hunter made, as the
reader has already been apprised, his last rapid but fruitless
journey to the chief's residence, in the hope that his mysteriously
absent daughter might have returned with discoveries
that would complete the chain of evidence. He having come
back, however, without accomplishing any part of his object,
and the prisoner's counsel having arrived, and, after a consultation
with his client, become strangely clamorous to proceed at
once to the examination, they finally concluded to go into the
hearing with the presumptive evidence in possession, and,
backing it with the showing of Gaut's previously suspicious
character, for which they were now well prepared, call themselves
willing to abide the result. All this being now settled,
the court was declared open, and the counsel for the prosecution
was requested to proceed with the case.

After the attorney for the prosecution had read the papers
on which it was founded, and made a statement of what was expected
to be proved in its support, the witnesses in that behalf
were called and sworn. The first testimony introduced was
that of Codman and others, to show the deep malice and implied
threats of revenge which the prisoner had so clearly exhibited
towards the supposed murdered man, in the prosecution of
which the latter was a principal mover, the winter before. But

-- 327 --

[figure description] Page 327.[end figure description]

this evidence, when sifted by the long and severe cross-examination
that followed, and found to consist, instead of definite
words, almost wholly of menacing looks and other silent
demonstrations of rage, which are ever extremely difficult to
bring out in words with their original effect, amounted to so
little that the prisoner's counsel attempted to turn it into ridicule
with considerable show of success. Testimony in relation to
the canoe of the Elwoods, recently found washed up among
the rapids, which was next introduced, was found, when tested
in the same way, in despite of the opinions of the practical
boatmen who were the witnesses, to be almost equally inconclusive
of the prisoner's guilt; so much so, indeed, that his
counsel seemed greatly inclined to appropriate it, as showing
the probable manner in which the Elwoods, if they were not
still both alive, had come to their end.

By this time, — as the court of inquiry was not opened till
nearly sunset, and as the examinations, cross-examinations, and
preliminary speeches of the opposing counsel, on disputed points
of evidence, had been drawn out to seemingly almost interminable
lengths, — by this time, it was nearly midnight; and the
prosecuting party now proposed an adjournment till morning.
But this was strenously opposed by Gaut's lawyer, who, affecting
to believe that the whole affair was a malicious prosecution
growing out of the suit last winter, and got up by certain men
who had banded together to revenge their defeat on that occasion,
and ruin his client, boldly demanded that the prisoner
should be discharged, or his conspiring enemies be compelled
to proceed at once with “their sham prosecution,” as he put
on the face to call it.

This stand, which was obviously instigated by the prisoner
himself, who narrowly watched the proceedings, and, from time
to time, was seen whispering in the ear of his counsel, produced
the desired effect: the motion was overruled, and the counsel
for the prosecution told to go on with his evidence.

Moose-killer was then called on to the witnesses' stand;

-- 328 --

[figure description] Page 328.[end figure description]

when, for the first time, Gaut exhibited evident signs of uneasiness,
and whispered something in the ear of his counsel,
who thereupon rose and went into a labored argument against
the admissibility of the evidence of an Indian, who was a pagan,
and knew nothing about the God whose invocation constituted
the sacred effect of the oath he had taken. But, on the questioning
of the court, Moose-killer declared his full belief in the
white Christian's God and Bible, and this objection was overruled,
and the witnesss requested to proceed with his story.

The demure Indian, unmoved by the burning and vengeful
eye of Gaut, which was kept constantly riveted upon him, then
succinctly but clearly related all the facts, of which the reader
has been apprised in the preceeding pages, in relation to the
atrocious deed under investigation. And at the conclusion of
his story he produced the bullet found imbedded in the tree,
called attention to its smeared and flattened appearance, and
then asked for the prisoner's rifle, to see whether it would
fit in the bore. The rifle in question was then brought into
court, the bullet applied to the muzzle, and pronounced an exact
fit! A shout of exultation burst from the crowd, and in a tone
so significant of the public feeling, and of their unanimous
opinion on this point, that for a moment both the prisoner and
his counsel were completely disconcerted. But, soon rallying,
the latter started to his feet, and, having summoned back to
its place his usual quantum of brass, demanded “the privilege
of just looking at that rifle they were all making such a fuss
about.” It was accordingly handed to him; when, after noticing
the size of the bore, which was a common one, and then
glancing at some other rifles held in the hands of different
spectators, he confidently requested that the first half-dozen
rifles to be found among the crowd should be brought on to
the stand. Five of the designated number were soon gathered
and brought forward; and it was found, in the comparison,
that three of them were of the same bore as that of Gaut,
and that the ball in question would fit one as well as another.

-- 329 --

[figure description] Page 329.[end figure description]

“There! what has become of your bullet evidence now?”
sneeringly exclaimed the exulting attorney. “Wondrous conclusive,
a'n't it? But, as weak as the whole story is, I will
make it still weaker. It is my turn with you now, my foxy
red friend,” he added, settling back in his seat to commence his
cross-examination.

His vaunted cross-examination, however, resulted in giving
him no advantage. The Indian could not be made, in the
whole hour the brow-beating inquisitor devoted to him, either
to cross himself or vary a single statement of his direct testimony,
and he was petulantly ordered to leave the stand.

“Not done talk yet,” said Moose-killer, lingering, and
glancing inquiringly to the court and the counsel for the prosecution.
“More story me tell yet.”

Gaut's lawyer looked up doubtfully to the witness; but, thinking
he must have told all he could to implicate the prisoner,
and that any thing now added might show discrepancies, of
which some advantage could be taken, remained silent, and,
for once, interposed no objection to letting the Indian take his
own course; when the latter, on receiving an encouraging intimation
to speak from the other attorney, proceeded, in his peculiarly
broken but graphic manner, to make in substance the
following extraordinary revelation:

About ten years ago (he said), there came, from what part nobody
knew, a strange, questionable personage, into the neighborhood
of a few families of St. François Indians, encamping for the
hunting season around the head-water lakes of the Long River,
as he termed the Connecticut, and went to trapping for sable and
beaver. But he soon fell into difficulties with the Indians, who
believed he robbed their traps; and with one family in particular
he had a fierce and bitter altercation. This family had a
small child, that began to ramble from the wigwam out into
the woods, and that, one night, failed to come home. They
suspected who had got it, and next day followed the trail to
the man's camp; when they soon found where the child had

-- 330 --

[figure description] Page 330.[end figure description]

been butchered, cut up, and used to bait his sable-traps! But
the monster, becoming alarmed, had fled, and never afterwards
could be found.”

With this, Moose-killer, who had evidently put his story in
this shape to avoid interruption, suddenly paused, and then, with
one hand raised imploringly towards the court and the other
stretched out menacingly towards the prisoner, wildly exclaimed:

“O, that was my child! and this was the man who murdered
it!”

A thrill of horror ran through the crowd as the witness came
to the conclusion of his revolting story. And so completely
were all taken by surprise by the startling, and as most of them
believed truthful, revelation, and so great was the sensation
produced by the appalling atrocities it disclosed, that the proceedings
of the court were for some moments brought to a dead
stand. But soon the shrill, harsh voice of Gaut's lawyer was
heard rising above the buzz of the excited crowd, and bursting in
a storm of denunciation and abuse on the witness, and all those
who had a hand in bringing him forward, to thrust in, against
all rule, such a story, — which, if true, had no more to do
with the prosecution now in progress than the first chapter of
the Alcoran. But it was not true. It was a monstrous fabrication.
It represented as a fact what never occurred in all
Christendom. It was stamped with falsehood on the face of it;
and not only spoke for itself as such, but was a virtual self-impeachment
of the witness, whose whole testimony the court
should now throw to the winds. And so, for the next half-hour,
he went on, ranting and raving, till the court, interposing, assured
him that the witness' last story would not be treated as
testimony in the case; when he became pacified, and took his
seat.

The counsel on the other side, who, during his opponent's explosive
display of rhetorical gas and brimstone, had been holding
an earnest consultation with Phillips (now also at hand with

-- 331 --

[figure description] Page 331.[end figure description]

a disclosure which had been reserved for the present moment),
then calmly rose, and said he had a statement to make, which
he stood ready to substantiate, and to which he respectfully
asked the attention of the court, as a matter that should be taken
into the account in considering the prisoner's guilt in the present
case, it being one of the many offences that appeared to
have marked his career of almost unvarying crime and iniquity.
He was well aware of the general rule of evidence, which excludes
matters not directly connected with the point at issue; but
there were cases in which that rule often had, and necessarily
ever must be, materially varied, — as in the crim. con. cases reported
in the books, where previous like acts were admitted,
to show the probability of the commission of the one charged,
and also in cases like the present, resting, as he admitted it
thus far did, on presumptive evidence. In this view, notwithstanding
all that had been said or intimated, he believed the
concluding testimony of the last witness proper to be considered
in balancing the presumptions of the prisoner's guilt or innocence.
And especially relevant did he deem the statement,
and the introduction of the evidence he had at hand to substantiate
it, which he had now risen to offer. But, even were it
otherwise, it would soon be seen that the step he was about to
take would be particularly suitable to be taken while the court
and the officers of justice were together, and the prisoner under
their control. With these preliminary remarks, he would now
proceed with the statement he had proposed.

“This man,” continued the attorney (whom we will now report
in the first person), “the man who stands here charged, and,
in the minds of nine out of ten of all present, I fearlessly affirm,
justly charged, with a murder, to the deliberate atrocity
of which scarce a parallel can be found in the world's black
catalogue of crime, — this man, I say, is a felon-refugee from
British justice.

“Many years ago, — as some here present may know, as a
matter of history, — a secret and somewhat extended conspiracy

-- 332 --

[figure description] Page 332.[end figure description]

to subvert the government of Lower Canada was seasonably
discovered and crushed at Quebec, which was its principal seat,
and which, according to the plan of the conspirators, was to be
the first object of assault and seizure. This was to be effected
by the contemporaneous rising of a strong force within the city,
headed by a bold adventurer, a bankrupt merchant from Rhode
Island, and of an army of raftsmen, collected from the rivers,
without, led on by a reckless and daring, half-Scotch, half-Indian
Canadian, who had acquired great influence over that
restless and ruffian class of men. The former had been in the
province in the year before, and, from witnessing the popular
disaffection then rampant from the enforcement of an odious
act of their Parliament to compel the building of roads, had,
with the instigation of such desperate fellows as the latter, his
Canadian accomplice, conceived this plot, and had now come
on, with a small band of recruits, to carry it into execution;
when, as all was nearly ripe for the outbreak, the whole plot
was discovered. The poor Yankee leader was seized, tried
for high treason, condemned to death, and strung up by the
neck from the walls of Quebec.* But the more wary and fortunate
Canadian leader, though tenfold more guilty, escaped
into the wilderness, this side of the British line; lingered a year
or two in this region, trapping and robbing the Indians; then
took to smuggling; engaged in the service of the man whose
murder we are now investigating, followed him to the city,
nearly ruined him there, and then dogged him to this settlement
to complete his destruction.”

“Who do you mean?” thundered Gaut Gurley.

“Ask your own conscience,” replied the attorney, fearlessly
confronting the prisoner.

“'Tis false as hell!” rejoined Gaut, with a countenance convulsed
with rage.

“No, you mistake, — it is as true as hell,” promptly retorted

-- 333 --

[figure description] Page 333.[end figure description]

the other; “or, rather, as true as there is one for such wretches
as you. Mr. Phillips,” he added, turning to the hunter, who
stood a little in the background, with his rifle poised on his left
arm, with an air of carelessness, but, as a close inspection would
have shown, so grasped by his right hand, held down out of
sight, as to enable him to bring it to an instant aim, — “Mr.
Phillips, were you in the habit of going to Quebec, fall and
spring, to dispose of your peltries, about the time of this plotted
insurrection?”

“I was.”

“Did you ever have the Canada leader I have spoken of
pointed out to you, previous to the outbreak?”

“Often, on going down the Chaudiere river, often; why, I
knew him by sight as well as the devil knows his hogs!”

“Did you afterwards see and identify him in this region?”

“I did.”

“Is not, then, all I have stated true; and is not the prisoner,
here, the man?”

“All as true as the Gospel of St. Mark; and that is the
man, the very man; under the oath of God, I swear it!”

During this brief but terribly pointed dialogue, Gaut Gurley,—
whose handcuffs, on his complaint that they galled his wrists,
had been removed after he came into court, — sat watching
Phillips with that same singularly sinister expression which we
have, on one or two previous occasions, tried to describe him as
exhibiting. It was a certain indescribable, whitish, lurid light,
flashing and quivering over his countenance, that made the beholder
involuntarily recoil. And, as the last words were uttered,
his hand was seen covertly stealing up under the lapel of his
coat; but it was instantly arrested and dropped, at the sharp
click of the cocking of the hunter's rifle, which was also seen
stealing up to his shoulder.

“Nonsense!” half audibly said the sheriff, to something
which, during the bustle and sensation following these manifestations,
the hunter had been whispering in his ear; “

-- 334 --

[figure description] Page 334.[end figure description]

nonsense! I searched him myself, and know there is nothing of the
kind about him.”

“I am not so sure about that,” responded the hunter, edging
along through the crowd, with his eye still on the prisoner, and
soon disappearing out of the door.

This little judicial interlude in the remarks of the attorney
being over, he resumed:

“My statement having been thus corroborated, and, as I am
most happy to find, without any of the expected interruptions,
it now only remains for me to say, that this indefatigable Mr.
Phillips, becoming perfectly convinced that the prisoner was a
man of whom it was a patriotic duty to rid the settlement, has,
within the last two months, made a journey into Canada; obtained
a written official request from the governor-general,
addressed to the governor of New Hampshire, for the delivery
of Gaut Gurley, at the time when, on notice, the proper officers
would be in waiting to receive him; that our governor has
responded by issuing his warrant; which,” he continued, drawing
out a document, “I now, in this presence, deliver to the
sheriff, to be served, but only served, in case we fail — as I do
not at all anticipate — to secure the commitment and final conviction
of the prisoner, on the flagitious offence now under investigation,
and loudly demanding expiation under our own
violated laws, in preference to delivering him up for the punishment
of other and less crying felonies.”

The prisoner and his counsel, on this new and unexpected
development, held an earnest whispered consultation. The
latter had supposed, till almost the last moment, that his opponent
was intending only to bring in another piece of what he
deemed wholly irrelevant testimony, in the shape of another
gone-by transaction; and he was preparing another storm of
wrath for the judicial outrage. But, when he found that the
statement was a preliminary to a different and more alarming
movement, and especially when he saw placed in the sheriff's
hands a warrant for delivering up his client to the British, to be

-- 335 --

[figure description] Page 335.[end figure description]

tried for a former felony, from the punishment of which, he
feared, from what he had just heard, there would be no escape,
he was sadly nonplussed, and knew not which way to turn
himself. And it was not until Gaut, who, though thus suddenly
brought into a dilemma which he was little expecting, was yet
at no loss to decide on his course, — that of making every possible
effort to escape the more immediate pending danger, and
then of trusting to chance for eluding the more remote one just
brought to view, — it was not till Gaut, with assurances of the
last being but a miserable, trumped-up affair, had pushed and
goaded him up to action, that the dumbfounded attorney recovered
his old confidence. He then straightened back in his
seat, and, with the air of one who has meekly borne some imposition,
or breach of privilege, till it can be borne no longer,
turned gruffly to his opponent, and said:

“Well, sir, having dragged every thing into this case except
what legitimately belongs to it, I want to know if you are
through, now? We, on our side, have no need of introducing
testimony to meet any thing you have yet been able to show.
Why, you have not even established the first essential fact to be
settled in prosecutions for homicide. You have arraigned my
client for killing a man, and yet have shown nobody killed!
No, we shall introduce no witnesses till the body of the alleged
murdered man is produced; for, till then, no court on earth —
But I am not making a speech, and will not anticipate. All I
intended was, to ask, as I do again, are you through with your
evidence now?

The attorney for the prosecution then admitted — rather prematurely,
as it was soon seen — that he thought of nothing more
which he wished to introduce.

“Go on with your opening speech, then,” resumed the
former.

“No,” said the other, “I waive my privilege of the opening
and close, and will only claim the closing speech.”

“O, very well, sir,” said Gaut's lawyer, throwing a surprised

-- 336 --

[figure description] Page 336.[end figure description]

and suspicious look around, as if to see whether some trap was
not involved in this unexpected waiver of the usually claimed
privilege. “Very well; don't blame you; shouldn't think you
could find honest materials even for one speech.”

The hard-faced attorney, who was reputed one of the best of
what are sometimes termed devil's lawyers, in all that part of the
country, then consequentially gathered up his minutes of the
testimony, glanced over them, and, clearing his throat, commenced
his great final speech, which was to annihilate his
opponent, and quash the whole proceedings of the prosecution.

But he had scarcely spoken ten words, before a tremendous
shout, rising somewhere in the direction of the bridge, — to which
their attention had been before called, when a part of it had
been swept away during the first hours of the night, — broke and
reverberated into the room, bringing him to an instant stand.
Feeling that something extraordinary had occurred, the startled
court, parties and spectators, alike paused, and eagerly listened
for something further to explain the sudden outbreak. But,
for several minutes, all was still, or hushed down to the low hum
of mingling voices, and not a distinct, intelligible sound reached
their expectant senses. Soon, however, the noise of trampling
feet and the rush of crowds was heard, and perceived to be
rapidly approaching the door of the court-room. And the
next moment the clear, loud voice of the now evidently excited
hunter was heard exultantly ringing out the announcement:

“A witness, a new witness! A witness that saw the very
deed!”

This sudden and exciting announcement of an occurrence
which had been hoped for, in some shape, on one side, and
feared on the other, but, at this late hour of the night, little expected
by either, at once threw all within the crowded court-room
into bustle and commotion. Both parties to the prosecution
were consequently taken by surprise; and both, though
neither of them were yet apprised of the character of the witness,
were aroused and agitated by the significant

-- 337 --

[figure description] Page 337.[end figure description]

announcement. But, of all present, none seemed so much stirred as the
obdurate prisoner, who had, thus far in the examination,
scarcely once wholly lost his usual look of bold assurance, but
who now was seen casting rapid, uneasy, and evidently troubled
glances towards the door; doubtless expecting, each moment,
to see the fear which had haunted him from the first — that
Claud Elwood would turn up alive, and appear in court against
him — realized in the person of the new witness. His lawyer
also, appeared to be seized with similar apprehensions; and,
the next moment, he was heard loudly demanding the attention
of the court. He objected, he pointedly objected, he protested,
in advance, against the admission of further testimony. He had
borne every thing during the hearing, but could not bear this.
The pleas were closed, and the case concluded against the introduction
of new evidence; and that, too, by the express notice
and agreement of the counsel for the prosecution. And
now to open it would be in glaring violation of all rule, all
law, and all precedent. In short, it would be an outrage too
gross to be tolerated anywhere but in a land of despotism.
And, if the court would not at once decide to exclude the threatened
testimony, he must be heard at length on the subject.

But the court declining so to decide, and intimating that they
were willing to hear an argument on the point, of any reasonable
length, he spread himself for the wordy onset. The sheriff,—
who, in the mean time, had started for the door to make an
opening in the crowd for the expected entrance, — seeing that a
long speech was in prospect, now went out, conducted the proffered
witness, in waiting near by, to another room in the house
to remain there till called; and then returned, and, in a low
tone, made some communication to the court.

The pertinacious lawyer then went on with his heated protest,
as it might be called far more properly than an argument,
to the length of nearly an hour. The calm, manly, and cogent
reply of his opponent occupied far less time, but obtained far
more favor with the sitting magistrates; who, after a short

-- 338 --

[figure description] Page 338.[end figure description]

consultation among themselves, unanimously decided to hear the
proposed evidence, and thereupon ordered the sheriff to conduct
the witness at once into court.

A breathless silence now ensued in the court-room, and every
eye was involuntarily turned towards the door. In a few minutes
the sheriff, closely followed by two females, made his appearance,
and cleared his way up to the stand that had been
occupied by the witnesses. No names had been announced,
and both the ladies were veiled, so that their faces could not be
seen in the dusky apartment, lighted only by two dim candles,
made dimmer, seemingly, by the morning twilight, then beginning
to steal through the windows, and to produce that dismal and
almost sickening hue peculiar to the equal mingling of the natural
light of day with the artificial light of lamp or taper. And it was
not consequently known, except to one or two individuals, who
they were; but enough was seen, in the enlarged form and
sober tread of the one, and in the rounded, trim figure and
elastic step of the other, to show the former to be a middle-aged
matron, and the latter a youthful maiden. Each was
garbed in rich black silk, to which were added, in the one case,
some of the usual emblems of mourning, and in the other, a
few simple, tastily contrasted, light trimmings.

“What are these ladies' names? or rather, first, I will ask,
which of them is the witness?” said the leading magistrate.

“I am, I suppose,” said the maiden, in tones as soft and
tremulous as the lightly-touched chord of some musical instrument,
as she threw back her veil, and disclosed a beauty of
features and sweetness of countenance that at once raised a
buzz of admiration through the room.

“Your name, young lady?”

“Fluella, sir; and this lady at my side is Mrs. Mark Elwood,
who comes only as my friend.”

“You understand the usages of courts, I conclude; and, if
so, will now receive the oath, and go on to tell what you know

-- 339 --

[figure description] Page 339.[end figure description]

relative to the crime for which, you have doubtless heard, the
prisoner here is arraigned.”

At once raising her hand, she was sworn, and proceeded directly
to state that part of the transaction she had witnessed on
the lake, which the hunter, in the conversation she found means
to have with him while waiting to be taken into court, had
advised her was all that would be important as evidence in the
case.

Gaut Gurley, the alarmed prisoner, who at first had appeared
greatly relieved on finding that the announced witness was not
the reänimated young Elwood, as he had feared, now seemed
utterly at fault to conjecture what either of these women could
know of his crime. But the moment the maiden, whom he had
seen the previous year, and regarded with jealous dislike, as
the possible rival of his daughter, revealed herself to his view,
his looks grew dark and suspicious; and when she commenced
by mentioning, as she did at the outset, that she was on a
boat excursion along the western shore of the Maguntic, on the
well-remembered day when he consummated his long cherished
atrocity, he seemed to comprehend the drift of what was coming,
and his eyes fastened on her with the livid glare of a tiger;
while those demoniac flashes, before noted as the usual percursor
of hellish intent with him, began to burn up and play over his
contracting countenance.

But these suspicious indications had escaped the notice of
all, — even of the watchful hunter, whose looks, with those of
the rest, were for the moment hanging, with intense interest,
on the speaking lips of the fair witness. And she proceeded
uninterrupted, till, having described the position in the thicket
on shore, in which she was standing, as Mark Elwood, followed
by Gaut Gurley, both of whom she recognized, came along,
she, nerving herself for the task, raised her voice and said:

“I distinctly saw Mr. Elwood fall, convulsed in death, —
heard the fatal shot, and instantly traced it to Gaut, before he

-- 340 --

[figure description] Page 340.[end figure description]

had taken his smoking rifle from his shoulder, — this same man
who now —”

When, as she was uttering the last words, and turning to
the prisoner, she stopped short, recoiled, and uttered a loud
shriek of terror. And, the next instant, the deafening report
of a pistol burst from the corner where the prisoner was sitting,
filling the room with smoke, and bringing every man to his
feet, in the amazement and alarm that seized all at the sudden
outbreak.

There was a dead pause for a moment; and then was heard
the sudden rush of men, the sharp, brief struggle, and the
heavy fall of the grappled prisoner, as he was borne over-powered
to the floor.

“Thank God!” exclaimed the hunter, the first to reach the
bewildered maiden, and ascertain what had befell from this
fiendish attempt to take her life simply because she was instrumental
in bringing a wretch to justice, — “thank God, she is
unhurt! The bullet has only cut the dress on her side, and
passed into the wall beyond.”

“Order in court!” sternly cried the head magistrate. “It
is enough! Mr. Phillips, conduct these ladies to some more
suitable apartment. We wish for no more proof. The prisoner's
guilt is already piled mountain-high. We commit him
to your hands, Mr. Sheriff. Within one hour, let him be on
his way to Lancaster jail, there to await his final trial and
doom, for one of the foulest murders that ever blasted the
character of human kind!”

We will not attempt to describe, in detail, the lively and
bustling scene, which, for the next hour or two, now ensued in
and around the tavern, that had lately been the unaccustomed
theatre of so many new and startling developments. The running
to and fro of the excited and jubilant throng of men,
women, and children, who, in their anxiety to witness and
know the result of the trial, had passed the whole night in the
place, — the partaking of the hastily snatched breakfast, in the

-- 341 --

[figure description] Page 341.[end figure description]

tavern, by some, or on logs or bunches of shingles in the yard,
by others, from provisions brought along with them from home,—
the hurried harnessing of horses and running out of wagons,
preparatory to the departure of those here with the usual
vehicles of travel, — the resounding blows and lumbering sounds
of the score of lusty men who had volunteered to replace and
repair the bridge from the old materials luckily thrown on
the bank a short distance down the stream, so as to permit the
departing teams, going in that direction, to pass safely over, —
and, lastly, the bringing out, the placing on his bed of straw in
the bottom of a wagon, and the moving off of the caged lion,
with his cavalcade of guards before and behind, — the fiercely
exultant hurrahing of the execrating crowd, as he disappeared
up the road to the west, together with the crowning, extra loud
and triumphant kuk-kuk-ke-o-ho! of Comical Codman, who had
mounted a tall stump for the purpose, and made the preliminary
declaration that, if he was ever to have another crow, it should
be now, on seeing the Devil's unaccountable and first cousin, to
say the least, in relationship, so handsomely cornered, and, at
last so securely put in limbo, — these, all these combined to
form a scene as stirring to the view, as it was replete with
moral picturesque to the mind. But we must content ourself
with this meagre outline; another and a different, quickly succeeding
scene in the shifting panorama, now demands our
attention.

Among the crowd who had arranged themselves in rows, to
witness the departure of the court officials and the prisoner,
were the two now inseparable friends, Mrs. Elwood and Fluella;
who, on turning from the spectacle, had strolled, arm-in-arm, to
a green, shaded grass-plot at the farther end of the tavern
building, and were now, with pensive but interested looks,
bending over the garden fence, and inspecting a small parterre
of budding flowers, which female taste had, even in a place so
lately redeemed from the forest as this, found means to introduce.
They were lingering here, while others were departing,

-- 342 --

[figure description] Page 342.[end figure description]

for the arrival of expected friends, though evidently not conscious
of their very near approach. But even then, as they
stood listlessly gazing over upon the mute objects of their
interest, those friends were coming across the bridge, in the
singularly contrasted forms of an aged man, walking without
any staff, and with a firm elastic tread, and quite a youngerly
one, walking with a cane, and with careful steps and a restrained
gait, betokening some lingering soreness of body or
limb. On reaching the nearest part of the tavern-yard, the
young man gazed eagerly round among the still numerous
crowd, when, his eye falling on those of whom he seemed to
be in search, he turned to his companion and said:

“There they are, Chief. I will go forward and take them
by surprise.”

The next moment he was standing closely behind the unconscious
objects of his attention; when, with a smiling lip
but silent tongue, he gently laid a hand on a shoulder of each.

“Claud!” burst from the lips of the surprised and reddening
maiden, the first to turn to the welcome intruder.

“Claud! Claud!” exclaimed the agitated matron, as she
also turned, in grateful surprise, to greet, for the first time since
his return, her heart's idol. “My son! my son!” she continued,
with gathering emotion, “are you indeed restored alive
to my arms, and, but for you, my now doubly desolate home?
Thank Heaven! O thank Heaven! for the happy, happy
restoration!”

“That is right, dear mother!” at length responded the visibly
touched young man, gently disengaging himself from the long
maternal embrace; “that is all right. But,” he added, turning
to the maiden, whose sympathetic tears were coursing down
her fair cheeks, “if you would thank any earthly being for
the preservation of my life, it should be this good and lovely
girl at your side.”

“I know it,” said the mother, after a thoughtful pause, “I

-- 343 --

[figure description] Page 343.[end figure description]

know it; and, Claud, I would that she were indeed my
daughter.”

There was an embarrassing pause. But the embarrassment
was not perceived and felt by these two young persons alone.
Another, unknown to them, had silently witnessed the whole
interview from an open, loosely-curtained window of the chamber
above; and perceived, and felt, and appreciated, all that
had transpired, in word and look, no less keenly than the
young couple, whose beating hearts, only, were measuring the
moments of their silent perplexity. That other was Gaut
Gurley's lovely and luckless but strong-hearted daughter.
Having instinctively read her father's guilt, she had come to
his trial with a sinking heart; shut herself up alone in this
small chamber; so arranged the screening curtains that she
could sit by the open window unseen, and kept her post through
that long night of her silent woe, hearing all that was said by
the crowd below, and, through their comments, becoming apprised
of all that was going on in the court-room, in the order
it transpired. She had known of Fluella's arrival, — her perilous
passage over the river, — of the report she then made to the
hunter of her discoveries, — of her bringing back the wounded
Claud in safety, — of the dastardly attempt of the prisoner to
take that heroic girl's life, — of his sentence, and, finally, of his
departure for prison, amidst the execrations of a justly indignant
people. She had known all this, and felt it, to the inmost
core of her rent heart, with the twofold anguish of a broken-hearted
lover and a fate-smitten daughter. She had wrestled
terribly with her own heart, and she had conquered. She
had determined her destiny; and now, on witnessing the last
part of the tender scene enacting under her window, she suddenly
formed the high resolve of crowning her self-immolation
by a public sacrifice.

Accordingly she hastily rose from her seat, and, without
thought or care of toilet, descended rapidly to the yard, and,
with hurrying step and looks indicative of settled purpose,

-- 344 --

[figure description] Page 344.[end figure description]

moved directly towards the deeply surprised actors in the little
scene, of which she had thus been made the involuntary witness.

“No ceremony!” she said, in tones of unnatural calmness,
with a forbidding gesture to Claud, who, while Fluella was
instinctively shrinking to the side of the more unmoved but
still evidently disturbed Mrs. Elwood, had advanced a step for
a respectful greeting. “No ceremony — it is needless; and
no fears, fair girl, and anxious mother — they are without
cause. I come not to mar, but to make, happiness. Claud Elwood,
my heart once opened and turned to you, as the sunflower
to its god; and our paths of love met, and, for a while, ran on
pleasantly together as one. But, even then, something whispered
me they would soon again diverge, and lead off to separate
destinies. The boded divergence, as I feared, began with
the fatal family feud of last winter, and has now resulted, as I
still more feared, in plunging us, respectively, in degradation and
sorrow, and also in placing our destinies as wide as the poles
asunder. Claud, Claud Elwood, — can you love this beautiful
girl at your side? You speak not. I know that you can.
I relinquish, then, whatever I may have possessed of your
heart, to her, if she wills. And why should she not? Why
reject one whose life she would peril her own to save? She
will not. Be you two, then, one; and may all the earthly happiness
I once dreamed of, with none of the bitter alloy it has
been my lot to experience, be henceforth yours. You will
know me no more. With to-morrow's sun, I travel to a distant
cloister, where the world, with its tantalizing loves and dazzling
ambitions, will be nothing more to me forever. Farewell,
Claud! farewell, gentle, heroic maiden! farewell, afflicted,
happy mother! If the prayers of Avis Gurley have virtue,
their first incense shall rise for the healing of all the heart-wounds
one of her family has inflicted.”

As the fair speaker ceased, and turned away from this doubtless
unspeakably painful performance of what she deemed her
last worldly duty, as well as an acceptable opening act in the

-- 345 --

[figure description] Page 345.[end figure description]

life of penance to which she had resolved now to devote herself,
an audible murmur of applause ran through the throng,
who, in spite of their wish not to appear intrusive, had paused
at a little distance, to listen to and witness the unexpected and
singular scene. Among the voices which had been thus more
distinctly raised was that of a stranger, who, having arrived a
few minutes before, given his horse to the waiter, shook hands
with the hunter and the chief, to whom he appeared well known,
had joined the crowd to see what was going on, and who had
been particularly emphatic in the open expression of his admiration.
The remembered tones of his voice, though attracting
no attention from others, instantly reached the quick ears of
one of the more silent actors of the little scene we have been
describing. She threw a quick, eager glance around her;
and, having soon singled out from the now scattering crowd,
the person of whom her sparkling eye seemed in search, she
flew forward towards him, with the joyful cry:

“My father! my white father! I am glad, O, so glad you
have come!” and she eagerly grasped his outstretched hand,
shook it, kissed him, and, being now relieved from the embarrassment
she had keenly felt in the position in which she had just
been so unexpectedly placed, appeared to be all joy and animation.

“Come, come, Fluella, don't shake my arm off, nor bother
me now with questions,” laughingly said the gentleman, thus
affectionately beset, as he pulled the joyous girl along towards
the spot where the wondering Mrs. Elwood and her son were
standing. “You must not quite monopolize me; here are others
who may wish to see me.”

“Arthur!” exclaimed Mrs. Elwood, with a look of astonishment,
after once or twice parting her lips to speak, and then
pausing, as if in doubt, as the other was coming up with his
face too much averted to be fairly seen by her; “it is — it is —
Arthur Elwood!”

“Yes, you are right, sister Alice,” responded the

-- 346 --

[figure description] Page 346.[end figure description]

hard-vis-aged little man thus addressed, extending his hand. “It is the
same odd stick of an old bachelor that he always was. But
who is this?” he added, with an inclination of the head towards
Claud. “Your son, I suppose?”

The formal introduction to each other of the (till then)
personally unacquainted uncle and nephew; the full developing
to the astonished mother and son of the fact, already inferred
from what they had just witnessed, that this, their eccentric
kinsman, was no other than the foster-father of Fluella,—
that he was the owner of large tracts of the most valuable
wild lands around these lakes, the oversight of which,
together with the unexpected tutelary care of the Elwood
family since their removal to the settlement, he had intrusted
to the prudent and faithful Phillips, — and, finally, the melancholy
mingling of sorrows for the untimely death of the fated
brother, husband, and father of these deeply-sympathizing corelatives,
now, like chasing lights and shadows from alternating
sunshine and cloud on a landscape, followed in rapid succession,
in unfolding to the mournfully happy circle their mutual positions
and bonds of common interest.

“Evil has its antidotes,” remarked Arthur Elwood, as the
conversation on these subjects began to flag and give room for
other thoughts growing out of the association; “evil has its
antidotes, and sorrow its alleviating joys. And especially shall
we realize this, if the suggestions of that self-sacrificing girl,
who has just addressed you so feelingly, be now followed.
What say you, Claud?”

“They will be,” promptly responded the young man, at once
comprehending all which the significant question involved;
“they will be, on my part, uncle Arthur, joyfully, — proudly.”

“And you, Fluella?” persisted the saucy querist, turning to
the blushing girl.

“He has not asked me yet,” she quickly replied, with a look
in which maiden pride, archness, and unuttered happiness, were

-- 347 --

[figure description] Page 347.[end figure description]

charmingly blended. “If he should, and you should command
me” —

“Command? command! Now, that is a good one, Fluella,”
returned the laughing foster-father. “Well, well, a woman
will be a woman still, any way you can fix it. All right, however,
I presume. But, chief,” he added, turning to the natural
father, who stood with the hunter a little in the background,
“what has been going on here cannot have escaped your keen
observation; and you ought to have a voice in this matter.
“What do you say?”

“The chief,” replied the other, with his usual dignity, “the
chief has had one staff, one light of his lodge; he will now
have two. Wenongonet is content.”

“It is settled, then,” rejoined the former, whose usually passionless
countenance was now beaming with pleasure; “all
right, all round. Now, sister Alice, let us all adjourn to your
house, where you and Fluella, from some of those splendid
lake trout which I and Mr. Phillips, who, as well as the chief,
must be of the party, will first go out and catch for you, — you
and Fluella, I say, must cook us up a nice family dinner, over
which we will discuss matters at large, and have a good time
generally.”

In a few minutes more the happy group were on their way
to the Elwood cottage.

The principal interest of our story is at an end; and with it,
also, the story itself should speedily terminate. A few words
more, however, seem necessary, to anticipate the inquiries which
will very naturally arise in the mind of the reader, respecting
what might be expected soon to follow the eclaircissement of
the few last pages; and, accordingly, as far as can be done
without marring the unity of time, we will proceed, briefly, to
answer the inquiries thus arising.

The body of the fated Mark Elwood, perforated through the
breast by the bullet of his cold-blooded murderer, having broken
from the sinking weights attached to it, and risen to the

-- 348 --

[figure description] Page 348.[end figure description]

surface of the lake, was found in about a fortnight, brought
home, and buried on his farm.

Not far from the same time the faithful hunter received,
from the hands of a gentleman passing through the settlement,
a deed of gift of three hundred acres of valuable timber-land,
adjoining his own little patch of a lot, all duly drawn, signed,
and executed by Arthur Elwood; who, after a pleasant sojourn
of a week at the Elwood cottage, apprising its inmates of what
he had in store for them, in the line of property, had departed
for his home, a happier man than he had been, since, for secret
griefs, he had dissolved partnership with his brother Mark, and
left the little interior village where the pair first made their
humble beginning in life.

Codman, the trapper, continued to trap it still, and, as all the
settlers within a circuit of many miles around them were often
unmistakably made aware, to crow as usual on all extra occasions.

Tomah, the college-learned Indian, immediately left, with the
escort of the prisoner, and, kept away by the force of some associations
connected with the settlement as disagreeable to him
as they were conjecturable to others, was never again seen in
the settlement; against which, on leaving, he seemed to have
kicked off the dust of his feet behind him.

Carvil, the cultivated amateur hunter, had also immediately
departed, with the court party, on his way to his pleasant home
in the Green Mountains; not wholly to relinquish, however, his
yearly sojourns in the forests, to regain health impaired for the
want of a more full supply of his coveted, life-giving oxygen.

And, lastly, Gaut Gurley, whose infernal scheming and revolting
atrocities have been so inseparably interwoven with the
main incidents of our story, broke jail, on the night preceding
the day set for his final trial, by digging through the thick stone
wall of his prison, with implements evidently furnished from
without, leaving bloody traces of his difficult egress through
the hardly sufficient hole he had effected for the purpose; and,

-- 349 --

[figure description] Page 349.[end figure description]

though instant search was everywhere made for him, he was
not, to the sad disappointment of the thousands intending to be
in at the hanging, anywhere to be found or heard of in the
country. And the mystery of his retreat, and the still unexplained
mystery of his strange and ruinous influence over the
man whom he at last so flagitiously murdered, were not cleared
up until years afterwards.

eaf720n5

* See Christie's History of Lower Canada

-- 350 --

p720-363 SEQUEL.

[figure description] Page 350.[end figure description]

It was a terrible storm. The wind, with all the awful accompaniments
of rain, hail, rattling thunders, and fiercely
glaring lightnings, had burst down upon the liquid plains of
the startled deep, in all the fury of a tropical tornado. The
black heavens were in terrific commotion above; and the smitten
and resilient waters, as if to escape the impending wrath of
the aroused sister elements, were fleeing in galloping mountains
athwart the surface of the boiling ocean beneath.

Could aught human, or aught of human construction, be
here, now, and survive? It would seem an utter impossibility;
and yet it was so. Amidst all this deafening din of battling
elements, that were filling the heavens with their uproar and
lashing the darkened ocean into wild fury and commotion, a
staunch-built West India merchant-ship was seen, now madly
plunging into the troughs of the sea, and now quivering like a
feather on the towering waves, or scudding through the flying
spray with fearful velocity before the howling blast.

On her flush deck, and lashed to the helm, with the breaking
waves dashing around his feet, and the water dripping from
the close cap and tightly-buttoned pea-jacket in which he was
garbed, stood her gallant master, in the performance of a duty
which he, true to his responsibility, would intrust to no other,
in such an hour as this, — that of guiding his storm-tossed bark
among the frightful billows that were threatening every instant,
to engulf her. Thus swiftly onward drove the seemingly
devoted ship, strained, shivering, and groaning beneath the

-- 351 --

[figure description] Page 351.[end figure description]

terrible power of the gale, like an over-ridden steed, as she
dashed, yet unharmed, through the mist and spray and constantly-breaking
white caps of the wildly-rolling deep; thus
onward sped she, for the full space of two hours, when the
wind gradually lulled, and with it the deafening uproar subsided.
Presently a young, well-dressed gentleman made his
appearance on deck, amidships, and, having noted a while the
now evident subsidence of the tempest, slowly and carefully,
from one grasped rope to another, made his way to the side of
the captain, at the wheel.

“A frightful blow, Mr. Elwood,” said the latter; “for the
twenty years I have been a seaman, I have never seen the
like.”

“It certainly has exceeded all my conceptions of a seastorm,”
said the other. “But do you know where we are, and
where driving at this tremendous speed?”

“Yes, I think I do, both. When we were struck by the
gale, which I saw was going to be a terrible norther, and saw it,
too, very luckily, at a distance that enabled me to become well
prepared for it, look at my reckoning, and make all my calculations, —
when we were struck, we were three hundred and
fifty miles out of Havana, north'ard, and about forty from the
American coast. I at once put the ship before the wind, and
set her course southeast, which, being perfectly familiar with
these seas, I knew would give her a safe run, and, in about
sixty miles, carry her by the southern point of the Little Bahama
Bank, where, rounding this great breakwater against
northers, we should be in a comparatively smooth sea, that
would admit of either laying to or anchoring. It is now over
two hours since we started on this fearful race, which has kept
my heart in my mouth the whole time; and I am expecting,
every minute, to get sight of that rocky headland.”

“But that,” rejoined Elwood (for the gentleman was no
other than Claud Elwood, as the reader has doubtless already

-- 352 --

[figure description] Page 352.[end figure description]

inferred), “that will bring us, according to the late rumor, into
one of the principal haunts of the pirates, will it not?”

“Yes, partly, perhaps,” replied the captain; “but I hear
that Commodore Porter has arrived, with the American squadron,
in these seas, to break up these pests, and I presume has
done it, or frightened them away, so that we sha'n't be molested.
At any rate, I saw no safer course to outlive such a tempest.
You are the owner of ship and cargo, to be sure; but
you put on me the responsibility of her safety.”

“Certainly,” rejoined the other, “for my guidance would be
a poor one; and, instead of any disposition to criticise your
course, Captain Golding, I feel but too grateful, with the life
of a beloved wife at stake, to say nothing of my own, and so
much property, that your skill has enabled us to outride the
storm — now nearly over, I think — so unexpectedly well. But
what is that, a little to the left of the ship's course, in the distance
ahead?”

“Ah, that is it!” cheerily exclaimed the captain, casting an
eager look in the indicated direction. “Why, how like a race-horse
the ship must be driving ahead! I looked not ten minutes
ago, and nothing was to be seen; and now there is the
headland, in full view, but two or three leagues distant! And
stay, — what is that dark object around and a little beyond the
point? A ship? Yes, it grows distinct now, — a large, black
ship. That, sir, is an American frigate. Hurra to you, Elwood!
We will now soon be safe, and in safe company.”

It was about sunset. The merchantman, having passed the
protecting promontory, and swept around the tall ship of war,
had gained an offing, about a half mile beyond, under the lee
of a thickly-wooded, long, narrow island; and was now lying
snugly at anchor, riding out the heavy ground-swell occasioned
by the abated storm; while all on board, unsuspicious of molestation,
were making preparations to turn in for the night.

“A sail to the leeward!” shouted a sailor, just sent aloft to
make some alteration in the rigging.

-- 353 --

[figure description] Page 353.[end figure description]

The word was passed below; and the captain, mates, and
Elwood, were instantly on deck, and on the lookout. They at
once descried a large black schooner, creeping out from behind
the farther end of the island against which they were anchored,
about a mile distant, and tacking and beating her way
towards them. She carried no colors by which her character
could be determined; but the very absence of all such insignia,
together with the sinister appearance of her long, low sides,
which exhibited the aspect of masked port-holes, and also the
peculiar stir of her evidently large and strange-looking crew,
at once marked her as an object of suspicion.

“Elwood, your fears were prophetic,” said the captain, lowering
his glass from a long, intent observation. “That craft
is a pirate, with scarce a shadow of doubt. But don't the mad
creature see the frigate, and the frigate her?”

With this, they all turned towards the ship of war; but she
was no longer visible. A narrow vein of land fog, put in
motion by some local current in shore, had been wafted out on
to the water, and completely enshrouded her from their view.

“I see it all,” exclaimed Elwood. “That pirate has been
lying, all the afternoon, concealed behind this island; and his
spies, sent into the woods on the island, and to this end of it,
probably, saw both our ship and the frigate take their positions,
and this intervening fog coming on, and reported all to
their master; who at once conceived the bold design which he
has now started out to execute, — that of snatching us, as its
prize, from under the very guns of the frigate!”

A brief, earnest consultation was then held; when, knowing
the uselessness of trying to signalize the frigate, they first
thought to weigh anchor and try to escape to her protection;
but a little reflection told them the enemy would be down upon
them before this could be effected, and they would be taken,
unprepared for defence. The only other alternative left them
was, therefore, quickly adopted; and, in pursuance, the second
mate and two seamen were lowered in the life-boat, with

-- 354 --

[figure description] Page 354.[end figure description]

orders to keep the ship between themselves and the schooner
till they got into the screening fog, and then make their way,
with all speed, to the frigate, to invoke her aid and protection;
while all the rest should arm themselves with the muskets,
swords, and pistols on board, and, if possible, hold the enemy
at bay till succor arrived. And scarcely had these hasty preparations
been made, before the piratical schooner, which had
made a wide tack outward to catch the wind, came swiftly
sweeping round to their side, like a towering falcon on his
prey. But, by some miscalculation of her helmsman, she went
twenty yards wide of them — not, however, without betraying
the full extent of her bloody purposes; for as, under the impulse
of a speed she found herself unable instantly to check,
she swept by on the long, rolling billows, a score or two of
desperate ruffians, headed by their burly and still more fierce-looking
captain, stood on her deck, armed to the teeth, and
holding their hooks and hawsers, ready to grapple and board
their intended prey. But, still forbearing to unmask their batteries
or fire a gun, lest they should thus bring down the frigate
upon them, her grim and silent crew sprang to their posts, to
tack ship and come round again, with the narrowest sweep, to
repair their former mischance. And, with surprising quickness,
their well-worked craft was again, and this time with no
uncertain guidance, shooting alongside of the devoted merchantman.
Still the crew of the latter quailed not; but, well
knowing there was no longer any hope of escaping a struggle
in which death or victory were the only alternatives, stood,
with knitted brows and fire-arms cocked and levelled, silently
awaiting the onset. It came. With the shock of the partial
collision as the assailing craft raked along the sides of their
ship, and the sudden jerk as she was brought up by the quickly-thrown
grapples, the pirate captain, with a fierce shout of defiance,
cleared, at a single bound, the intervening rails, and
landed, with brandished sword, upon their fore-deck. A dozen
more, with a wild yell, were in the act of following, when they

-- 355 --

[figure description] Page 355.[end figure description]

were met by a full volley from the guns of the defenders,
poured into their very faces. There was a pause, — a lurch, —
a crack of breaking fixtures; and the next moment the schooner,
torn away from her fastenings by the force of a monstrous upheaving
wave, and thrown around at right angles to the unharmed
prey so nearly within her clutches, was seen rolling
and reeling on the top of a billow, fifty yards distant. At that
instant, twenty jets of blinding flame fiercely burst from the
edge of the fog-cloud, almost within pistol-shot to the windward,
and, with the startling flash, rent sky and ocean leaped as with
the concussion of a closely-breaking volley of linked thunder-peals.
There was another and still more awful pause; when,
through the cloud of sulphurous smoke that was rolling over
them, the astounded defenders heard the gurgling rush, as of
waters breaking into newly opened chasms, in the direction of
the enemy; and they comprehended all. The frigate, unperceived
by the eager pirates, had dropped down, rounded to,
and sent a whole broadside directly into the uprolled hull of
the devoted craft, which had been reduced to a sinking wreck
by that one tremendously heavy discharge of terrible missiles.
Within two minutes the lifting smoke disclosed her, reeling and
lurching for the final plunge. Within one more, she rose upright,
like some mortally-smitten giant, quivered an instant,
and, with all her grim and hideously-screeching crew, went
down, stern foremost, amid the parting waves of the boiling
deep.

These startling scenes had transpired so rapidly that the
amazed crew of the merchantman had taken no thought of the
pirate captain whom they had seen leaping on their deck; but
they now turned to look for him, and, whether dead or alive, to
take charge of him, to crown the fortunate result of this fearful
encounter. There he stood at bay, with back turned to the
foremast, facing his virtual captors, with a brandished sword in
one hand and a pistol in the other, as if daring them to approach
or fire on him. But they were spared the necessity of

-- 356 --

[figure description] Page 356.[end figure description]

attempting either. A boat's crew of armed men from the frigate were
already mounting the deck, to claim whoever of the pirates
they found alive, as their trophies. The formidable desperado
was pointed out to them; when, firing a volley over his head,
to confuse without killing him, they rushed forward in the
smoke, disarmed, bound, and dragged him along, to pass him
down to their boat. As he was being urged across the deck,
his eyes met those of Elwood. The recognition was mutual.
It was Gaut Gurley!

It was morning, and the bright sun was looking down upon
an ocean as calm and peaceful as if its passive bosom had never
been disturbed by the ensanguined tumults of warring men, or
the commotions of battling elements.

A youthful couple were standing by the rail, on the deck of
the still anchored merchantman, and glancing up admiringly at
the towering masts of the ship-of-war, which had also anchored
for the night on the very spot from which she had dealt such
destruction to the pirates, whose awful fate and the connected
circumstances had been with them the topic of conversation.

“This has been such a fearful ordeal to you, dear Fluella,”
said the young man, smilingly, “that I shall probably never be
able again to induce you to leave home to cross the ocean, either
for health or pleasure, shall I?”

“For pleasure, no, my dear husband,” affectionately responded
the other; “no, with my happy New England home,
never, for pleasure, Claud.”

“But this was for health,” rejoined Elwood. “I have never
told you how much I was concerned about you last summer, or
that your physician warned me, as cold weather approached,
he could not answer for your life through another winter at the
North. It was this only that led me to urge you to accompany
me to Cuba, to remain there till I came back for you in the
spring, as I have now done. And, to say nothing of the gains
which my two trips will add to the estate of which I am heir in
expectation, — or rather, as my good uncle will have it, in

-- 357 --

[figure description] Page 357.[end figure description]

possession with him, — to say nothing of this, I shall always be
thankful for your coming, for it has so evidently restored you,
I had almost said, to more of health and beauty than I have
seen you exhibiting for the whole two and a half happy years
of our married life.”

“Thank you, Claud, for the beautiful part of it,” said the
happy wife, snapping her handkerchief in his face, with an
air of mock resentment; “but I am thinking of home. When
shall we reach there?”

“Well, let us calculate,” replied the husband, beginning to
catch the affectionate animation of the other: “this is the 22d
of April; and I think I can promise you the enjoyment of a
May-day in New England.”

“I hold you to that, sir,” playfully rejoined the wife, “for I
wish to be preparing for our summer residence at your cottage
on my native lakes. My illness deprived me of that pleasure
last summer, you know, husband mine.”

“Yes,” said he, with kindling enthusiasm, “we will go, Fluella.
I want to see the good old chief; I want to enjoy the
visit I have promised me from my friend Carvil; I want to hear
Phillips discourse on woodcraft, and Chanticleer Codman wake
the echoes of the lakes by his marvellous crowing. Yes, yes,
we will go, and make uncle and mother go with us, this time.”

“Uncle and mother!” cried Fluella, laughingly; “how odd
that is getting to sound. Suppose I call your mother aunt?
Have they not now been married long enough to be both entitled
to the more endearing names of father and mother? and
are they not happy enough and good enough to merit the dearest
names?”

“Yes,” answered Elwood, “I will correct the habit, if you
really wish it. Yes, yes; the once-styled crusty old bachelor,
Arthur Elwood, and my mother, are indeed a happy couple.
Did you ever know a happier?”

“Yes, one,” replied the hesitating, blushing wife, drawing

-- 358 --

[figure description] Page 358.[end figure description]

down her husband's head, and slyly imprinting a kiss on his
cheek.

The conversation between the happy pair was here interrupted
by the appearance of a boat putting off from the frigate,
under the charge of a midshipman; who, having come on board
and inquired out Elwood, now approached and presented him
a letter, saying, as he departed, it was from the pirate prisoner,
and would doubtless require no answer.

The greatly surprised young man tore open the letter, and,
in company with his wife, read, with mingled emotions of pain
and indignation, the following singular but characteristic compound
of malicious vaunt and shameless confession:

To Claud Elwood:— My career is ended, at last. Well,
I have the satisfaction of knowing that I have been nobody's fool
nor nobody's tool. Early perceiving that nine out of ten were only
the stupid instruments of the tenth man, the world over, I resolved
to go into the system, and did, and improved on it so as to make
nineteen out of twenty tools to me, — that is all. I have no great
fault to find with men generally, though I always despised the
whole herd; for I knew that, if they used me well, it was only
because they dared not do otherwise. I don't write this, however,
to preach upon that, but to let you know another thing, to chew
upon.

“You call me a murderer; and I want to tell you that you
are the son of a murderer, and therefore stand on a par with
my family, even at that. Your father, when we used to operate
together in smuggling, being once hard chased, on an out-of-the-way
road, by one of the custom-house crew, knocked him down
with a club, and finished with the blow, to save a thousand
dollars' worth of silk. But I sacredly kept his secret; yes,
even to this day, besides making one good fortune for him, and
being on the point of making him another. And yet he betrayed
and turned against me. Yes, in that affair about the

-- 359 --

[figure description] Page 359.[end figure description]

missing peltries, he betrayed me, out and out, and spoilt every
thing. That was his unpardonable sin, with me. I resolved
he should die for it; and he did. I didn't want to kill you,
but couldn't suffer you to become a witness. No, I never had
any thing against you, except for allowing matters to take the
turn that drove my daughter to anticipate you in breaking off
the match. But it was just as well, as it turned out. Avis, in
the position of lady abbess of a convent in one of your eastern
cities, which it is settled she will have, will stand quite as high,
I guess, as in the position of lady Elwood.

“I have done, now, except to ask one favor, — the only one I
will ever ask of any man, — and that is, that you won't publish
my name, and couple it with the unlucky miss-go of last night;
so that my wife and daughter, who know I am in this region,
but not my business, may never learn that the captain of the
Black Rover and I are one. As my brave boys are all gone
down, and as I shall have no trial to bring it out, it rests with
you to say whether it is ever to be known or not; for, as I have
said, I have no notion of being either tried or hung, any more
than I had at the North.

Gaut.

On finishing this singular and remorseless missive, with its
strange, painful, but as he feared too true disclosure of the
secret of that fatal influence which had proved the ruin and
final destruction of his father, Claud Elwood was too much
troubled and overcome to utter a word of comment; and, with
his pained and shuddering wife, he stood mute and thoughtful,
until aroused by the stir on board, in preparations for weighing
anchor, and the cheering announcement of the captain that a
favoring breeze was springing up, and that within twenty minutes
they would be, under the fairest of auspices, on their rejoicing
way to their own beloved New England.

But the cheering thought was not to be enjoyed without the
drawback of being compelled to witness one more and a concluding
horror.

-- 360 --

[figure description] Page 360.[end figure description]

As Elwood and his beautiful companion were on the point of
retiring from deck, their attention was suddenly arrested by a
light, crashing sound, high up the tall side of the frigate. They
looked, and caught sight of broken pieces of board or panelling
flying out, as if beat or kicked from what appeared to have
been a closed port-hole. Presently the body of a man, whom
they at once recognized, was protruded through the ample aperture
he had evidently thus effected, till he brought himself to a
balance on the outer edge. Then came the sharp cry from
some one of the frigate's officers:

“Look out, there, for the pirate prisoner!”

There was at once a lively stir on board, but too late.
The next moment the heavily-manacled object of the alarm
descended, like a swiftly-falling weight, to the water; and, with
a dull plunge, the recoiling waves rolled back, forever closing
over the traitor, the robber, the murderer, and the pirate, Gaut
Gurley
!

Back matter

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Paste-Down Endpaper.[end figure description]

Previous section


Thompson, Daniel P. (Daniel Pierce), 1795-1868 [1857], Gaut Gurley, or, The trappers of Umbagog: a tale of border life (John P. Jewett and Company, Boston) [word count] [eaf720T].
Powered by PhiloLogic